Eric Lee / smarc-uboot

Download as
Browse Code »

Commit baf3124953490b0c954461b66545f37b67f3269d

Authored by Marian Balakowicz
1 parent 5e09054af6
Exists in master and in 54 other branches 8qm-imx_v2020.04_5.4.70_2.3.0, emb_lf_v2022.04, imx_v2015.04_4.1.15_1.0.0_ga, pitx_8mp_lf_v2020.04, smarc-8m-android-10.0.0_2.6.0, smarc-8m-android-11.0.0_2.0.0, smarc-8mp-android-11.0.0_2.0.0, smarc-emmc-imx_v2014.04_3.10.53_1.1.0_ga, smarc-emmc-imx_v2014.04_3.14.28_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx-l5.0.0_1.0.0-ga, smarc-imx6_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx7_v2017.03_4.9.11_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx7_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2014.04_3.14.28_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2015.04_4.1.15_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_4.9.11_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_4.9.88_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_o8.1.0_1.3.0_8m, smarc-imx_v2018.03_4.14.78_1.0.0_ga, smarc-m6.0.1_2.1.0-ga, smarc-n7.1.2_2.0.0-ga, smarc-rel_imx_4.1.15_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8m-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8m-imx_v2019.04_4.19.35_1.1.0, smarc_8m_00d0-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8mm-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8mm-imx_v2019.04_4.19.35_1.1.0, smarc_8mm-imx_v2020.04_5.4.24_2.1.0, smarc_8mp_lf_v2020.04, smarc_8mq-imx_v2020.04_5.4.24_2.1.0, smarc_8mq_lf_v2020.04, ti-u-boot-2015.07, u-boot-2013.01.y, v2013.10, v2013.10-smarct33, v2013.10-smartmen, v2014.01, v2014.04, v2014.04-smarct33, v2014.04-smarct33-emmc, v2014.04-smartmen, v2014.07, v2014.07-smarct33, v2014.07-smartmen, v2015.07-smarct33, v2015.07-smarct33-emmc, v2015.07-smarct4x, v2016.05-dlt, v2016.05-smarct3x, v2016.05-smarct3x-emmc, v2016.05-smarct4x, v2017.01-smarct3x, v2017.01-smarct3x-emmc, v2017.01-smarct4x

Add documentation on the latest build environment extentions to 

the README file.

Showing 2 changed files with 39 additions and 0 deletions Inline Diff

1 ====================================================================== 1 ======================================================================
2 Changes since U-Boot 1.1.4: 2 Changes since U-Boot 1.1.4:
3 ====================================================================== 3 ======================================================================
4 4
5 * Add documentation on the latest build environment extentions to
6 the README file.
7
5 * Remove dead code (i2o and dma) from cpu/mpc824x/drivers/ directory. 8 * Remove dead code (i2o and dma) from cpu/mpc824x/drivers/ directory.
6 9
7 * Fix LOG_DIR directory creation error. 10 * Fix LOG_DIR directory creation error.
8 Add support for automatic creation of BUILD_DIR directory. 11 Add support for automatic creation of BUILD_DIR directory.
9 12
10 * Fix mkimage -l bug with multifile images on 64bit platforms 13 * Fix mkimage -l bug with multifile images on 64bit platforms
11 Patch by David Updegraff, 06 Sep 2006 14 Patch by David Updegraff, 06 Sep 2006
12 15
13 * Fix build problems on sorcery board. 16 * Fix build problems on sorcery board.
14 17
15 * Fix coldfire build problems. 18 * Fix coldfire build problems.
16 Patch by Marian Balakowicz, 01 Sep 2006 19 Patch by Marian Balakowicz, 01 Sep 2006
17 20
18 * Add support for a saving build objects in a separate directory. 21 * Add support for a saving build objects in a separate directory.
19 Modifications are based on the Linux kernel approach and support 22 Modifications are based on the Linux kernel approach and support
20 two use cases: 23 two use cases:
21 1) Add O= to the make command line 'make O=/tmp/build all' 24 1) Add O= to the make command line 'make O=/tmp/build all'
22 2) Set environement variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location 25 2) Set environement variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location
23 'export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build' 26 'export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build'
24 'make' 27 'make'
25 The second approach can also be used with a MAKEALL script 28 The second approach can also be used with a MAKEALL script
26 'export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build' 29 'export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build'
27 './MAKEALL' 30 './MAKEALL'
28 Command line 'O=' setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environent variable. 31 Command line 'O=' setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environent variable.
29 When none of the above methods is used the local build is performed 32 When none of the above methods is used the local build is performed
30 and the object files are placed in the source directory. 33 and the object files are placed in the source directory.
31 34
32 * Remove the board/netstar/crcit binary from git repository. 35 * Remove the board/netstar/crcit binary from git repository.
33 36
34 * Fix tools/updater build error. 37 * Fix tools/updater build error.
35 38
36 * Fix tools/easylogo build error. 39 * Fix tools/easylogo build error.
37 40
38 * Fixed problems on PRS200 board caused by adding splash screen on MCC200 41 * Fixed problems on PRS200 board caused by adding splash screen on MCC200
39 42
40 * Extended README entry on coding style 43 * Extended README entry on coding style
41 44
42 * Added another example showing simple interrupt interception. 45 * Added another example showing simple interrupt interception.
43 46
44 * Added simple_strtoul(), getenv() and setenv() to the exported functions. 47 * Added simple_strtoul(), getenv() and setenv() to the exported functions.
45 Also bumped up ABI version to reflect this change. 48 Also bumped up ABI version to reflect this change.
46 49
47 * Added interrupt handling capabilities for mpc5xxx processors. 50 * Added interrupt handling capabilities for mpc5xxx processors.
48 Also added Linux like BUG() macros. 51 Also added Linux like BUG() macros.
49 52
50 * Coding Style cleanup. 53 * Coding Style cleanup.
51 Patch by Stefano Babic, 31 Aug 2006 54 Patch by Stefano Babic, 31 Aug 2006
52 55
53 * Add splashscreen support for MCC200 board. 56 * Add splashscreen support for MCC200 board.
54 57
55 * Make the serial driver framework work with CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTI 58 * Make the serial driver framework work with CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTI
56 enabled 59 enabled
57 60
58 * PCIe endpoint support for AMCC Yucca 440SPe board 61 * PCIe endpoint support for AMCC Yucca 440SPe board
59 Patch by Tirumala R Marri, 26 Aug 2006 62 Patch by Tirumala R Marri, 26 Aug 2006
60 63
61 * Improve DIMM detection for AMCC Yucca 440SPe board 64 * Improve DIMM detection for AMCC Yucca 440SPe board
62 Improved the memory DIMM detection for the Yucca 440SPe board for 65 Improved the memory DIMM detection for the Yucca 440SPe board for
63 the case where a memory DIMM is falsely detected as present. 66 the case where a memory DIMM is falsely detected as present.
64 This issue is seen on some AMCC Yucca 440SPe validation boards if 67 This issue is seen on some AMCC Yucca 440SPe validation boards if
65 only one 512MB memory DIMM is installed, i.e. DIMM slot 0 is 68 only one 512MB memory DIMM is installed, i.e. DIMM slot 0 is
66 populated and DIMM slot 1 is empty. In this case, U-Boot does 69 populated and DIMM slot 1 is empty. In this case, U-Boot does
67 not correctly detect that there is only one DIMM memory module 70 not correctly detect that there is only one DIMM memory module
68 installed and will falsely detect two DIMM memory modules are 71 installed and will falsely detect two DIMM memory modules are
69 present and therefore U-Boot will not calculate the correct amount 72 present and therefore U-Boot will not calculate the correct amount
70 of total memory and u-boot will not booting up. 73 of total memory and u-boot will not booting up.
71 Patch by Adam Graham, 24 Aug 2006 74 Patch by Adam Graham, 24 Aug 2006
72 75
73 * Fix typo. 76 * Fix typo.
74 77
75 * Code cleanup 78 * Code cleanup
76 79
77 * Update for MCC200 / PRS200 boards: 80 * Update for MCC200 / PRS200 boards:
78 - auto-adjust console device for Linux. 81 - auto-adjust console device for Linux.
79 - fix typos. 82 - fix typos.
80 83
81 * Add a fix for a buggy USB device on the FO300 board. 84 * Add a fix for a buggy USB device on the FO300 board.
82 85
83 * Updates for MCC200 / PRS200 boards: 86 * Updates for MCC200 / PRS200 boards:
84 - support for configurations with SDRAM or DDR memory, 87 - support for configurations with SDRAM or DDR memory,
85 - support for highboot and lowboot 88 - support for highboot and lowboot
86 - adjusting environment definitions 89 - adjusting environment definitions
87 90
88 * Add support for WTK FO300 board (TQM5200 based). 91 * Add support for WTK FO300 board (TQM5200 based).
89 92
90 * Fix TQM834x hang. 93 * Fix TQM834x hang.
91 94
92 * Update for SC520 board. 95 * Update for SC520 board.
93 Patch by David Updegraff, 02 Dec 2005 96 Patch by David Updegraff, 02 Dec 2005
94 97
95 * Fixed common.h spelling error. 98 * Fixed common.h spelling error.
96 Patch by Cory Tusar, 30 Nov 2005 99 Patch by Cory Tusar, 30 Nov 2005
97 100
98 * Fix typo. 101 * Fix typo.
99 Patch by Andreas Engel, 28 Nov 2005 102 Patch by Andreas Engel, 28 Nov 2005
100 103
101 * Fix fatload command on FAT32 formatted partitions. 104 * Fix fatload command on FAT32 formatted partitions.
102 Patch by Joachim Jaeger, 18 Nov 2005 105 Patch by Joachim Jaeger, 18 Nov 2005
103 106
104 * Fix drivers/dm9000.c when configured in 32 bit mode. 107 * Fix drivers/dm9000.c when configured in 32 bit mode.
105 Patch by Eric Benard, 17 Nov 2005 108 Patch by Eric Benard, 17 Nov 2005
106 109
107 * Cleanup debug code for yucca board. 110 * Cleanup debug code for yucca board.
108 111
109 * MCC200: restrict addressable flash space to 32 MB 112 * MCC200: restrict addressable flash space to 32 MB
110 113
111 * Add debug console on COM12 for MCC200 board 114 * Add debug console on COM12 for MCC200 board
112 115
113 * Fix control-c handing in CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 116 * Fix control-c handing in CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
114 Properly pass break code back from readline. 117 Properly pass break code back from readline.
115 Patch by Roger Blofeld, 31 Jul 2006 118 Patch by Roger Blofeld, 31 Jul 2006
116 119
117 * Add commandline history support to all AMCC eval boards 120 * Add commandline history support to all AMCC eval boards
118 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Aug 2006 121 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Aug 2006
119 122
120 * Add Macronix MXLV320T flash support for AMCC Bamboo 123 * Add Macronix MXLV320T flash support for AMCC Bamboo
121 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Aug 2006 124 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Aug 2006
122 125
123 * Change "mii info" to not print an error upon missing PHY at address 126 * Change "mii info" to not print an error upon missing PHY at address
124 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Aug 2006 127 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Aug 2006
125 128
126 * Fix PCI-Express on PPC440SPe rev. A. 129 * Fix PCI-Express on PPC440SPe rev. A.
127 130
128 * Fix preboot message on TQM85xx after switching to hush parser. 131 * Fix preboot message on TQM85xx after switching to hush parser.
129 132
130 * Adapt TQM85xx ramdisk address to Linux kernel memory map 133 * Adapt TQM85xx ramdisk address to Linux kernel memory map
131 134
132 * Add initial support for PCI-Express on PPC440SPe (Yucca board). 135 * Add initial support for PCI-Express on PPC440SPe (Yucca board).
133 136
134 * Fix compiler warning for TRAB board. 137 * Fix compiler warning for TRAB board.
135 Patch by Martin Krause, 07 Aug 2006 138 Patch by Martin Krause, 07 Aug 2006
136 139
137 * Prevent USB commands from working when USB is stopped. 140 * Prevent USB commands from working when USB is stopped.
138 141
139 * Add rudimentary handling of alternate settings of USB interfaces. 142 * Add rudimentary handling of alternate settings of USB interfaces.
140 This is in order to fix issues with some USB sticks timing out 143 This is in order to fix issues with some USB sticks timing out
141 during initialization. Some code readability improvements. 144 during initialization. Some code readability improvements.
142 145
143 * PPC440 DDR setup: Set SDRAM0_CFG0[PMU]=0 for best performance 146 * PPC440 DDR setup: Set SDRAM0_CFG0[PMU]=0 for best performance
144 AMCC suggested to set the PMU bit to 0 for best performace on 147 AMCC suggested to set the PMU bit to 0 for best performace on
145 the PPC440 DDR controller. 148 the PPC440 DDR controller.
146 Please see doc/README.440-DDR-performance for details. 149 Please see doc/README.440-DDR-performance for details.
147 Patch by Stefan Roese, 28 Jul 2006 150 Patch by Stefan Roese, 28 Jul 2006
148 151
149 * AMCC bamboo (440EP) U-Boot image reduced to 384kbyte 152 * AMCC bamboo (440EP) U-Boot image reduced to 384kbyte
150 Please see doc/README.bamboo for details. 153 Please see doc/README.bamboo for details.
151 Patch by Stefan Roese, 27 Jul 2006 154 Patch by Stefan Roese, 27 Jul 2006
152 155
153 * Fix CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING implementation 156 * Fix CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING implementation
154 Patch by Stefan Roese, 27 Jul 2006 157 Patch by Stefan Roese, 27 Jul 2006
155 158
156 * Fix preboot message on TQM5200 after switching to hush parser. 159 * Fix preboot message on TQM5200 after switching to hush parser.
157 160
158 * MCC200: set default configuration to low_boot DDR, 161 * MCC200: set default configuration to low_boot DDR,
159 and support for configurable options high_boot and/or SDRAM. 162 and support for configurable options high_boot and/or SDRAM.
160 163
161 * Add support for 256 MB SDRAM on CPU87 164 * Add support for 256 MB SDRAM on CPU87
162 Patch by Josef Wagner, 25 Nov 2005 165 Patch by Josef Wagner, 25 Nov 2005
163 166
164 * Add configuration for cam5200 board (based on TQM5200S). 167 * Add configuration for cam5200 board (based on TQM5200S).
165 168
166 * More code cleanup 169 * More code cleanup
167 170
168 * Disabled kvme080 board in MAKEALL because of build problems. 171 * Disabled kvme080 board in MAKEALL because of build problems.
169 172
170 * Code cleanup 173 * Code cleanup
171 174
172 * Update NetStar board 175 * Update NetStar board
173 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 03 Nov 2005 176 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 03 Nov 2005
174 177
175 * Make code better readable. 178 * Make code better readable.
176 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 14 Sep 2005 179 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 14 Sep 2005
177 180
178 * Enable initrd ATAG for xm250 board. 181 * Enable initrd ATAG for xm250 board.
179 Patch by Josef Wagner, 05 Sep 2005 182 Patch by Josef Wagner, 05 Sep 2005
180 183
181 * Add readline cmdline-editing extension 184 * Add readline cmdline-editing extension
182 Patch by JinHua Luo, 01 Sep 2005 185 Patch by JinHua Luo, 01 Sep 2005
183 186
184 * Add support for friendly-arm SBC-2410X board 187 * Add support for friendly-arm SBC-2410X board
185 Patch by JinHua Luo, 01 Sep 2005 188 Patch by JinHua Luo, 01 Sep 2005
186 189
187 * Fix multi-part image support on i386 platform. 190 * Fix multi-part image support on i386 platform.
188 Patch by David Updegraff, 19 Aug 2005 191 Patch by David Updegraff, 19 Aug 2005
189 192
190 * Add support for KVME080 board 193 * Add support for KVME080 board
191 Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 18 Aug 2005 194 Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 18 Aug 2005
192 195
193 * Fix MIPS LE build problem 196 * Fix MIPS LE build problem
194 Patch by Matej Kupljen, 10 Aug 2005 197 Patch by Matej Kupljen, 10 Aug 2005
195 198
196 * Check argument count in "mii" command. 199 * Check argument count in "mii" command.
197 Problem pointed out by Andrew Dyer, 13 Jun 2005 200 Problem pointed out by Andrew Dyer, 13 Jun 2005
198 201
199 * Cleanup TQM5200 board configurations: 202 * Cleanup TQM5200 board configurations:
200 - make highboot configurations use environment at high end, too, 203 - make highboot configurations use environment at high end, too,
201 to avoid flash fragmentation 204 to avoid flash fragmentation
202 - always use redundand environment 205 - always use redundand environment
203 - don't enable video code for modules without graphics controller 206 - don't enable video code for modules without graphics controller
204 - provide useful (though different) mtdparts settings 207 - provide useful (though different) mtdparts settings
205 - get rid of CONFIG_CS_AUTOCONF which was always set anyway 208 - get rid of CONFIG_CS_AUTOCONF which was always set anyway
206 209
207 * Extend mkconfig tool to print more useful target name 210 * Extend mkconfig tool to print more useful target name
208 211
209 * Add support for high-boot on TQM5200 and TQM5200S boards. 212 * Add support for high-boot on TQM5200 and TQM5200S boards.
210 Hint: the CPLD on the TQM5200 must be programmed with a software 213 Hint: the CPLD on the TQM5200 must be programmed with a software
211 version supporting the high boot option! The new TQM5200S is 214 version supporting the high boot option! The new TQM5200S is
212 already supporting this option. On the TQM5200 this option will be 215 already supporting this option. On the TQM5200 this option will be
213 supported in configurations with MPC5200 rev B processors. 216 supported in configurations with MPC5200 rev B processors.
214 To actually "high boot", set jumper X30 on the STK52xx. 217 To actually "high boot", set jumper X30 on the STK52xx.
215 Patch by Martin Krause, 12 Jul 2006 218 Patch by Martin Krause, 12 Jul 2006
216 219
217 * Add support for new TQM5200 revisions 220 * Add support for new TQM5200 revisions
218 - Support for TQM5200S (short version without graphic controller) 221 - Support for TQM5200S (short version without graphic controller)
219 - Support for modules with 'N' type S29GL128N Spansion flashes 222 - Support for modules with 'N' type S29GL128N Spansion flashes
220 (requires changes to flash layout) 223 (requires changes to flash layout)
221 - Support for MPC5200B cpu (mostly support for second SDRAM bank) 224 - Support for MPC5200B cpu (mostly support for second SDRAM bank)
222 Patch by Martin Krause, 07 Jul 2006 225 Patch by Martin Krause, 07 Jul 2006
223 226
224 * Fix support for PS/2 keyboard on TQM85xx boards 227 * Fix support for PS/2 keyboard on TQM85xx boards
225 The PS/2 keyobard driver for the TQM85xx modules only supports the 228 The PS/2 keyobard driver for the TQM85xx modules only supports the
226 internal DUART of the MPC85xx CPU. Since the MPC8560 doesn't 229 internal DUART of the MPC85xx CPU. Since the MPC8560 doesn't
227 include a DUART, the TQM8560 modules can't be used with the PS/2 230 include a DUART, the TQM8560 modules can't be used with the PS/2
228 keyboard controller on the STK85xx board. 231 keyboard controller on the STK85xx board.
229 The PS/2 keyboard driver should work with the modules TQM8540, 232 The PS/2 keyboard driver should work with the modules TQM8540,
230 TQM8541 and TQM8555, but it only has been tested on a TQM8540, yet. 233 TQM8541 and TQM8555, but it only has been tested on a TQM8540, yet.
231 Make sure the PS/2 controller on the STK85xx is programmed. Jumper 234 Make sure the PS/2 controller on the STK85xx is programmed. Jumper
232 settings: X66 1-2, 9-10; X61 2-3 235 settings: X66 1-2, 9-10; X61 2-3
233 Patch by Martin Krause, 21 Jun 2006 236 Patch by Martin Krause, 21 Jun 2006
234 237
235 * Adjust RTC century handling on STK52xx board to match Linux driver. 238 * Adjust RTC century handling on STK52xx board to match Linux driver.
236 Patch by Martin Krause, 12 Jun 2006 239 Patch by Martin Krause, 12 Jun 2006
237 240
238 * Adjust filenames for USB update images on TRAB board. 241 * Adjust filenames for USB update images on TRAB board.
239 During an automatic update via USB stick, U-Boot searches for 242 During an automatic update via USB stick, U-Boot searches for
240 images with the name "firmware.img" and "kernel.img". This names 243 images with the name "firmware.img" and "kernel.img". This names
241 are now changed to "firmw_01.img" and "kernl_01.img". This is done, 244 are now changed to "firmw_01.img" and "kernl_01.img". This is done,
242 to prevent updates of new boards (with the new macronics "c" step 245 to prevent updates of new boards (with the new macronics "c" step
243 flashes) with old, incompatible firmware or kernel versions. 246 flashes) with old, incompatible firmware or kernel versions.
244 Patch by Martin Krause, 21 Jun 2006 247 Patch by Martin Krause, 21 Jun 2006
245 248
246 * Bugfix in VFD routine on TRAB board. 249 * Bugfix in VFD routine on TRAB board.
247 Make sure upper lext pixel can be set to blue, too 250 Make sure upper lext pixel can be set to blue, too
248 (so far only red was possible). 251 (so far only red was possible).
249 Patch by Martin Krause, 15 Feb 2006 252 Patch by Martin Krause, 15 Feb 2006
250 253
251 * Enable buffered flash writes for TB5200 board. 254 * Enable buffered flash writes for TB5200 board.
252 255
253 * Fix some bugs in TRAB board flash driver. 256 * Fix some bugs in TRAB board flash driver.
254 - increase CFG_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT from 2 to 15 seconds 257 - increase CFG_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT from 2 to 15 seconds
255 - use CFG_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT for programming instead of CFG_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT 258 - use CFG_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT for programming instead of CFG_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT
256 - remove "Unlock Bypass" mode, because macronix flashes do not support 259 - remove "Unlock Bypass" mode, because macronix flashes do not support
257 this mode officially 260 this mode officially
258 - fix flash reset command from 0x00FF to 0x00F0. 0x00FF is only specified 261 - fix flash reset command from 0x00FF to 0x00F0. 0x00FF is only specified
259 for Intel compatible flashes, not for AMD compatible. 262 for Intel compatible flashes, not for AMD compatible.
260 Patch by Martin Krause, 15 Feb 2006 263 Patch by Martin Krause, 15 Feb 2006
261 264
262 * Add additional error messages to flash driver on TRAB board 265 * Add additional error messages to flash driver on TRAB board
263 (for erase errors and timeout errors) 266 (for erase errors and timeout errors)
264 Patch by Martin Krause, 14 Feb 2006 267 Patch by Martin Krause, 14 Feb 2006
265 268
266 * Add support for TB5200 board 269 * Add support for TB5200 board
267 The TB5200 ("Tinybox") is a small baseboard for the TQM5200 module 270 The TB5200 ("Tinybox") is a small baseboard for the TQM5200 module
268 integrated in a little aluminium case. 271 integrated in a little aluminium case.
269 Patch by Martin Krause, 8 Jun 2006 272 Patch by Martin Krause, 8 Jun 2006
270 273
271 * Enable buffered flash writes for TQM5200 board. 274 * Enable buffered flash writes for TQM5200 board.
272 275
273 * Fix problems with SanDisk Corporation Cruzer Micro USB memory stick. 276 * Fix problems with SanDisk Corporation Cruzer Micro USB memory stick.
274 277
275 * Add support for TQM885D board. 278 * Add support for TQM885D board.
276 Patch by Martin Krause, 20 Mar 2006 279 Patch by Martin Krause, 20 Mar 2006
277 280
278 * Fix FEC initialisation: All MII configuration is done via FEC1 281 * Fix FEC initialisation: All MII configuration is done via FEC1
279 registers, but MII_SPEED was configured according to FEC used. So 282 registers, but MII_SPEED was configured according to FEC used. So
280 if only FEC2 was used, this caused the real MII_SPEED register in 283 if only FEC2 was used, this caused the real MII_SPEED register in
281 FEC1 to stay uninitalised, leqading to "mii_send STUCK!" messages. 284 FEC1 to stay uninitalised, leqading to "mii_send STUCK!" messages.
282 Fix: always configure MII_SPEED on FEC1 only. 285 Fix: always configure MII_SPEED on FEC1 only.
283 Patch by Markus Klotzbuecher, 12 Jul 2006 286 Patch by Markus Klotzbuecher, 12 Jul 2006
284 287
285 * Add support for SPC1920 board. 288 * Add support for SPC1920 board.
286 Patch by Markus Klotzbuecher, 12 Jul 2006 289 Patch by Markus Klotzbuecher, 12 Jul 2006
287 290
288 * MCC200 board: support console on any one of the Quad UART ports. 291 * MCC200 board: support console on any one of the Quad UART ports.
289 292
290 * Fix error in flash protection calculation on MCC200 board. 293 * Fix error in flash protection calculation on MCC200 board.
291 294
292 * Major PCMCIA Cleanup to make code better readable and maintainable. 295 * Major PCMCIA Cleanup to make code better readable and maintainable.
293 Notes: 296 Notes:
294 - Board-dependend code for RPXLITE and RPXCLASSIC-based boards 297 - Board-dependend code for RPXLITE and RPXCLASSIC-based boards
295 placed to the drivers/rpx_pmcia.c file to avoid duplication. 298 placed to the drivers/rpx_pmcia.c file to avoid duplication.
296 Same for TQM8xx-based boards (drivers/tqm8xx_pmcia.c). 299 Same for TQM8xx-based boards (drivers/tqm8xx_pmcia.c).
297 - drivers/i82365.c has been split into two parts located at 300 - drivers/i82365.c has been split into two parts located at
298 board/atc/ti113x.c and board/cpc45/pd67290.c (ATC and CPC45 are 301 board/atc/ti113x.c and board/cpc45/pd67290.c (ATC and CPC45 are
299 the only boards using CONFIG_82365). 302 the only boards using CONFIG_82365).
300 - Changes were tested for clean build and *very* *few* boards. 303 - Changes were tested for clean build and *very* *few* boards.
301 304
302 * Fix timer problems on AMCC yucca board. 305 * Fix timer problems on AMCC yucca board.
303 Set Timer Clock Select to use CPU clock as a timer input source. 306 Set Timer Clock Select to use CPU clock as a timer input source.
304 307
305 * Bring yucca config more in line with other AMCC boards. 308 * Bring yucca config more in line with other AMCC boards.
306 309
307 * Add AMCC bamboo board to MAKEALL build script. 310 * Add AMCC bamboo board to MAKEALL build script.
308 311
309 * Fix AMCC bamboo eval board compilation errors. 312 * Fix AMCC bamboo eval board compilation errors.
310 313
311 * Add system memory to the PCI region list for AMCC PPC44x CPUs. 314 * Add system memory to the PCI region list for AMCC PPC44x CPUs.
312 Enabled it for Yucca board. 315 Enabled it for Yucca board.
313 316
314 * Cleanup config file and bootup output for Yucca board. 317 * Cleanup config file and bootup output for Yucca board.
315 318
316 * Fix CONFIG_440_GX define usage. 319 * Fix CONFIG_440_GX define usage.
317 320
318 * Remove autogenerated bmp_logo.h file. 321 * Remove autogenerated bmp_logo.h file.
319 322
320 * Add support for AMCC 440SPe CPU based eval board (Yucca). 323 * Add support for AMCC 440SPe CPU based eval board (Yucca).
321 324
322 * Call serial_initialize() before first debug() is used. 325 * Call serial_initialize() before first debug() is used.
323 326
324 * Cleanup trab board for GCC-4.x 327 * Cleanup trab board for GCC-4.x
325 328
326 * VoiceBlue update: use new MTD flash partitioning methods, use more 329 * VoiceBlue update: use new MTD flash partitioning methods, use more
327 reasonable TEXT_BASE, update default environment and enable keyed 330 reasonable TEXT_BASE, update default environment and enable keyed
328 autoboot. 331 autoboot.
329 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 16. Aug 2005 332 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 16. Aug 2005
330 333
331 * Add forgotten changes for the PLEB 2 Board. 334 * Add forgotten changes for the PLEB 2 Board.
332 Patch by David Snowdon, 13. Aug 2005 335 Patch by David Snowdon, 13. Aug 2005
333 336
334 * Add support for wrPPMC7xx/74xx boards 337 * Add support for wrPPMC7xx/74xx boards
335 Patch by Richard Danter, 12 Aug 2005 338 Patch by Richard Danter, 12 Aug 2005
336 339
337 * Add support for gth2 board 340 * Add support for gth2 board
338 Patch by Thomas Lange, Aug 11 2005 341 Patch by Thomas Lange, Aug 11 2005
339 342
340 * Add support for CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTI on MPC5xxx 343 * Add support for CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTI on MPC5xxx
341 Patch by Martin Krause, 8 Jun 2006 344 Patch by Martin Krause, 8 Jun 2006
342 345
343 This patch supports two serial consoles on boards with 346 This patch supports two serial consoles on boards with
344 a MPC5xxx CPU. The console can be switched at runtime 347 a MPC5xxx CPU. The console can be switched at runtime
345 by setting stdin, stdout and stderr to the desired serial 348 by setting stdin, stdout and stderr to the desired serial
346 interface (serial0 or serial1). The PSCs to be used as 349 interface (serial0 or serial1). The PSCs to be used as
347 console port are definded by CONFIG_PSC_CONSOLE 350 console port are definded by CONFIG_PSC_CONSOLE
348 and CONFIG_PSC_CONSOLE2. 351 and CONFIG_PSC_CONSOLE2.
349 See README.serial_multi for details. 352 See README.serial_multi for details.
350 353
351 * Bugfix in I2C initialisation on S3C2400. 354 * Bugfix in I2C initialisation on S3C2400.
352 If the bus is blocked because of a previously interrupted 355 If the bus is blocked because of a previously interrupted
353 transfer, up to eleven clocks are generated on the I2CSCL 356 transfer, up to eleven clocks are generated on the I2CSCL
354 line to complete the transfer and to free the bus. 357 line to complete the transfer and to free the bus.
355 With this fix pin I2CSCL (PG6) is really configured as GPIO 358 With this fix pin I2CSCL (PG6) is really configured as GPIO
356 so the clock pulses are really generated. 359 so the clock pulses are really generated.
357 Patch by Martin Krause, 04 Apr 2006 360 Patch by Martin Krause, 04 Apr 2006
358 361
359 * Fix DDR6 errata on TQM834x boards 362 * Fix DDR6 errata on TQM834x boards
360 Patch by Thomas Waehner, 07 Mar 2006 363 Patch by Thomas Waehner, 07 Mar 2006
361 364
362 * Remove obsolete flash driver board/tqm5200/flash.c 365 * Remove obsolete flash driver board/tqm5200/flash.c
363 Patch by Martin Krause, 11 Jan 2006 366 Patch by Martin Krause, 11 Jan 2006
364 367
365 * Update configuration for CMC-PU2 board 368 * Update configuration for CMC-PU2 board
366 Patch by Martin Krause, 17 Nov 2005 369 Patch by Martin Krause, 17 Nov 2005
367 370
368 * Add support for PS/2 keyboard on TQM85xx board 371 * Add support for PS/2 keyboard on TQM85xx board
369 Patch by Martin Krause, 07 Nov 2005 372 Patch by Martin Krause, 07 Nov 2005
370 373
371 Tested on a STK85XX baseboard. Make sure the PS/2 controller 374 Tested on a STK85XX baseboard. Make sure the PS/2 controller
372 has been programmed. Jumper Settings: X66 1-2, 9-10; X61 2-3 375 has been programmed. Jumper Settings: X66 1-2, 9-10; X61 2-3
373 376
374 * Fix TRAB channel switching delay for trab_fkt.bin standalone applikation 377 * Fix TRAB channel switching delay for trab_fkt.bin standalone applikation
375 In tsc2000_read_channel() the delay after setting the multiplexer 378 In tsc2000_read_channel() the delay after setting the multiplexer
376 to a temperature channel is increased from 1,5 ms to 10 ms. This 379 to a temperature channel is increased from 1,5 ms to 10 ms. This
377 is to allow the multiplexer inputs to stabilize after huge steps 380 is to allow the multiplexer inputs to stabilize after huge steps
378 of the input signal level. 381 of the input signal level.
379 Patch by Martin Krause, 08 Nov 2005 382 Patch by Martin Krause, 08 Nov 2005
380 383
381 * Adjust TQM5200 make targets 384 * Adjust TQM5200 make targets
382 Make the automatic CS configuration the default. 385 Make the automatic CS configuration the default.
383 The dedicated configurations CONFIG_TQM5200_AA, CONFIG_TQM5200_AB 386 The dedicated configurations CONFIG_TQM5200_AA, CONFIG_TQM5200_AB
384 and CONFIG_TQM5200_AC are removed. 387 and CONFIG_TQM5200_AC are removed.
385 "TQM5200_config" is now the default for STK52XX.200 base boards. 388 "TQM5200_config" is now the default for STK52XX.200 base boards.
386 On a STK52XX.100 base board "TQM5200_STK100_config" must be used. 389 On a STK52XX.100 base board "TQM5200_STK100_config" must be used.
387 Patch by Martin Krause, 07 Nov 2005 390 Patch by Martin Krause, 07 Nov 2005
388 391
389 * Fix setting of environment variable "ver" on trab board 392 * Fix setting of environment variable "ver" on trab board
390 The environment variable "ver" is now set before 393 The environment variable "ver" is now set before
391 do_auto_update() is called, so that "ver" can be used 394 do_auto_update() is called, so that "ver" can be used
392 in USB update scripts. 395 in USB update scripts.
393 Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2005 396 Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2005
394 397
395 * Fix wrong usage of udelay() in led_blink() on trab board 398 * Fix wrong usage of udelay() in led_blink() on trab board
396 Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2005 399 Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2005
397 400
398 * Fix udelay bug in vfd.c for trab board 401 * Fix udelay bug in vfd.c for trab board
399 Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2005 402 Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2005
400 403
401 * Disable JFFS2 support for trab board 404 * Disable JFFS2 support for trab board
402 Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2005 405 Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2005
403 406
404 * Change mtdparts definition on trab board to match current flash map 407 * Change mtdparts definition on trab board to match current flash map
405 Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2005 408 Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2005
406 409
407 * Fix memory init problems on MCC200 board 410 * Fix memory init problems on MCC200 board
408 411
409 * Fix IxEthDB.h to compile again 412 * Fix IxEthDB.h to compile again
410 Patch by Stefan Roese, 14 Jun 2006 413 Patch by Stefan Roese, 14 Jun 2006
411 414
412 * Minor cleanup for PCS440EP board 415 * Minor cleanup for PCS440EP board
413 Patch by Stefan Roese, 13 Jun 2006 416 Patch by Stefan Roese, 13 Jun 2006
414 417
415 * Add MCF5282 support (without preloader) 418 * Add MCF5282 support (without preloader)
416 relocate ichache_State to ram 419 relocate ichache_State to ram
417 u-boot can run from internal flash 420 u-boot can run from internal flash
418 Add EB+MCF-EV123 board support. 421 Add EB+MCF-EV123 board support.
419 Add m68k Boards to MAKEALL 422 Add m68k Boards to MAKEALL
420 Patch from Jens Scharsig, 08 Aug 2005 423 Patch from Jens Scharsig, 08 Aug 2005
421 424
422 * Nios II - Add Altera EP1C20, EP1S10 and EP1S40 boards 425 * Nios II - Add Altera EP1C20, EP1S10 and EP1S40 boards
423 Patch by Scott McNutt, 08 Jun 2006 426 Patch by Scott McNutt, 08 Jun 2006
424 427
425 * Nios II - Add EPCS Controller bootrom work-around 428 * Nios II - Add EPCS Controller bootrom work-around
426 -When booting from an epcs controller, the epcs bootrom may leave the 429 -When booting from an epcs controller, the epcs bootrom may leave the
427 slave select in an asserted state causing soft reset hang. This 430 slave select in an asserted state causing soft reset hang. This
428 patch ensures slave select is negated at reset. 431 patch ensures slave select is negated at reset.
429 Patch by Scott McNutt, 08 Jun 2006 432 Patch by Scott McNutt, 08 Jun 2006
430 433
431 * Update PK1C20 board 434 * Update PK1C20 board
432 -Update base addresses for standard configuration 435 -Update base addresses for standard configuration
433 -Eliminate use of CACHE_BYPASS in board code 436 -Eliminate use of CACHE_BYPASS in board code
434 Patch by Scott McNutt, 08 Jun 2006 437 Patch by Scott McNutt, 08 Jun 2006
435 438
436 * Nios II - Fix I/O Macros and mini-app stubs 439 * Nios II - Fix I/O Macros and mini-app stubs
437 -Fix asm/io.h macros 440 -Fix asm/io.h macros
438 -Eliminate use of CACHE_BYPASS in cpu code 441 -Eliminate use of CACHE_BYPASS in cpu code
439 -Eliminate assembler warnings 442 -Eliminate assembler warnings
440 -Fix mini-app stubs and force no small data 443 -Fix mini-app stubs and force no small data
441 Patch by Scott McNutt, 08 Jun 2006 444 Patch by Scott McNutt, 08 Jun 2006
442 445
443 * Fix U-Boot environment sector protection on MCC200 board 446 * Fix U-Boot environment sector protection on MCC200 board
444 447
445 * Minor cleanup for PCS440EP board 448 * Minor cleanup for PCS440EP board
446 449
447 * Update PCS440EP port to fit into one flash device (incl. environment) 450 * Update PCS440EP port to fit into one flash device (incl. environment)
448 Patch by Stefan Roese, 06 Jun 2006 451 Patch by Stefan Roese, 06 Jun 2006
449 452
450 * Add support for PCS440EP board 453 * Add support for PCS440EP board
451 Patch by Stefan Roese, 02 Jun 2006 454 Patch by Stefan Roese, 02 Jun 2006
452 455
453 * Fix examples/Makefile; some build targets were lost 456 * Fix examples/Makefile; some build targets were lost
454 457
455 * Fix watchdog handling in CFI flash driver 458 * Fix watchdog handling in CFI flash driver
456 Just use udelay() when waiting for status changes which will 459 Just use udelay() when waiting for status changes which will
457 implicitely trigger the watchdog. 460 implicitely trigger the watchdog.
458 461
459 * Fix PCI to memory window size problems on PM82x boards 462 * Fix PCI to memory window size problems on PM82x boards
460 We use the "automatic" mode that was used for the MPC8266ADS and 463 We use the "automatic" mode that was used for the MPC8266ADS and
461 MPC8272 boards. Eventually this should be used on all boards?] 464 MPC8272 boards. Eventually this should be used on all boards?]
462 Patch by Wolfgang Grandegger, 17 Jan 2006 465 Patch by Wolfgang Grandegger, 17 Jan 2006
463 466
464 * Correct GPIO setup (UART1/IRQ's) on yosemite & yellowstone 467 * Correct GPIO setup (UART1/IRQ's) on yosemite & yellowstone
465 Patch by Stefan Roese, 29 May 2006 468 Patch by Stefan Roese, 29 May 2006
466 469
467 * Update Intel IXP4xx support 470 * Update Intel IXP4xx support
468 - Add IXP4xx NPE ethernet MAC support 471 - Add IXP4xx NPE ethernet MAC support
469 - Add support for Intel IXDPG425 board 472 - Add support for Intel IXDPG425 board
470 - Add support for Prodrive PDNB3 board 473 - Add support for Prodrive PDNB3 board
471 - Add IRQ support 474 - Add IRQ support
472 Patch by Stefan Roese, 23 May 2006 475 Patch by Stefan Roese, 23 May 2006
473 476
474 * Fix problem in PVR detection for 440GR 477 * Fix problem in PVR detection for 440GR
475 Patch by Stefan Roese, 18 May 2006 478 Patch by Stefan Roese, 18 May 2006
476 479
477 * Fix gcc 3.4.x AFLAGS setting for m68k platform. 480 * Fix gcc 3.4.x AFLAGS setting for m68k platform.
478 481
479 * Enable autoboot for M5271EVB board. 482 * Enable autoboot for M5271EVB board.
480 483
481 * Changed default ramdisk addr in yosemite/yellowstone ports 484 * Changed default ramdisk addr in yosemite/yellowstone ports
482 Patch by Stefan Roese, 15 May 2006 485 Patch by Stefan Roese, 15 May 2006
483 486
484 * Fix PCMCIA support on virtlab2 487 * Fix PCMCIA support on virtlab2
485 488
486 * Add support for VirtLab2 board 489 * Add support for VirtLab2 board
487 (needed because of differences in the PCMCIA hardware). 490 (needed because of differences in the PCMCIA hardware).
488 491
489 * Minor cleanup. 492 * Minor cleanup.
490 493
491 * Update yosemite configuration to enable flash write buffer support 494 * Update yosemite configuration to enable flash write buffer support
492 Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 May 2006 495 Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 May 2006
493 496
494 * Fix compile warnings in common/xyzModem.c 497 * Fix compile warnings in common/xyzModem.c
495 Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 May 2006 498 Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 May 2006
496 499
497 * Add support for AMCC 440EP Rev C and 440GR Rev B 500 * Add support for AMCC 440EP Rev C and 440GR Rev B
498 Patch by John Otken, 08 May 2006 501 Patch by John Otken, 08 May 2006
499 502
500 * OMAP 5912/OSK: update EMIFS CS1 timings: 503 * OMAP 5912/OSK: update EMIFS CS1 timings:
501 Problems have been seen in the linux kernel's smc91x network driver 504 Problems have been seen in the linux kernel's smc91x network driver
502 due to improper bus timings. The latest 2.6 OMAP kernels currently 505 due to improper bus timings. The latest 2.6 OMAP kernels currently
503 have a workaround, but this fix belongs in u-boot. 506 have a workaround, but this fix belongs in u-boot.
504 Patch by Kevin Hilman, 13 Oct 2005 507 Patch by Kevin Hilman, 13 Oct 2005
505 508
506 * Fix REG_MPU_LOAD_TIMER definition in multiple OMAP ports 509 * Fix REG_MPU_LOAD_TIMER definition in multiple OMAP ports
507 Patch by Hiroki Kaminaga, 11 Mar 2006 510 Patch by Hiroki Kaminaga, 11 Mar 2006
508 511
509 * Update omap5912osk board support 512 * Update omap5912osk board support
510 - Fix OMAP support that omap5912osk compiles in current source tree 513 - Fix OMAP support that omap5912osk compiles in current source tree
511 - Update with code from "http://omap.spectrumdigital.com/osk5912" 514 - Update with code from "http://omap.spectrumdigital.com/osk5912"
512 to fix problems with DDR initialization 515 to fix problems with DDR initialization
513 - Fix timer setup 516 - Fix timer setup
514 - Use CFI flash driver and support complete 32MB of onboard flash 517 - Use CFI flash driver and support complete 32MB of onboard flash
515 - Add "print_cpuinfo()" and "checkboard()" functions to display 518 - Add "print_cpuinfo()" and "checkboard()" functions to display
516 CPU (with frequency) and Board infos 519 CPU (with frequency) and Board infos
517 Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 May 2006 520 Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 May 2006
518 521
519 * Fix watchdog issues for ColdFire boards. 522 * Fix watchdog issues for ColdFire boards.
520 523
521 * Add M5271EVB board support. 524 * Add M5271EVB board support.
522 525
523 * Make R5200 specific low level initialization board conditional. 526 * Make R5200 specific low level initialization board conditional.
524 527
525 * Update CPU target identification strings for ColdFire family. 528 * Update CPU target identification strings for ColdFire family.
526 529
527 * Update register definitions for MCF5271. 530 * Update register definitions for MCF5271.
528 531
529 * Fix serial console support for MCF5271. 532 * Fix serial console support for MCF5271.
530 533
531 * Fixes for gcc 3.4 based m68k toolchain, 534 * Fixes for gcc 3.4 based m68k toolchain,
532 based on patch by Jate Sujjavanich. 535 based on patch by Jate Sujjavanich.
533 536
534 * Fix lowboot support on MCC200 board 537 * Fix lowboot support on MCC200 board
535 538
536 * Merged MPC8349ADS and MPC8349EMDS ports into MPC8349EMDS port: 539 * Merged MPC8349ADS and MPC8349EMDS ports into MPC8349EMDS port:
537 - Removed MPC8349ADS port 540 - Removed MPC8349ADS port
538 - Added PCI support to MPC8349ADS 541 - Added PCI support to MPC8349ADS
539 - reworked memory map to allow mapping of all regions with BATs 542 - reworked memory map to allow mapping of all regions with BATs
540 Patch by Kumar Gala, 20 Apr 2006 543 Patch by Kumar Gala, 20 Apr 2006
541 544
542 * Coding Style cleanup 545 * Coding Style cleanup
543 546
544 * Write RTC seconds first to maintain settings integrity per 547 * Write RTC seconds first to maintain settings integrity per
545 Maxim/Dallas DS1306 data sheet. 548 Maxim/Dallas DS1306 data sheet.
546 Patch by Alan J. Luse, 02 May 2006 549 Patch by Alan J. Luse, 02 May 2006
547 550
548 * Scheduled for removal: strnicmp() which is unused 551 * Scheduled for removal: strnicmp() which is unused
549 552
550 * Update for Intel Monahans boards: 553 * Update for Intel Monahans boards:
551 - support for magic key detection and handling on delta board 554 - support for magic key detection and handling on delta board
552 - NAND support for zylonite board + some minor cleanup 555 - NAND support for zylonite board + some minor cleanup
553 556
554 * Declare load_serial_ymodem() when using CFG_CMD_LOADB. 557 * Declare load_serial_ymodem() when using CFG_CMD_LOADB.
555 Patch by Jon Loeliger, 01 May 2006 558 Patch by Jon Loeliger, 01 May 2006
556 559
557 * Fixed handling of bad checksums with "mkimage -l" 560 * Fixed handling of bad checksums with "mkimage -l"
558 561
559 * Added support for BC3450 board 562 * Added support for BC3450 board
560 Patch by Stefan Strobl, 21 Oct 2005 563 Patch by Stefan Strobl, 21 Oct 2005
561 564
562 * Update for NC650 board: 565 * Update for NC650 board:
563 - Support rev1 and rev2 hardware 566 - Support rev1 and rev2 hardware
564 - adapt to new NAND layer 567 - adapt to new NAND layer
565 - add CP850 configuration based on NC650 568 - add CP850 configuration based on NC650
566 569
567 * MPC5200: enable snooping of DMA transactions on XLB even if no PCI 570 * MPC5200: enable snooping of DMA transactions on XLB even if no PCI
568 is configured; othrwise DMA accesses aren't cache coherent which 571 is configured; othrwise DMA accesses aren't cache coherent which
569 causes for example USB to fail. 572 causes for example USB to fail.
570 573
571 * Some code cleanup 574 * Some code cleanup
572 575
573 * Fix dbau1x00 boards broken by dbau1550 patch 576 * Fix dbau1x00 boards broken by dbau1550 patch
574 PLL:s were not set for boards other than 1550. 577 PLL:s were not set for boards other than 1550.
575 Flash CFI caused card to hang due to undefined CFG_FLASH_BANKS_LIST. 578 Flash CFI caused card to hang due to undefined CFG_FLASH_BANKS_LIST.
576 Default boot is now bootp for cards other than 1550. 579 Default boot is now bootp for cards other than 1550.
577 Patch by Thomas Lange, 10 Aug 2005 580 Patch by Thomas Lange, 10 Aug 2005
578 581
579 * Fixes common/cmd_flash.c: 582 * Fixes common/cmd_flash.c:
580 - fix some compiler/parser error, if using m68k tool chain 583 - fix some compiler/parser error, if using m68k tool chain
581 - optical fix for protect on/off all messages, if using more 584 - optical fix for protect on/off all messages, if using more
582 then one bank 585 then one bank
583 Patch by Jens Scharsig, 28 Jul 2005 586 Patch by Jens Scharsig, 28 Jul 2005
584 587
585 * Fix Quad UART mapping on MCC200 board due to new HW revision 588 * Fix Quad UART mapping on MCC200 board due to new HW revision
586 589
587 * Fix JFFS2 support for legacy NAND driver. 590 * Fix JFFS2 support for legacy NAND driver.
588 591
589 * Remove dependencies between DoC code and old legacy NAND driver. 592 * Remove dependencies between DoC code and old legacy NAND driver.
590 593
591 * Fix PM828_PCI target, for which PCI was *not* configured in. 594 * Fix PM828_PCI target, for which PCI was *not* configured in.
592 595
593 * Fix Lite5200B support: initialize SDelay register 596 * Fix Lite5200B support: initialize SDelay register
594 See Freescale's AN3221 "MPC5200B SDRAM Initialization and 597 See Freescale's AN3221 "MPC5200B SDRAM Initialization and
595 Configuration", 3.3.1 SDelay--MBAR + 0x0190 598 Configuration", 3.3.1 SDelay--MBAR + 0x0190
596 599
597 * Changes/fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c: 600 * Changes/fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c:
598 601
599 - Add Intel legacy lock/unlock support to common CFI driver 602 - Add Intel legacy lock/unlock support to common CFI driver
600 603
601 On some Intel flash's (e.g. Intel J3) legacy unlocking is 604 On some Intel flash's (e.g. Intel J3) legacy unlocking is
602 supported, meaning that unlocking of one sector will unlock 605 supported, meaning that unlocking of one sector will unlock
603 all sectors of this bank. Using this feature, unlocking 606 all sectors of this bank. Using this feature, unlocking
604 of all sectors upon startup (via env var "unlock=yes") will 607 of all sectors upon startup (via env var "unlock=yes") will
605 get much faster. 608 get much faster.
606 609
607 - Fixed problem with multiple reads of envronment variable 610 - Fixed problem with multiple reads of envronment variable
608 "unlock" as pointed out by Reinhard Arlt & Anders Larsen. 611 "unlock" as pointed out by Reinhard Arlt & Anders Larsen.
609 612
610 - Removed unwanted linefeeds from "protect" command when 613 - Removed unwanted linefeeds from "protect" command when
611 CFG_FLASH_PROTECTION is enabled. 614 CFG_FLASH_PROTECTION is enabled.
612 615
613 - Changed p3p400 board to use CFG_FLASH_PROTECTION 616 - Changed p3p400 board to use CFG_FLASH_PROTECTION
614 617
615 Patch by Stefan Roese, 01 Apr 2006 618 Patch by Stefan Roese, 01 Apr 2006
616 619
617 * Changes/fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c: 620 * Changes/fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c:
618 - Correctly handle the cases where CFG_HZ != 1000 (several 621 - Correctly handle the cases where CFG_HZ != 1000 (several
619 XScale-based boards) 622 XScale-based boards)
620 - Fix the timeout calculation of buffered writes (off by a 623 - Fix the timeout calculation of buffered writes (off by a
621 factor of 1000) 624 factor of 1000)
622 Patch by Anders Larsen, 31 Mar 2006 625 Patch by Anders Larsen, 31 Mar 2006
623 626
624 * Updates to common PPC4xx onboard (DDR)SDRAM init code (405 and 440) 627 * Updates to common PPC4xx onboard (DDR)SDRAM init code (405 and 440)
625 628
626 405 SDRAM: - The SDRAM parameters can now be defined in the board 629 405 SDRAM: - The SDRAM parameters can now be defined in the board
627 config file and the 405 SDRAM controller values will 630 config file and the 405 SDRAM controller values will
628 be calculated upon bootup (see PPChameleonEVB). 631 be calculated upon bootup (see PPChameleonEVB).
629 When those settings are not defined in the board 632 When those settings are not defined in the board
630 config file, the register setup will be as it is now, 633 config file, the register setup will be as it is now,
631 so this implementation should not break any current 634 so this implementation should not break any current
632 design using this code. 635 design using this code.
633 636
634 Thanks to Andrea Marson from DAVE for this patch. 637 Thanks to Andrea Marson from DAVE for this patch.
635 638
636 440 DDR: - Added function sdram_tr1_set to auto calculate the 639 440 DDR: - Added function sdram_tr1_set to auto calculate the
637 TR1 value for the DDR. 640 TR1 value for the DDR.
638 - Added ECC support (see p3p440). 641 - Added ECC support (see p3p440).
639 642
640 Patch by Stefan Roese, 17 Mar 2006 643 Patch by Stefan Roese, 17 Mar 2006
641 644
642 * Fix CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT dependency in cpu/arm920t/start.S 645 * Fix CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT dependency in cpu/arm920t/start.S
643 Patch by Peter Menzebach, 13 Oct 2005 [DNX#2006040142000473] 646 Patch by Peter Menzebach, 13 Oct 2005 [DNX#2006040142000473]
644 647
645 * Add support for ymodem protocol download 648 * Add support for ymodem protocol download
646 Patch by Stefano Babic, 29 Mar 2006 649 Patch by Stefano Babic, 29 Mar 2006
647 650
648 * Memory Map Update for Delta board: U-Boot is at 0x80000000-0x84000000 651 * Memory Map Update for Delta board: U-Boot is at 0x80000000-0x84000000
649 Merge from Markus Klotzbücher's repo, 01 Apr 2006 652 Merge from Markus Klotzbücher's repo, 01 Apr 2006
650 653
651 * GCC-4.x fixes: clean up global data pointer initialization for all 654 * GCC-4.x fixes: clean up global data pointer initialization for all
652 boards 655 boards
653 656
654 * Update for Delta board: 657 * Update for Delta board:
655 - redundant NAND environment 658 - redundant NAND environment
656 - misc Monahans cleanups (remove dead code etc.) 659 - misc Monahans cleanups (remove dead code etc.)
657 - DA9030 Initialization; some minimal changes to PXA I2C driver to 660 - DA9030 Initialization; some minimal changes to PXA I2C driver to
658 make it work with the Monahans. 661 make it work with the Monahans.
659 - Make Monahans clock frequency configurable using 662 - Make Monahans clock frequency configurable using
660 CFG_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO and 663 CFG_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO and
661 CFG_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO. 664 CFG_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO.
662 Merge from Markus Klotzbücher's repo, 25 Mar 2006 665 Merge from Markus Klotzbücher's repo, 25 Mar 2006
663 666
664 * Enable Quad UART om MCC200 board. 667 * Enable Quad UART om MCC200 board.
665 668
666 * Cleanup MCC200 board configuration; omit non-existent stuff. 669 * Cleanup MCC200 board configuration; omit non-existent stuff.
667 670
668 * Add support for MPC859/866 Rev. A.0 671 * Add support for MPC859/866 Rev. A.0
669 672
670 * Add command for handling DDR ECC registers on MPC8349EE MDS board. 673 * Add command for handling DDR ECC registers on MPC8349EE MDS board.
671 674
672 * Fix DDR ECC bit definitions for MPC83xx. 675 * Fix DDR ECC bit definitions for MPC83xx.
673 676
674 * Add initial support for MPC8349E MDS board. 677 * Add initial support for MPC8349E MDS board.
675 678
676 * Add support for ECC DDR initialization on MPC83xx. 679 * Add support for ECC DDR initialization on MPC83xx.
677 680
678 * Add DMA support for MPC83xx. 681 * Add DMA support for MPC83xx.
679 682
680 * Add sync in do_reset() routine for MPC83xx after RPR register 683 * Add sync in do_reset() routine for MPC83xx after RPR register
681 was written to. It is need on some targets when BAT translation 684 was written to. It is need on some targets when BAT translation
682 is enabled. 685 is enabled.
683 686
684 * Add bit definitions for MPC83xx DDR controller registers. 687 * Add bit definitions for MPC83xx DDR controller registers.
685 688
686 * Add Dcbz(), Dcbi() and Dcbf() routines for MPC83xx. 689 * Add Dcbz(), Dcbi() and Dcbf() routines for MPC83xx.
687 690
688 * Correct shift offsets in icache_status and dcache_status for MPC83xx. 691 * Correct shift offsets in icache_status and dcache_status for MPC83xx.
689 692
690 * Add support for DS1374 RTC chip. 693 * Add support for DS1374 RTC chip.
691 694
692 * Add support for Lite5200B board. 695 * Add support for Lite5200B board.
693 Patch by Patch by Jose Maria (Txema) Lopez, 16 Jan 2006 696 Patch by Patch by Jose Maria (Txema) Lopez, 16 Jan 2006
694 697
695 * Apply SoC concept to arm926ejs CPUs, i.e. move the SoC specific 698 * Apply SoC concept to arm926ejs CPUs, i.e. move the SoC specific
696 timer and cpu_reset code from cpu/$(CPU) into the new 699 timer and cpu_reset code from cpu/$(CPU) into the new
697 cpu/$(CPU)/$(SOC) directories 700 cpu/$(CPU)/$(SOC) directories
698 Patch by Andreas Engel, 13 Mar 2006 701 Patch by Andreas Engel, 13 Mar 2006
699 702
700 * Change max size of uncompressed uImage's to 8MByte and add 703 * Change max size of uncompressed uImage's to 8MByte and add
701 CFG_BOOTM_LEN to adjust this setting. 704 CFG_BOOTM_LEN to adjust this setting.
702 705
703 As mentioned by Robin Getz on 2005-05-24 the size of uncompressed 706 As mentioned by Robin Getz on 2005-05-24 the size of uncompressed
704 uImages was restricted to 4MBytes. This default size is now 707 uImages was restricted to 4MBytes. This default size is now
705 increased to 8Mbytes and can be overrided by setting CFG_BOOTM_LEN 708 increased to 8Mbytes and can be overrided by setting CFG_BOOTM_LEN
706 in the board config file. 709 in the board config file.
707 710
708 Patch by Stefan Roese, 13 Mar 2006 711 Patch by Stefan Roese, 13 Mar 2006
709 712
710 * Fix problem with updated PCI code in cpu/ppc4xx/405gp_pci.c 713 * Fix problem with updated PCI code in cpu/ppc4xx/405gp_pci.c
711 Patch by Stefan Roese, 13 Mar 2006 714 Patch by Stefan Roese, 13 Mar 2006
712 715
713 * cpu/ppc4xx/start.S : exceptions are enabled after relocation 716 * cpu/ppc4xx/start.S : exceptions are enabled after relocation
714 Patch by Cedric Vincent, 06 Jul 2005 717 Patch by Cedric Vincent, 06 Jul 2005
715 718
716 * au1x00_eth.c: check malloc return value and abort if it failed 719 * au1x00_eth.c: check malloc return value and abort if it failed
717 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 26 Jul 2005 720 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 26 Jul 2005
718 721
719 * Change the sequence of events in soft_i2c.c:send_ack() to keep from 722 * Change the sequence of events in soft_i2c.c:send_ack() to keep from
720 incorrectly generating start/stop conditions on the bus. 723 incorrectly generating start/stop conditions on the bus.
721 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 26 Jul 2005 724 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 26 Jul 2005
722 725
723 * Fix bug in [id]cache_status commands for MPC85xx processors; 726 * Fix bug in [id]cache_status commands for MPC85xx processors;
724 should look at LSB of L1CSRn registers to determine if L1 cache is 727 should look at LSB of L1CSRn registers to determine if L1 cache is
725 enabled, not the MSB. 728 enabled, not the MSB.
726 Patch by Murray Jensen, 19 Jul 2005 729 Patch by Murray Jensen, 19 Jul 2005
727 730
728 * Fix array overflow with fw_setenv on uninitialised environment 731 * Fix array overflow with fw_setenv on uninitialised environment
729 Patch by Murray Jensen, 15 Jul 2005 732 Patch by Murray Jensen, 15 Jul 2005
730 733
731 * Add support for EmbeddedPlanet EP88x boards 734 * Add support for EmbeddedPlanet EP88x boards
732 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 13 Jul 2005 735 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 13 Jul 2005
733 736
734 * Remove board specific configuration includes from the common xilinx 737 * Remove board specific configuration includes from the common xilinx
735 ethernet and iic adapter code. 738 ethernet and iic adapter code.
736 Patch by Michael Libeskind, 12 Jul 2005 739 Patch by Michael Libeskind, 12 Jul 2005
737 740
738 * Add Nat Semi DP83865 PHY support to MPC85xx TSEC driver 741 * Add Nat Semi DP83865 PHY support to MPC85xx TSEC driver
739 Patch by Murray Jensen, 08 Jul 2005 742 Patch by Murray Jensen, 08 Jul 2005
740 743
741 * Add (some) definitions for the MPC85xx local bus controller 744 * Add (some) definitions for the MPC85xx local bus controller
742 Patch by Murray Jensen, 08 Jul 2005 745 Patch by Murray Jensen, 08 Jul 2005
743 746
744 * Add CPM2 I/O pin functions for MPC85xx processors 747 * Add CPM2 I/O pin functions for MPC85xx processors
745 Patch by Murray Jensen, 08 Jul 2005 748 Patch by Murray Jensen, 08 Jul 2005
746 749
747 * Fix compile problem 750 * Fix compile problem
748 751
749 * Added PCI support for MPC8349ADS board 752 * Added PCI support for MPC8349ADS board
750 Patch by Kumar Gala 11 Jan 2006 753 Patch by Kumar Gala 11 Jan 2006
751 754
752 * Enable address translation on MPC83xx 755 * Enable address translation on MPC83xx
753 Patch by Kumar Gala, 10 Feb 2006 756 Patch by Kumar Gala, 10 Feb 2006
754 757
755 * Decopuled setting of OR/BR and LBLAWBAR/LBLAWAR on MPC83xx 758 * Decopuled setting of OR/BR and LBLAWBAR/LBLAWAR on MPC83xx
756 Patch by Kumar Gala, 25 Jan 2006 759 Patch by Kumar Gala, 25 Jan 2006
757 760
758 * Fixed defines for MPC83xx SICRL register to match current specs 761 * Fixed defines for MPC83xx SICRL register to match current specs
759 Patch by Kumar Gala, 23 Jan 2006 762 Patch by Kumar Gala, 23 Jan 2006
760 763
761 * Only disable the MPC83xx watchdog if its enabled out of reset. 764 * Only disable the MPC83xx watchdog if its enabled out of reset.
762 If its disabled out of reset SW can later enable it if so desired 765 If its disabled out of reset SW can later enable it if so desired
763 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006 766 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006
764 767
765 * Allow config of GPIO direction & data registers at boot on 83xx 768 * Allow config of GPIO direction & data registers at boot on 83xx
766 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006 769 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006
767 770
768 * Enable time handling on 83xx 771 * Enable time handling on 83xx
769 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006 772 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006
770 773
771 * Make System IO Config Registers board configurable on MPC83xx 774 * Make System IO Config Registers board configurable on MPC83xx
772 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006 775 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006
773 776
774 * Fixed PCI indirect config ops to handle multiple PCI controllers 777 * Fixed PCI indirect config ops to handle multiple PCI controllers
775 We need to adjust the bus number we are trying to access based 778 We need to adjust the bus number we are trying to access based
776 on which PCI controller its on 779 on which PCI controller its on
777 Patch by Kumar Gala, 12 Jan 2006 780 Patch by Kumar Gala, 12 Jan 2006
778 781
779 * Report back PCI bus when doing table based device config 782 * Report back PCI bus when doing table based device config
780 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006 783 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006
781 784
782 * Added support for PCI prefetchable region and BARs 785 * Added support for PCI prefetchable region and BARs
783 If a host controller sets up a region as prefetchable and 786 If a host controller sets up a region as prefetchable and
784 a device's BAR denotes it as prefetchable, allocate the 787 a device's BAR denotes it as prefetchable, allocate the
785 BAR into the prefetch region. 788 BAR into the prefetch region.
786 789
787 If a BAR is prefetchable and no prefetchable region has 790 If a BAR is prefetchable and no prefetchable region has
788 been setup by the controller we fall back to allocating 791 been setup by the controller we fall back to allocating
789 the BAR into the normally memory region. 792 the BAR into the normally memory region.
790 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006 793 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006
791 794
792 * Add helper function for generic flat device tree fixups for mpc83xx 795 * Add helper function for generic flat device tree fixups for mpc83xx
793 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006 796 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006
794 797
795 * Add support for passing initrd information via flat device tree 798 * Add support for passing initrd information via flat device tree
796 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006 799 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006
797 800
798 * Added OF_STDOUT_PATH and OF_SOC 801 * Added OF_STDOUT_PATH and OF_SOC
799 802
800 OF_STDOUT_PATH specifies the path to the device the kernel can use 803 OF_STDOUT_PATH specifies the path to the device the kernel can use
801 for console output 804 for console output
802 805
803 OF_SOC specifies the proper name of the SOC node if one exists. 806 OF_SOC specifies the proper name of the SOC node if one exists.
804 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006 807 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006
805 808
806 * Allow board code to fixup the flat device tree before booting a kernel 809 * Allow board code to fixup the flat device tree before booting a kernel
807 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006 810 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006
808 811
809 * Added CONFIG_ options for bd_t and env in flat dev tree 812 * Added CONFIG_ options for bd_t and env in flat dev tree
810 813
811 CONFIG_OF_HAS_BD_T will put a copy of the bd_t 814 CONFIG_OF_HAS_BD_T will put a copy of the bd_t
812 into the resulting flat device tree. 815 into the resulting flat device tree.
813 816
814 CONFIG_OF_HAS_UBOOT_ENV will copy the environment 817 CONFIG_OF_HAS_UBOOT_ENV will copy the environment
815 variables from u-boot into the flat device tree 818 variables from u-boot into the flat device tree
816 819
817 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006 820 Patch by Kumar Gala, 11 Jan 2006
818 821
819 * Add support for the DHCP vendor optional bootfile (#67). 822 * Add support for the DHCP vendor optional bootfile (#67).
820 Ignores the vendor TFTP server name option (#66). 823 Ignores the vendor TFTP server name option (#66).
821 Patch by Murray Jensen, 30 Jun 2005 824 Patch by Murray Jensen, 30 Jun 2005
822 825
823 * Fix a HW timing issue on 8548 CDS for eTSEC 3 in RGMII mode 826 * Fix a HW timing issue on 8548 CDS for eTSEC 3 in RGMII mode
824 Patch by Andy Fleming, 14 Jun 2005 827 Patch by Andy Fleming, 14 Jun 2005
825 828
826 * Fix bad register definitions for LTX971 PHY on MPC85xx boards. 829 * Fix bad register definitions for LTX971 PHY on MPC85xx boards.
827 Patch by Gerhard Jaeger, 21 Jun 2005 830 Patch by Gerhard Jaeger, 21 Jun 2005
828 831
829 * Add netconsole and some more commands to RPXlite_DW board 832 * Add netconsole and some more commands to RPXlite_DW board
830 Patch by Sam Song, 19 Jun 2005 833 Patch by Sam Song, 19 Jun 2005
831 834
832 * Fix bad declaration on pci_cfgfunc_nothing 835 * Fix bad declaration on pci_cfgfunc_nothing
833 Patch by Sam Song, 19 Jun 2005 836 Patch by Sam Song, 19 Jun 2005
834 837
835 * Adjust "echo" as a default command 838 * Adjust "echo" as a default command
836 Patch by Sam Song, 19 Jun 2005 839 Patch by Sam Song, 19 Jun 2005
837 840
838 * Fix PCIDF calculation in cpu/mpc8260/speed.c for MPC8280EC 841 * Fix PCIDF calculation in cpu/mpc8260/speed.c for MPC8280EC
839 Patch by KokHow Teh, 16 Jun 2005 842 Patch by KokHow Teh, 16 Jun 2005
840 843
841 * Add crc of data to jffs2 (in jffs2_1pass_build_lists()). 844 * Add crc of data to jffs2 (in jffs2_1pass_build_lists()).
842 Patch by Rick Bronson, 15 Jun 2005 845 Patch by Rick Bronson, 15 Jun 2005
843 846
844 * Coding Style cleanup 847 * Coding Style cleanup
845 848
846 * Avoid dereferencing NULL in find_cmd() if no valid commands were found 849 * Avoid dereferencing NULL in find_cmd() if no valid commands were found
847 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 13 Jun 2005 850 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 13 Jun 2005
848 851
849 * Add ADI Blackfin support 852 * Add ADI Blackfin support
850 - add support for Analog Devices Blackfin BF533 CPU 853 - add support for Analog Devices Blackfin BF533 CPU
851 - add support for the ADI BF533 Stamp uClinux board 854 - add support for the ADI BF533 Stamp uClinux board
852 - add support for the ADI BF533 EZKit board 855 - add support for the ADI BF533 EZKit board
853 Patches by Richard Klingler, 11 Jun 2005 856 Patches by Richard Klingler, 11 Jun 2005
854 857
855 * Add loads of ntohl() in image header handling 858 * Add loads of ntohl() in image header handling
856 Patch by Steven Scholz, 10 Jun 2005 859 Patch by Steven Scholz, 10 Jun 2005
857 860
858 * Switch MPC86xADS and MPC885ADS boards to use cpuclk environment 861 * Switch MPC86xADS and MPC885ADS boards to use cpuclk environment
859 variable to set clock 862 variable to set clock
860 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 05 Jun 2005 863 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 05 Jun 2005
861 864
862 * RPXlite configuration fixes 865 * RPXlite configuration fixes
863 - Use correct flash sector size 866 - Use correct flash sector size
864 - Use correct memory test end address 867 - Use correct memory test end address
865 - Add support for bzip2 compression 868 - Add support for bzip2 compression
866 - Various small fixes 869 - Various small fixes
867 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 05 Jun 2005 870 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 05 Jun 2005
868 871
869 * Memory configuration changes for ZPC.1900 board 872 * Memory configuration changes for ZPC.1900 board
870 - Fix SDRAM timing on both local bus and 60x bus 873 - Fix SDRAM timing on both local bus and 60x bus
871 - Add support for second flash bank (SIMM) 874 - Add support for second flash bank (SIMM)
872 - Change boot flash base 875 - Change boot flash base
873 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 05 Jun 2005 876 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 05 Jun 2005
874 877
875 * Add support for Adder boards with 16MB SDRAM; 878 * Add support for Adder boards with 16MB SDRAM;
876 add support for second FEC on Adder87x board. 879 add support for second FEC on Adder87x board.
877 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 05 Jun 2005 880 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 05 Jun 2005
878 881
879 * Fix conditional for including ks8695eth driver 882 * Fix conditional for including ks8695eth driver
880 Patch by Greg Ungerer, 04 Jun 2005 883 Patch by Greg Ungerer, 04 Jun 2005
881 884
882 * Fix Makefile: include config.mk only after CROSS_COMPILE is defined 885 * Fix Makefile: include config.mk only after CROSS_COMPILE is defined
883 Patch by Friedrich Lobenstock, 02 Jun 2005 886 Patch by Friedrich Lobenstock, 02 Jun 2005
884 887
885 * Fix comment in common/soft_i2c.c 888 * Fix comment in common/soft_i2c.c
886 Patches by Peter Korsgaard/Tolunay Orkun, 26 May 2005 889 Patches by Peter Korsgaard/Tolunay Orkun, 26 May 2005
887 890
888 * Cleanup compiler warnings. 891 * Cleanup compiler warnings.
889 Patch by Greg Ungerer, 21 May 2005 892 Patch by Greg Ungerer, 21 May 2005
890 893
891 * Word alignment fixes for word aligned NS16550 UART 894 * Word alignment fixes for word aligned NS16550 UART
892 Patch by Jean-Paul Saman, 01 Mar 2005 895 Patch by Jean-Paul Saman, 01 Mar 2005
893 896
894 Fixes bug with UART that only supports word aligned access: removed 897 Fixes bug with UART that only supports word aligned access: removed
895 "__attribute__ ((packed));" for "(CFG_NS16550_REG_SIZE == 4)" some 898 "__attribute__ ((packed));" for "(CFG_NS16550_REG_SIZE == 4)" some
896 (broken!) versions of GCC generate byte accesses when encountering 899 (broken!) versions of GCC generate byte accesses when encountering
897 the packed attribute regardless if the struct is already correctly 900 the packed attribute regardless if the struct is already correctly
898 aligned for a platform. Peripherals that can only handle word 901 aligned for a platform. Peripherals that can only handle word
899 aligned access won't work properly when accessed with byte access. 902 aligned access won't work properly when accessed with byte access.
900 The struct NS16550 is already word aligned for REG_SIZE = 4, so 903 The struct NS16550 is already word aligned for REG_SIZE = 4, so
901 there is no need to packed the struct in that case. 904 there is no need to packed the struct in that case.
902 905
903 * Fix behaviour if gatewayip is not set 906 * Fix behaviour if gatewayip is not set
904 Patch by Robin Gilks, 23 Dec 2004 907 Patch by Robin Gilks, 23 Dec 2004
905 908
906 * Fix cleanup for netstart board. 909 * Fix cleanup for netstart board.
907 Remove build results from repository 910 Remove build results from repository
908 911
909 * Some code cleanup for GCC 4.x 912 * Some code cleanup for GCC 4.x
910 913
911 * Fixes to support environment in NAND flash; 914 * Fixes to support environment in NAND flash;
912 enable NAND flash based environment for delta board. 915 enable NAND flash based environment for delta board.
913 916
914 * Add support for Intel Monahans CPU on Zylonite and Delta boards 917 * Add support for Intel Monahans CPU on Zylonite and Delta boards
915 (This is Work in Progress!) 918 (This is Work in Progress!)
916 919
917 * Add support for TQM8260-AI boards. 920 * Add support for TQM8260-AI boards.
918 921
919 * Minor code cleanup 922 * Minor code cleanup
920 923
921 * Merge the new NAND code (testing-NAND brach); see doc/README.nand 924 * Merge the new NAND code (testing-NAND brach); see doc/README.nand
922 Rewrite of NAND code based on what is in 2.6.12 Linux kernel 925 Rewrite of NAND code based on what is in 2.6.12 Linux kernel
923 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 29 Jun 2005 926 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 29 Jun 2005
924 927
925 * Add lowboot target to mcc200 board 928 * Add lowboot target to mcc200 board
926 Patch by Stefan Roese, 4 Mar 2006 929 Patch by Stefan Roese, 4 Mar 2006
927 930
928 * Fix problem with flash_get_size() from CFI driver update 931 * Fix problem with flash_get_size() from CFI driver update
929 Patch by Stefan Roese, 1 Mar 2006 932 Patch by Stefan Roese, 1 Mar 2006
930 933
931 * Make CFG_NO_FLASH work on ARM systems 934 * Make CFG_NO_FLASH work on ARM systems
932 Patch by Markus Klotzbuecher, 27 Feb 2006 935 Patch by Markus Klotzbuecher, 27 Feb 2006
933 936
934 * Update mcc200 config: Disable PCI and DoC, use 133 MHz IPB clock, 937 * Update mcc200 config: Disable PCI and DoC, use 133 MHz IPB clock,
935 use hush shell. 938 use hush shell.
936 939
937 * Convert mcc200 to use common CFI flash driver 940 * Convert mcc200 to use common CFI flash driver
938 Patch by Stefan Roese, 28 Feb 2006 941 Patch by Stefan Roese, 28 Feb 2006
939 942
940 * Add env-variable "unlock" to handle initial state of sectors 943 * Add env-variable "unlock" to handle initial state of sectors
941 (locked/unlocked). 944 (locked/unlocked).
942 945
943 Only the U-Boot image and it's environment is protected, 946 Only the U-Boot image and it's environment is protected,
944 all other sectors are unprotected (unlocked) if flash 947 all other sectors are unprotected (unlocked) if flash
945 hardware protection is used (CFG_FLASH_PROTECTION) and 948 hardware protection is used (CFG_FLASH_PROTECTION) and
946 the environment variable "unlock" is set to "yes". 949 the environment variable "unlock" is set to "yes".
947 950
948 Patch by Stefan Roese, 28 Feb 2006 951 Patch by Stefan Roese, 28 Feb 2006
949 952
950 * Update drivers/cfi_flash.c: 953 * Update drivers/cfi_flash.c:
951 - find_sector() called in both versions of flash_write_cfiword() 954 - find_sector() called in both versions of flash_write_cfiword()
952 Patch by Peter Pearse, 27th Feb 2006 955 Patch by Peter Pearse, 27th Feb 2006
953 956
954 * CFI support for a x8/x16 AMD/Spansion flash configured in x8 mode 957 * CFI support for a x8/x16 AMD/Spansion flash configured in x8 mode
955 Patch by Jose Maria Lopez, 16 Jan 2006 958 Patch by Jose Maria Lopez, 16 Jan 2006
956 959
957 * Add support for AMD/Spansion Flashes in flash_write_cfibuffer 960 * Add support for AMD/Spansion Flashes in flash_write_cfibuffer
958 Patch by Alex Bastos and Thomas Schaefer, 2005-08-29 961 Patch by Alex Bastos and Thomas Schaefer, 2005-08-29
959 962
960 * Changes/fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c: 963 * Changes/fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c:
961 We *should* check if there are any error bits if the previous call 964 We *should* check if there are any error bits if the previous call
962 returned ERR_OK (Otherwise we will have output an error message in 965 returned ERR_OK (Otherwise we will have output an error message in
963 flash_status_check() already.) The original code would only check for 966 flash_status_check() already.) The original code would only check for
964 error bits if flash_status_check() returns ERR_TIMEOUT. 967 error bits if flash_status_check() returns ERR_TIMEOUT.
965 Patch by Marcus Hall, 23 Aug 2005 968 Patch by Marcus Hall, 23 Aug 2005
966 969
967 * Changes/fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c: 970 * Changes/fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c:
968 - Add CFG_FLASH_PROTECT_CLEAR on drivers/cfi_flash.c 971 - Add CFG_FLASH_PROTECT_CLEAR on drivers/cfi_flash.c
969 - Prohibit buffer write when buffer_size is 1 on drivers/cfi_flash.c 972 - Prohibit buffer write when buffer_size is 1 on drivers/cfi_flash.c
970 Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 19 Aug 2005 973 Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 19 Aug 2005
971 974
972 * Fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c: 975 * Fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c:
973 - Fix wrong timeout value usage in flash_status_check() 976 - Fix wrong timeout value usage in flash_status_check()
974 - Round write_tout up when converting to msec in flash_get_size() 977 - Round write_tout up when converting to msec in flash_get_size()
975 - Remove clearing flash status at the end of flash_write_cfibuffer() 978 - Remove clearing flash status at the end of flash_write_cfibuffer()
976 which sets Intel 28F640J3 flash back to command mode on CSB472 979 which sets Intel 28F640J3 flash back to command mode on CSB472
977 Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 02 July 2005 980 Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 02 July 2005
978 981
979 * Add basic support for the SMMACO4 Board from PanDaCom. 982 * Add basic support for the SMMACO4 Board from PanDaCom.
980 Patch by Heiko Schocher, 20 Feb 2006 983 Patch by Heiko Schocher, 20 Feb 2006
981 984
982 * Add GIT version information (commid ID) to untagged U-Boot versions 985 * Add GIT version information (commid ID) to untagged U-Boot versions
983 986
984 As done in the linux kernel, the U-Boot version (U_BOOT_VERSION) 987 As done in the linux kernel, the U-Boot version (U_BOOT_VERSION)
985 of all unreleased (untagged) U-Boot images will be automatically 988 of all unreleased (untagged) U-Boot images will be automatically
986 extended upon compiletime with a part of the GIT commit ID and 989 extended upon compiletime with a part of the GIT commit ID and
987 possibly with "dirty" if uncommited changes are detected. 990 possibly with "dirty" if uncommited changes are detected.
988 991
989 Here an example for the resulting version: 992 Here an example for the resulting version:
990 "U-Boot 1.1.4-g3457ac18-dirty" 993 "U-Boot 1.1.4-g3457ac18-dirty"
991 994
992 The version is now maintained in the toplevel Makefile and the 995 The version is now maintained in the toplevel Makefile and the
993 version headers are autogenerated. 996 version headers are autogenerated.
994 997
995 Patch by Stefan Roese, 9 Feb 2006 998 Patch by Stefan Roese, 9 Feb 2006
996 999
997 * Update default environment for INKA4x00 board. 1000 * Update default environment for INKA4x00 board.
998 1001
999 * Convert CPCI750 to use common CFI flash driver 1002 * Convert CPCI750 to use common CFI flash driver
1000 Patch by Reinhard Arlt, 8 Feb 2006 1003 Patch by Reinhard Arlt, 8 Feb 2006
1001 1004
1002 * Various changes to esd HH405 board specific files 1005 * Various changes to esd HH405 board specific files
1003 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 07 Feb 2006 1006 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 07 Feb 2006
1004 1007
1005 * Cleanup U-Boot boot messages on ARM. 1008 * Cleanup U-Boot boot messages on ARM.
1006 1009
1007 To match the U-Boot user interface on ARM platforms to the U-Boot 1010 To match the U-Boot user interface on ARM platforms to the U-Boot
1008 standard (as on PPC platforms), some messages with debug character 1011 standard (as on PPC platforms), some messages with debug character
1009 are removed from the default U-Boot build. 1012 are removed from the default U-Boot build.
1010 Enable DEBUG for lib_arm/board.c to enable debug messages. 1013 Enable DEBUG for lib_arm/board.c to enable debug messages.
1011 New CONFIG_DISPLAY_CPUINFO and CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO options. 1014 New CONFIG_DISPLAY_CPUINFO and CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO options.
1012 Patch by Stefan Roese, 24 Jan 2006 1015 Patch by Stefan Roese, 24 Jan 2006
1013 1016
1014 * Fix various compiler warnings on ppc4xx builds (ELDK 4.0) 1017 * Fix various compiler warnings on ppc4xx builds (ELDK 4.0)
1015 Patch by Stefan Roese, 18 Jan 2006 1018 Patch by Stefan Roese, 18 Jan 2006
1016 1019
1017 * Add VGA support (CT69000) to CPCI750 board. 1020 * Add VGA support (CT69000) to CPCI750 board.
1018 Insert missing __le32_to_cpu() for filesize in ext2fs_read_file(). 1021 Insert missing __le32_to_cpu() for filesize in ext2fs_read_file().
1019 Patch by Reinhard Arlt, 30 Dec 2005 1022 Patch by Reinhard Arlt, 30 Dec 2005
1020 1023
1021 * PMC405 and CPCI405: Moved configuration of pci resources 1024 * PMC405 and CPCI405: Moved configuration of pci resources
1022 into config file. 1025 into config file.
1023 PMC405 and CPCI2DP: Added firmware download and booting via pci. 1026 PMC405 and CPCI2DP: Added firmware download and booting via pci.
1024 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 20 Dec 2005 1027 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 20 Dec 2005
1025 1028
1026 * Add ColdFire targets to MAKEALL script 1029 * Add ColdFire targets to MAKEALL script
1027 Patch by Zachary Landau, 26 Jan 2006 1030 Patch by Zachary Landau, 26 Jan 2006
1028 1031
1029 * Add support for r5200 board 1032 * Add support for r5200 board
1030 Patch by Zachary Landau, 26 Jan 2006 1033 Patch by Zachary Landau, 26 Jan 2006
1031 1034
1032 * Add support for Freescale M5271 processor 1035 * Add support for Freescale M5271 processor
1033 Patch by Zachary Landau, 26 Jan 2006 1036 Patch by Zachary Landau, 26 Jan 2006
1034 1037
1035 * Fix 28F256J3A support on PM520 board 1038 * Fix 28F256J3A support on PM520 board
1036 (without bank-switching only 32 MB can be accessed) 1039 (without bank-switching only 32 MB can be accessed)
1037 1040
1038 * Fix mkimage bug with multifile images created on 64 bit systems. 1041 * Fix mkimage bug with multifile images created on 64 bit systems.
1039 1042
1040 * Add support for 28F256J3A flash (=> 64 MB) on PM520 board 1043 * Add support for 28F256J3A flash (=> 64 MB) on PM520 board
1041 1044
1042 * Fix compiler problem with at91rm9200dk board. 1045 * Fix compiler problem with at91rm9200dk board.
1043 Patch by Eugen Bigz, 19 Dec 2005 1046 Patch by Eugen Bigz, 19 Dec 2005
1044 1047
1045 ====================================================================== 1048 ======================================================================
1046 Changes for U-Boot 1.1.4: 1049 Changes for U-Boot 1.1.4:
1047 ====================================================================== 1050 ======================================================================
1048 1051
1049 * Changes to Yellowstone & Yosemite 440EP/GR eval boards: 1052 * Changes to Yellowstone & Yosemite 440EP/GR eval boards:
1050 - Changed GPIO setup to enable another address line in order to 1053 - Changed GPIO setup to enable another address line in order to
1051 address 64M of FLASH. 1054 address 64M of FLASH.
1052 - Added function sdram_tr1_set to auto calculate the tr1 value for 1055 - Added function sdram_tr1_set to auto calculate the tr1 value for
1053 the DDR. 1056 the DDR.
1054 Patch by Steven Blakeslee, 12 Dec 2005 1057 Patch by Steven Blakeslee, 12 Dec 2005
1055 1058
1056 * MPC5200: Set PCI retry counter to 0 = infinite retry; 1059 * MPC5200: Set PCI retry counter to 0 = infinite retry;
1057 The default of 255 is too short for slow devices. 1060 The default of 255 is too short for slow devices.
1058 Patch by Martin Nykodym, 12 Dec 2005 1061 Patch by Martin Nykodym, 12 Dec 2005
1059 1062
1060 * Change port configuration for O2DNT (CODEC1 on PSC1). 1063 * Change port configuration for O2DNT (CODEC1 on PSC1).
1061 1064
1062 * Fix register for PCI async mode on PPC440EP 1065 * Fix register for PCI async mode on PPC440EP
1063 Patch by Youngchul Bang, 08 Dec 2005 1066 Patch by Youngchul Bang, 08 Dec 2005
1064 1067
1065 * Fix U-Boot linking problems (add .eh_frame segment to linker script) 1068 * Fix U-Boot linking problems (add .eh_frame segment to linker script)
1066 This segment may be required by some libgcc.a functions 1069 This segment may be required by some libgcc.a functions
1067 (like _udivdi3). 1070 (like _udivdi3).
1068 1071
1069 * Fix DPRAM offset/size for MPC8541/8555. 1072 * Fix DPRAM offset/size for MPC8541/8555.
1070 Simplify TQM85xx Makefile handling. 1073 Simplify TQM85xx Makefile handling.
1071 1074
1072 * Fix data overflow (typo?) in rtc/ds1302.c 1075 * Fix data overflow (typo?) in rtc/ds1302.c
1073 1076
1074 * Fix U-Boot compilation for MIPS boards using ELDK 4.0 1077 * Fix U-Boot compilation for MIPS boards using ELDK 4.0
1075 1078
1076 * Add support for TQM8541/8555 boards, TQM85xx support reworked: 1079 * Add support for TQM8541/8555 boards, TQM85xx support reworked:
1077 - Support for TQM8541/8555 boards added. 1080 - Support for TQM8541/8555 boards added.
1078 - Complete rework of TQM8540/8560 support. 1081 - Complete rework of TQM8540/8560 support.
1079 - Common TQM85xx code now supports all current TQM85xx platforms 1082 - Common TQM85xx code now supports all current TQM85xx platforms
1080 (TQM8540/8541/8555/8560). 1083 (TQM8540/8541/8555/8560).
1081 - DDR SDRAM size detection added. 1084 - DDR SDRAM size detection added.
1082 - CAS latency default values can be overwritten by setting "serial#" 1085 - CAS latency default values can be overwritten by setting "serial#"
1083 to e.g. "ABC0001 casl=25" -> CAS latency 2.5 will be used. 1086 to e.g. "ABC0001 casl=25" -> CAS latency 2.5 will be used.
1084 If problems are detected with this non default CAS latency, 1087 If problems are detected with this non default CAS latency,
1085 the default values will be used instead. 1088 the default values will be used instead.
1086 - Flash size detection added. 1089 - Flash size detection added.
1087 - Moved FCC ethernet driver initialization behind TSEC driver init 1090 - Moved FCC ethernet driver initialization behind TSEC driver init
1088 -> TSEC is first device. 1091 -> TSEC is first device.
1089 Patch by Stefan Roese, 30 Nov 2005 1092 Patch by Stefan Roese, 30 Nov 2005
1090 1093
1091 * Add support for AMCC 440SP, add support for AMCC Luan 440SP eval board. 1094 * Add support for AMCC 440SP, add support for AMCC Luan 440SP eval board.
1092 Patch by John Otken, 23 Nov 2005 1095 Patch by John Otken, 23 Nov 2005
1093 1096
1094 * Changed PPC44x startup message (cpu info, speed...) to common style: 1097 * Changed PPC44x startup message (cpu info, speed...) to common style:
1095 On PPC44x platforms, the startup message generated in "cpu.c" only 1098 On PPC44x platforms, the startup message generated in "cpu.c" only
1096 comprised the ppc type and revision but not additional information 1099 comprised the ppc type and revision but not additional information
1097 like speed etc. Those speed infos where printed in the board specific 1100 like speed etc. Those speed infos where printed in the board specific
1098 code. This new implementation now prints all CPU infos in the common 1101 code. This new implementation now prints all CPU infos in the common
1099 cpu specific code. No board specific code is needed anymore and 1102 cpu specific code. No board specific code is needed anymore and
1100 therefore removed from all current 44x implementations. 1103 therefore removed from all current 44x implementations.
1101 Patch by Stefan Roese, 27 Nov 2005 1104 Patch by Stefan Roese, 27 Nov 2005
1102 1105
1103 * Adjust TQM834x PHY addresses for latest hardware revision. 1106 * Adjust TQM834x PHY addresses for latest hardware revision.
1104 1107
1105 * Increase malloc arena on TQM5200 board to 256 kB. 1108 * Increase malloc arena on TQM5200 board to 256 kB.
1106 With 64 kb uniform flash sector size the old value of 128 kB was 1109 With 64 kb uniform flash sector size the old value of 128 kB was
1107 too small. 1110 too small.
1108 1111
1109 * Fix miiphy global data initialization (problem on 4xx boards when 1112 * Fix miiphy global data initialization (problem on 4xx boards when
1110 no ethaddr is assigned). Initialization moved from 1113 no ethaddr is assigned). Initialization moved from
1111 miiphy_register() to eth_initialize(). 1114 miiphy_register() to eth_initialize().
1112 1115
1113 Based on initial patch for 4xx platform by Matthias Fuchs. 1116 Based on initial patch for 4xx platform by Matthias Fuchs.
1114 1117
1115 * Remove unnnecessary #include <linux/types.h> from include/asm-*/u-boot.h 1118 * Remove unnnecessary #include <linux/types.h> from include/asm-*/u-boot.h
1116 1119
1117 * Allow use of include/image.h and include/asm-*/u-boot.h in proprietary code. 1120 * Allow use of include/image.h and include/asm-*/u-boot.h in proprietary code.
1118 The COPYING file was extended to make clear that these files can be 1121 The COPYING file was extended to make clear that these files can be
1119 used in non-GPL code, too. 1122 used in non-GPL code, too.
1120 Also, a corresponding note was placed in the headers of the affected files. 1123 Also, a corresponding note was placed in the headers of the affected files.
1121 1124
1122 * Add support for Prodrive P3P440 board: 1125 * Add support for Prodrive P3P440 board:
1123 - Added onboard PPC440 DDR autodetection in cpu/ppc/sdram.c 1126 - Added onboard PPC440 DDR autodetection in cpu/ppc/sdram.c
1124 - CFG_FLASH_QUIET_TEST added to use the common CFI driver 1127 - CFG_FLASH_QUIET_TEST added to use the common CFI driver
1125 for bank autodetection 1128 for bank autodetection
1126 Patch by Stefan Roese, 22 Nov 2005 1129 Patch by Stefan Roese, 22 Nov 2005
1127 1130
1128 * Change all '$(...)' variable references into '${...}' 1131 * Change all '$(...)' variable references into '${...}'
1129 which makes the environment compatible with the hush shell. 1132 which makes the environment compatible with the hush shell.
1130 WARNING: Support for the old '$(...)' syntax will be 1133 WARNING: Support for the old '$(...)' syntax will be
1131 discontinued in a later version. 1134 discontinued in a later version.
1132 1135
1133 * Minor changes to init flags in TQM834x PCI. 1136 * Minor changes to init flags in TQM834x PCI.
1134 1137
1135 * Fix Bamboo DDR SDRAM initialization (problem with onboard SDRAM) 1138 * Fix Bamboo DDR SDRAM initialization (problem with onboard SDRAM)
1136 Patch by Stefan Roese, 15 Nov 2005 1139 Patch by Stefan Roese, 15 Nov 2005
1137 1140
1138 * New PPC 405EP board added: CMS700 1141 * New PPC 405EP board added: CMS700
1139 Added CONFIG_NET_MULTI for VOM405 board. 1142 Added CONFIG_NET_MULTI for VOM405 board.
1140 Added reset_phy() for VOM405 board. 1143 Added reset_phy() for VOM405 board.
1141 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 09 Nov 2005 1144 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 09 Nov 2005
1142 1145
1143 * Updated PCI mapping for esd CPCI2DP board. 1146 * Updated PCI mapping for esd CPCI2DP board.
1144 Add support for error LED. 1147 Add support for error LED.
1145 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 07 Nov 2005 1148 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 07 Nov 2005
1146 1149
1147 * Fix MPC85xx PCI support (pci_register_hose() before pci config access) 1150 * Fix MPC85xx PCI support (pci_register_hose() before pci config access)
1148 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Nov 2005 1151 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Nov 2005
1149 1152
1150 * Correct PPC Timebase register definitions (SPRN_TBRL...) 1153 * Correct PPC Timebase register definitions (SPRN_TBRL...)
1151 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Nov 2005 1154 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Nov 2005
1152 1155
1153 * Adjust bd->bi_flashstart on Yellowstone & Yosemite to correct size 1156 * Adjust bd->bi_flashstart on Yellowstone & Yosemite to correct size
1154 Patch by Stefan Roese, 05 Nov 2005 1157 Patch by Stefan Roese, 05 Nov 2005
1155 1158
1156 * Additional fix for external IRQ config on Yellowstone & Yosemite 1159 * Additional fix for external IRQ config on Yellowstone & Yosemite
1157 Patch by Stefan Roese, 03 Nov 2005 1160 Patch by Stefan Roese, 03 Nov 2005
1158 1161
1159 * Add support for Ocotea pass 3 with 440GX Rev. F 1162 * Add support for Ocotea pass 3 with 440GX Rev. F
1160 Patch by Stefan Roese, 01 Nov 2005 1163 Patch by Stefan Roese, 01 Nov 2005
1161 1164
1162 * Fix external IRQ configuration on Yellowstone & Yosemite 1165 * Fix external IRQ configuration on Yellowstone & Yosemite
1163 Patch by Stefan Roese, 28 Oct 2005 1166 Patch by Stefan Roese, 28 Oct 2005
1164 1167
1165 * Add support for multiple PHYs. 1168 * Add support for multiple PHYs.
1166 Tested on the following boards: 1169 Tested on the following boards:
1167 cmcpu2 (at91rm9200/ether.c) 1170 cmcpu2 (at91rm9200/ether.c)
1168 PPChameleon (ppc4xx/4xx_enet.c) 1171 PPChameleon (ppc4xx/4xx_enet.c)
1169 yukon (mpc8220/fec.c) 1172 yukon (mpc8220/fec.c)
1170 uc100 (mpc8xx/fec.c) 1173 uc100 (mpc8xx/fec.c)
1171 tqm834x (mpc834x/tsec.c) with EEPRO100 1174 tqm834x (mpc834x/tsec.c) with EEPRO100
1172 lite5200 (mpc5xxx/fec.c) with EEPRO100 card (drivers/eepro100.c) 1175 lite5200 (mpc5xxx/fec.c) with EEPRO100 card (drivers/eepro100.c)
1173 Main changes include: 1176 Main changes include:
1174 common/miiphyutil.c 1177 common/miiphyutil.c
1175 - miiphy_register routine was added to allow multiple PHYs to be registered 1178 - miiphy_register routine was added to allow multiple PHYs to be registered
1176 - miiphy_read and miiphy_write are now defined in this file, and 1179 - miiphy_read and miiphy_write are now defined in this file, and
1177 require additional argument (char *devname) 1180 require additional argument (char *devname)
1178 - other miiphy_* routines also require additional device name argument 1181 - other miiphy_* routines also require additional device name argument
1179 ../lib_i386/board.c 1182 ../lib_i386/board.c
1180 ../lib_ppc/board.c 1183 ../lib_ppc/board.c
1181 Calling reset_phy() was moved to be executed *after* eth_initialize(). 1184 Calling reset_phy() was moved to be executed *after* eth_initialize().
1182 This is necessary as now some of the implementations of reset_phy() 1185 This is necessary as now some of the implementations of reset_phy()
1183 may need to use miiphy_reset() which is not allowed before eth_initialize() 1186 may need to use miiphy_reset() which is not allowed before eth_initialize()
1184 as eth_initialize registers all required miiphy_* routines. 1187 as eth_initialize registers all required miiphy_* routines.
1185 Tested on IP860 and PHY initializes properly after this change. 1188 Tested on IP860 and PHY initializes properly after this change.
1186 1189
1187 * Correct includes for flat tree builder. 1190 * Correct includes for flat tree builder.
1188 1191
1189 * Fix conflicting types (flash_write()) in trab auto_update.c. 1192 * Fix conflicting types (flash_write()) in trab auto_update.c.
1190 1193
1191 * Add PCI support for the TQM834x board. 1194 * Add PCI support for the TQM834x board.
1192 1195
1193 * Add missing 4xx board to MAKEALL 1196 * Add missing 4xx board to MAKEALL
1194 Patch by Stefan Roese, 20 Oct 2005 1197 Patch by Stefan Roese, 20 Oct 2005
1195 1198
1196 * Fix conflicting types (flash_write()) in esd auto_update.c 1199 * Fix conflicting types (flash_write()) in esd auto_update.c
1197 Patch by Stefan Roese, 20 Oct 2005 1200 Patch by Stefan Roese, 20 Oct 2005
1198 1201
1199 * Fix problem with sleep in NetConsole (use get_timer()) 1202 * Fix problem with sleep in NetConsole (use get_timer())
1200 Patch by Stefan Roese, 20 Oct 2005 1203 Patch by Stefan Roese, 20 Oct 2005
1201 1204
1202 * Add NetConsole Support for AMCC eval boards 1205 * Add NetConsole Support for AMCC eval boards
1203 Patch by Stefan Roese, 20 Oct 2005 1206 Patch by Stefan Roese, 20 Oct 2005
1204 1207
1205 * Fix NetConsole support on 4xx (only print eth link on 1st transfer) 1208 * Fix NetConsole support on 4xx (only print eth link on 1st transfer)
1206 Patch by Stefan Roese, 18 Oct 2005 1209 Patch by Stefan Roese, 18 Oct 2005
1207 1210
1208 * Add fat & ext2 support to AMCC 440EP boards Yosemite & Bamboo. 1211 * Add fat & ext2 support to AMCC 440EP boards Yosemite & Bamboo.
1209 Fix identation on ext2ls help entry. 1212 Fix identation on ext2ls help entry.
1210 Patch by Stefan Roese, 14 Oct 2005 1213 Patch by Stefan Roese, 14 Oct 2005
1211 1214
1212 * Add support for TQM834x boards. 1215 * Add support for TQM834x boards.
1213 Cleanup. 1216 Cleanup.
1214 1217
1215 * Cleanup for GCC-4.x 1218 * Cleanup for GCC-4.x
1216 1219
1217 * Add documentation for Open Firmware Flat Tree and usage. 1220 * Add documentation for Open Firmware Flat Tree and usage.
1218 Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 13 Oct 2005 1221 Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 13 Oct 2005
1219 1222
1220 * Add missing files for Pantelis Antoniou's patch 1223 * Add missing files for Pantelis Antoniou's patch
1221 Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 04 Sep 2005 1224 Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 04 Sep 2005
1222 1225
1223 * Fix problem in ppc4xx eth-driver without ethaddr (only without 1226 * Fix problem in ppc4xx eth-driver without ethaddr (only without
1224 CONFIG_NET_MULTI set) 1227 CONFIG_NET_MULTI set)
1225 Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 Oct 2005 1228 Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 Oct 2005
1226 1229
1227 * Fix gzip bmp support (test if malloc fails, warning when truncated). 1230 * Fix gzip bmp support (test if malloc fails, warning when truncated).
1228 Increase CFG_VIDEO_LOGO_MAX_SIZE on HH405 board. 1231 Increase CFG_VIDEO_LOGO_MAX_SIZE on HH405 board.
1229 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Oct 2005 1232 Patch by Stefan Roese, 07 Oct 2005
1230 1233
1231 * Add support for OF flat tree for the STXtc board. 1234 * Add support for OF flat tree for the STXtc board.
1232 Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 04 Sep 2005 1235 Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 04 Sep 2005
1233 1236
1234 * Support passing of OF flat trees to the kernel. 1237 * Support passing of OF flat trees to the kernel.
1235 Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 04 Sep 2005 1238 Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 04 Sep 2005
1236 1239
1237 * Cleanup 1240 * Cleanup
1238 1241
1239 * Add support for NetSilicon NS7520 processor. 1242 * Add support for NetSilicon NS7520 processor.
1240 Patch by Art Shipkowski, 12 May 2005 1243 Patch by Art Shipkowski, 12 May 2005
1241 1244
1242 * Add support for AP1000 board. 1245 * Add support for AP1000 board.
1243 Patch by James MacAulay, 07 Oct 2005 1246 Patch by James MacAulay, 07 Oct 2005
1244 1247
1245 * Eliminate hard-coded address of Ethernet transfer buffer on at91rm9200 1248 * Eliminate hard-coded address of Ethernet transfer buffer on at91rm9200
1246 Patch by Anders Larsen, 07 Oct 2005 1249 Patch by Anders Larsen, 07 Oct 2005
1247 1250
1248 The Atmel errata #11 states that the transfer buffer descriptor 1251 The Atmel errata #11 states that the transfer buffer descriptor
1249 table must be aligned on a 16-word boundary. As it turned out, this 1252 table must be aligned on a 16-word boundary. As it turned out, this
1250 is insufficient - it seems the table must be aligned on a boundary 1253 is insufficient - it seems the table must be aligned on a boundary
1251 at least as large as the table itself (in Linux this is not an 1254 at least as large as the table itself (in Linux this is not an
1252 issue - the table is aligned on a PAGE_SIZE (4096) boundary). 1255 issue - the table is aligned on a PAGE_SIZE (4096) boundary).
1253 1256
1254 * Fixed compilation for ARM when using a (standard) hard-FP toolchain 1257 * Fixed compilation for ARM when using a (standard) hard-FP toolchain
1255 Patch by Anders Larsen, 07 Oct 2005 1258 Patch by Anders Larsen, 07 Oct 2005
1256 1259
1257 * Cleanup warnings for cpu/arm720t & cpu/arm1136 files. 1260 * Cleanup warnings for cpu/arm720t & cpu/arm1136 files.
1258 sed the linker scripts, rather than pre-process them. 1261 sed the linker scripts, rather than pre-process them.
1259 Patch by Peter Pearse, 07 Oct 2005 1262 Patch by Peter Pearse, 07 Oct 2005
1260 1263
1261 * Update make target for ARM supported boards. 1264 * Update make target for ARM supported boards.
1262 Use lowlevel_init() instead of platformsetup() [rename]. 1265 Use lowlevel_init() instead of platformsetup() [rename].
1263 Patch by Peter Pearse, 06 Oct 2005 1266 Patch by Peter Pearse, 06 Oct 2005
1264 1267
1265 * Fix booting from serial dataflash on AT91RM9200 1268 * Fix booting from serial dataflash on AT91RM9200
1266 Patch by Peter Menzebach, 29 Aug 2005 1269 Patch by Peter Menzebach, 29 Aug 2005
1267 1270
1268 * Add JFFS2 support for TRAB board 1271 * Add JFFS2 support for TRAB board
1269 Patch by Martin Krause, 25 Aug 2005 1272 Patch by Martin Krause, 25 Aug 2005
1270 1273
1271 * Remove unnecessary dependency of netconsole on CONFIG_NET_MULTI 1274 * Remove unnecessary dependency of netconsole on CONFIG_NET_MULTI
1272 Patch by Marcus Hall, 24 Aug 2005 1275 Patch by Marcus Hall, 24 Aug 2005
1273 1276
1274 * Fix the machine-id of the Cogent csb637 board 1277 * Fix the machine-id of the Cogent csb637 board
1275 Patch by Anders Larsen, 05 Oct 2005 1278 Patch by Anders Larsen, 05 Oct 2005
1276 1279
1277 * Complete support for the KwikByte KB920x boards 1280 * Complete support for the KwikByte KB920x boards
1278 Patch by Anders Larsen, 05 Oct 2005 1281 Patch by Anders Larsen, 05 Oct 2005
1279 1282
1280 * Set the AT91RM9200 clock to asynchronous mode 1283 * Set the AT91RM9200 clock to asynchronous mode
1281 Patch by Anders Larsen, 03 May 2005 1284 Patch by Anders Larsen, 03 May 2005
1282 1285
1283 * Set the AT91RM9200 clock to synchronous mode 1286 * Set the AT91RM9200 clock to synchronous mode
1284 Patch by Anders Larsen, 29 Apr 2005 1287 Patch by Anders Larsen, 29 Apr 2005
1285 1288
1286 * Add support for Cogent csb637 1289 * Add support for Cogent csb637
1287 Patch by Anders Larsen, 29 Apr 2005 1290 Patch by Anders Larsen, 29 Apr 2005
1288 1291
1289 * Fix dm9161.c initialization 1292 * Fix dm9161.c initialization
1290 Patch by Anders Larsen, 29 Apr 2005 1293 Patch by Anders Larsen, 29 Apr 2005
1291 1294
1292 * Fix problems introduced by Patch by Steven Scholz, 02 Mar 2005 1295 * Fix problems introduced by Patch by Steven Scholz, 02 Mar 2005
1293 (8e2be51de8dd03c1ce4d06cbb18ad06133d47cd5) 1296 (8e2be51de8dd03c1ce4d06cbb18ad06133d47cd5)
1294 1297
1295 * Move dm9161.c and lxt972.c into cpu/arm920t/at91rm9200 1298 * Move dm9161.c and lxt972.c into cpu/arm920t/at91rm9200
1296 Patch by Anders Larsen, 29 Apr 2005 1299 Patch by Anders Larsen, 29 Apr 2005
1297 1300
1298 * Fix device partition intialization for SystemACE disks. 1301 * Fix device partition intialization for SystemACE disks.
1299 Patch by Stephen Williams, 28 Apr 2005 1302 Patch by Stephen Williams, 28 Apr 2005
1300 1303
1301 * Added support for KwikByte KB920x boards (based on AT91RM9200) 1304 * Added support for KwikByte KB920x boards (based on AT91RM9200)
1302 Patch by Matt ?? <kb9200_dev@kwikbyte.com>, 27 Apr 2005 1305 Patch by Matt ?? <kb9200_dev@kwikbyte.com>, 27 Apr 2005
1303 1306
1304 * Add support for S29GL064M-R3 flash chip on xsengine board 1307 * Add support for S29GL064M-R3 flash chip on xsengine board
1305 Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 18 Apr 2005 1308 Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 18 Apr 2005
1306 1309
1307 * E500 update: repoint IVPR to RAM when code is relocated 1310 * E500 update: repoint IVPR to RAM when code is relocated
1308 Patch by Kylo Ginsberg, 13 Apr 2005 1311 Patch by Kylo Ginsberg, 13 Apr 2005
1309 1312
1310 * Fix loop end test in lib_generic/string.c:strswab() 1313 * Fix loop end test in lib_generic/string.c:strswab()
1311 Patch by Andrew Dyer, October 10, 2005 1314 Patch by Andrew Dyer, October 10, 2005
1312 Signed-off-by: Andrew Dyer <amdyer@gmail.com> 1315 Signed-off-by: Andrew Dyer <amdyer@gmail.com>
1313 1316
1314 * Cleanup 1317 * Cleanup
1315 1318
1316 * Update ARM Integrator boards: 1319 * Update ARM Integrator boards:
1317 Correct addessing errors in platform files. 1320 Correct addessing errors in platform files.
1318 Split off common core module data from Integrator header files to 1321 Split off common core module data from Integrator header files to
1319 include/armcoremodule.h. 1322 include/armcoremodule.h.
1320 Patch by Peter Pearse, 04 Oct 2005 1323 Patch by Peter Pearse, 04 Oct 2005
1321 1324
1322 * Make sure only supported compiler options are used 1325 * Make sure only supported compiler options are used
1323 Import "cc-option" shell function from kernel and 1326 Import "cc-option" shell function from kernel and
1324 use it to get the correct ARM GCC options for individual CPUs 1327 use it to get the correct ARM GCC options for individual CPUs
1325 Patch by Peter Pearse, 30 Jun 2005 1328 Patch by Peter Pearse, 30 Jun 2005
1326 1329
1327 * Fix 440GR to print correct cpu revision 1330 * Fix 440GR to print correct cpu revision
1328 Patch by Stefan Roese, 04 Oct 2005 1331 Patch by Stefan Roese, 04 Oct 2005
1329 1332
1330 * Change board message on AMCC Yosemite & Yellowstone to common style 1333 * Change board message on AMCC Yosemite & Yellowstone to common style
1331 Patch by Stefan Roese, 03 Oct 2005 1334 Patch by Stefan Roese, 03 Oct 2005
1332 1335
1333 * Fix compiler warning 1336 * Fix compiler warning
1334 1337
1335 * Fix FEC PHY addresses for TQM85xx boards 1338 * Fix FEC PHY addresses for TQM85xx boards
1336 1339
1337 * Fix uninitialized variable problem in hush shell 1340 * Fix uninitialized variable problem in hush shell
1338 Patch by Lars Rostock, 26 Sep 2005 1341 Patch by Lars Rostock, 26 Sep 2005
1339 1342
1340 * Undo change of f6e20fc6ca... to include/configs/trab.h 1343 * Undo change of f6e20fc6ca... to include/configs/trab.h
1341 (Must have been an accident?) 1344 (Must have been an accident?)
1342 1345
1343 * Add support for AT91RM9200 OHCI Controller. 1346 * Add support for AT91RM9200 OHCI Controller.
1344 Patch by Eric Benard, 07 Apr 2005 1347 Patch by Eric Benard, 07 Apr 2005
1345 1348
1346 * Update ARM mach-types.h 1349 * Update ARM mach-types.h
1347 Patch by Eric Benard, 07 Apr 2005 1350 Patch by Eric Benard, 07 Apr 2005
1348 1351
1349 * Add support for MP2USB board. 1352 * Add support for MP2USB board.
1350 Patch by Eric Benard, 07 Apr 2005 1353 Patch by Eric Benard, 07 Apr 2005
1351 1354
1352 * Add board support for armadillo HT1070 1355 * Add board support for armadillo HT1070
1353 Patch by Rowel Atienza, 06 Apr 2005 1356 Patch by Rowel Atienza, 06 Apr 2005
1354 1357
1355 * Second Ethernet address enabled for MPC885ADS and MPC8272ADS. 1358 * Second Ethernet address enabled for MPC885ADS and MPC8272ADS.
1356 Patch by Vitaly Bordug, 30 Mar 2005 1359 Patch by Vitaly Bordug, 30 Mar 2005
1357 1360
1358 * Add iopset command on mpc8xx 1361 * Add iopset command on mpc8xx
1359 Patch by Daniel Eisenhut, 25 Mar 2005 1362 Patch by Daniel Eisenhut, 25 Mar 2005
1360 1363
1361 * Add support for MII in eepro100 driver. 1364 * Add support for MII in eepro100 driver.
1362 Patch by Gleb Natapov, 21 Mar 2005 1365 Patch by Gleb Natapov, 21 Mar 2005
1363 1366
1364 * Fixes to the Lubbock (PXA 25x) support: 1367 * Fixes to the Lubbock (PXA 25x) support:
1365 - Resolve the FIXME with respect to saving the u-boot environment. 1368 - Resolve the FIXME with respect to saving the u-boot environment.
1366 - Make the default load address land in real memory. 1369 - Make the default load address land in real memory.
1367 - Fix lan91c96 SMC_{in,out}{b,w,l}() macros 1370 - Fix lan91c96 SMC_{in,out}{b,w,l}() macros
1368 Patch by David Brownell, 10 Mar 2005 1371 Patch by David Brownell, 10 Mar 2005
1369 1372
1370 * Add Barco Streaming Video Card (SVC) and Sample Compress Network (SCN) board 1373 * Add Barco Streaming Video Card (SVC) and Sample Compress Network (SCN) board
1371 Patch by Marc Leeman, 04 Mar 2005 1374 Patch by Marc Leeman, 04 Mar 2005
1372 1375
1373 * OMAP242x H4 board update 1376 * OMAP242x H4 board update
1374 - fix for ES2 differences. 1377 - fix for ES2 differences.
1375 - switch to using the cfi_flash driver. 1378 - switch to using the cfi_flash driver.
1376 - fix SRAM build address. 1379 - fix SRAM build address.
1377 - fix for GP device operation. 1380 - fix for GP device operation.
1378 - unlock SRAM for GP devices. 1381 - unlock SRAM for GP devices.
1379 - display more device information. 1382 - display more device information.
1380 - fix potential deadlock in omap24xx_i2c driver. 1383 - fix potential deadlock in omap24xx_i2c driver.
1381 - fix DLL load values to match dpllout*1 operation. 1384 - fix DLL load values to match dpllout*1 operation.
1382 - fix 2nd chip select init for combo DDR device. 1385 - fix 2nd chip select init for combo DDR device.
1383 - add support for CFI Intel 28F256L18 on H4 board. 1386 - add support for CFI Intel 28F256L18 on H4 board.
1384 Patch by Richard Woodruff, 03 Mar 2005 1387 Patch by Richard Woodruff, 03 Mar 2005
1385 1388
1386 * Fix formating in include/asm-arm/arch-at91rm9200/AT91RM9200.h 1389 * Fix formating in include/asm-arm/arch-at91rm9200/AT91RM9200.h
1387 Patch by Steven Scholz, 02 Mar 2005 1390 Patch by Steven Scholz, 02 Mar 2005
1388 1391
1389 * Fix typo in eth.c 1392 * Fix typo in eth.c
1390 Patch by Ara Avanesyan, 24 Feb 2005 1393 Patch by Ara Avanesyan, 24 Feb 2005
1391 1394
1392 * Remove unneeded #include <malloc.h> 1395 * Remove unneeded #include <malloc.h>
1393 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 22 Feb 2005 1396 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 22 Feb 2005
1394 1397
1395 * Add cramfs support for m68k 1398 * Add cramfs support for m68k
1396 Patch by Zachary Landau, 21 Feb 2005 1399 Patch by Zachary Landau, 21 Feb 2005
1397 1400
1398 * Update ep8260: Fix flash timeouts; improve clock resolution for faster UARTs 1401 * Update ep8260: Fix flash timeouts; improve clock resolution for faster UARTs
1399 Patch by Jeff Angielski, 21 Feb 2005 1402 Patch by Jeff Angielski, 21 Feb 2005
1400 1403
1401 * Fix au1x00_serial baud rate calculation: 1404 * Fix au1x00_serial baud rate calculation:
1402 remove hardcoded cpu clock divisor and use register instead; 1405 remove hardcoded cpu clock divisor and use register instead;
1403 round up instead of truncate 1406 round up instead of truncate
1404 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 15 Feb 2005 1407 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 15 Feb 2005
1405 1408
1406 * Add Xilinx Spartan3 family FPGA support 1409 * Add Xilinx Spartan3 family FPGA support
1407 Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 14 Feb 2005 1410 Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 14 Feb 2005
1408 1411
1409 * Fix drivers/cfi_flash.c: use info->reset_cmd instead of FLASH_CMD_RESET 1412 * Fix drivers/cfi_flash.c: use info->reset_cmd instead of FLASH_CMD_RESET
1410 Patch by Zachary Landau, 11 Feb 2005 1413 Patch by Zachary Landau, 11 Feb 2005
1411 1414
1412 * Fix VOH405 Support 1415 * Fix VOH405 Support
1413 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 25 Sep 2005 1416 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 25 Sep 2005
1414 1417
1415 * Added support for PCI bridge on MPC8272ADS 1418 * Added support for PCI bridge on MPC8272ADS
1416 Patch by Vitaly Bordug, Feb 09 2005 1419 Patch by Vitaly Bordug, Feb 09 2005
1417 1420
1418 * Update multicore CM9XX support for Integrator AP to allow booting from flash 1421 * Update multicore CM9XX support for Integrator AP to allow booting from flash
1419 Patch by Jean-Paul Saman, 8 Feb 2005 1422 Patch by Jean-Paul Saman, 8 Feb 2005
1420 1423
1421 * Fix strswab() to reliably find end of string 1424 * Fix strswab() to reliably find end of string
1422 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 08 Feb 2005 1425 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 08 Feb 2005
1423 1426
1424 * Fix typos in include/ppc440.h 1427 * Fix typos in include/ppc440.h
1425 Patch by Andrew E Mileski, 04 Feb 2005 1428 Patch by Andrew E Mileski, 04 Feb 2005
1426 1429
1427 * Add Vibren (was Accelent) PXA255 IDP Support 1430 * Add Vibren (was Accelent) PXA255 IDP Support
1428 Patch by Cliff Brake, 04 Feb 2005 1431 Patch by Cliff Brake, 04 Feb 2005
1429 1432
1430 * Fix tools/bmp_logo.c using incorrect offset to pixel data 1433 * Fix tools/bmp_logo.c using incorrect offset to pixel data
1431 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 31 Jan 2005 1434 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 31 Jan 2005
1432 1435
1433 * Add ARM946E cpu and core module targets; remap memory to 0x00000000 1436 * Add ARM946E cpu and core module targets; remap memory to 0x00000000
1434 Patch by Peter Pearse, 2 Feb 2005 1437 Patch by Peter Pearse, 2 Feb 2005
1435 1438
1436 * Fix error handling in tools/env/fw_env.c 1439 * Fix error handling in tools/env/fw_env.c
1437 Patch by Ara Avanesyan, 01 Feb 2005 1440 Patch by Ara Avanesyan, 01 Feb 2005
1438 1441
1439 * Fix MGT5100 PSC baudrate calculation 1442 * Fix MGT5100 PSC baudrate calculation
1440 Patch by Sebastian Schau, 27 Jan 2005 1443 Patch by Sebastian Schau, 27 Jan 2005
1441 1444
1442 * OMAP242x fix for GP device booting 1445 * OMAP242x fix for GP device booting
1443 - Add SRAM unlock for GP devices. 1446 - Add SRAM unlock for GP devices.
1444 - Change DDR DLL unlock value to allow DPLLout*1 operation. 1447 - Change DDR DLL unlock value to allow DPLLout*1 operation.
1445 Patches by Richard Woodruff, 21 Jan 2005: 1448 Patches by Richard Woodruff, 21 Jan 2005:
1446 1449
1447 * Add support for AMD's Pb1x00 eval board; 1450 * Add support for AMD's Pb1x00 eval board;
1448 add MII routines to the au1x00 ethernet driver; 1451 add MII routines to the au1x00 ethernet driver;
1449 add USB ohci driver (work in progress) 1452 add USB ohci driver (work in progress)
1450 Patch by Thomas Sailer, 20 Jan 2005 1453 Patch by Thomas Sailer, 20 Jan 2005
1451 1454
1452 * Update omap5912osk board 1455 * Update omap5912osk board
1453 Use drivers/cfi_flash.c instead of private flash driver; 1456 Use drivers/cfi_flash.c instead of private flash driver;
1454 Remove hardcoded personalized settings from omap5912osk.h; 1457 Remove hardcoded personalized settings from omap5912osk.h;
1455 Fix spacing with (RO) marks in 'flinfo' output. 1458 Fix spacing with (RO) marks in 'flinfo' output.
1456 Patch by Michael Bendzick, 14 Jan 2005 1459 Patch by Michael Bendzick, 14 Jan 2005
1457 1460
1458 * Fix warnings for PCI code on ixp 1461 * Fix warnings for PCI code on ixp
1459 Patch by Joe <lgxue@yahoo.com>, 13 Jan 2005 1462 Patch by Joe <lgxue@yahoo.com>, 13 Jan 2005
1460 1463
1461 * virtex2 fix for bogus download error messages 1464 * virtex2 fix for bogus download error messages
1462 The virtex2 FPGA download code watches for init going active during 1465 The virtex2 FPGA download code watches for init going active during
1463 a download of config data as an error condition. init also goes 1466 a download of config data as an error condition. init also goes
1464 active after a configuration is finished in concert with the done 1467 active after a configuration is finished in concert with the done
1465 signal. So far, the code does not check for done active until all 1468 signal. So far, the code does not check for done active until all
1466 of the configuration data is sent. If configuration data has a few 1469 of the configuration data is sent. If configuration data has a few
1467 extra pad bytes at the end, this would cause an error message even 1470 extra pad bytes at the end, this would cause an error message even
1468 though the download had suceeded. 1471 though the download had suceeded.
1469 NOTE: virtex2 slave serial and spartan2 versions may still have the 1472 NOTE: virtex2 slave serial and spartan2 versions may still have the
1470 same problem. 1473 same problem.
1471 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 12 Jan 2005 1474 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 12 Jan 2005
1472 1475
1473 * Optimize flash_make_cmd in drivers/cfi_flash.c for little endian 1476 * Optimize flash_make_cmd in drivers/cfi_flash.c for little endian
1474 Fix "WARNING: flash_make_cmd: unsuppported LittleEndian mode" 1477 Fix "WARNING: flash_make_cmd: unsuppported LittleEndian mode"
1475 message when probing for nonexistent flash in little endian mode. 1478 message when probing for nonexistent flash in little endian mode.
1476 As a side effect more efficient and smaller code is generated, 1479 As a side effect more efficient and smaller code is generated,
1477 which is always a Good Thing (TM). 1480 which is always a Good Thing (TM).
1478 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 24 Sep 2005 1481 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 24 Sep 2005
1479 1482
1480 * Update for TFTP using a fixed UDP port 1483 * Update for TFTP using a fixed UDP port
1481 Use the approved environment variable names. Added "tftpdstp" to 1484 Use the approved environment variable names. Added "tftpdstp" to
1482 allow ports other than 69 per Tolunay Orkun's recommendation. 1485 allow ports other than 69 per Tolunay Orkun's recommendation.
1483 Patch by Jerry Van Baren, 12 Jan 2005 1486 Patch by Jerry Van Baren, 12 Jan 2005
1484 1487
1485 * Allow to force TFTP to use a fixed UDP port 1488 * Allow to force TFTP to use a fixed UDP port
1486 (Add a configuration option CONFIG_TFTP_PORT and optional env 1489 (Add a configuration option CONFIG_TFTP_PORT and optional env
1487 variable tftpport) 1490 variable tftpport)
1488 Patch by Jerry Van Baren, 10 Jan 2005 1491 Patch by Jerry Van Baren, 10 Jan 2005
1489 1492
1490 * Fix ethernet timeouts on dbau1550 and other au1x00 systems 1493 * Fix ethernet timeouts on dbau1550 and other au1x00 systems
1491 Patch by Leif Lindholm, 29 Dec 2004 1494 Patch by Leif Lindholm, 29 Dec 2004
1492 1495
1493 * Cleanup: fix broken builds 1496 * Cleanup: fix broken builds
1494 1497
1495 * Fix PHY address argument passing with mii info command 1498 * Fix PHY address argument passing with mii info command
1496 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 28 Dec 2004 1499 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 28 Dec 2004
1497 1500
1498 * Cleanup (PPC4xx is AMCC now) 1501 * Cleanup (PPC4xx is AMCC now)
1499 1502
1500 * esd CPCI2DP board added 1503 * esd CPCI2DP board added
1501 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 22 Sep 2005 1504 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 22 Sep 2005
1502 1505
1503 * esd PMC405 board updated 1506 * esd PMC405 board updated
1504 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 22 Sep 2005 1507 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 22 Sep 2005
1505 1508
1506 * Add SM501 support to HH405 board. 1509 * Add SM501 support to HH405 board.
1507 Add support for gzip compressed bmp's (CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP). 1510 Add support for gzip compressed bmp's (CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP).
1508 Add support for eeprom write-enable (CFG_EEPROM_WREN). 1511 Add support for eeprom write-enable (CFG_EEPROM_WREN).
1509 Patch by Stefan Roese, 22 Sep 2005 1512 Patch by Stefan Roese, 22 Sep 2005
1510 1513
1511 * Fix autonegotiation in tsec ethernet driver 1514 * Fix autonegotiation in tsec ethernet driver
1512 Patch by Stefan Roese, 21 Sep 2005 1515 Patch by Stefan Roese, 21 Sep 2005
1513 1516
1514 * Fix bug in auto_update (trab board) 1517 * Fix bug in auto_update (trab board)
1515 Patch by Martin Krause, 16 Sep 2005 1518 Patch by Martin Krause, 16 Sep 2005
1516 1519
1517 * Fix computation of framebuffer palette for 8bpp LCD bitmaps 1520 * Fix computation of framebuffer palette for 8bpp LCD bitmaps
1518 Patch by Francesco Mandracci, 16 Sep 2005 1521 Patch by Francesco Mandracci, 16 Sep 2005
1519 1522
1520 * Update configuration for INKA4x0 board 1523 * Update configuration for INKA4x0 board
1521 1524
1522 * Update configuration for PM854 board 1525 * Update configuration for PM854 board
1523 Based on patch by R. Loeffl, 20 Jul 2005 1526 Based on patch by R. Loeffl, 20 Jul 2005
1524 1527
1525 * Add PCI support to TQM8540 and TQM8560 boards 1528 * Add PCI support to TQM8540 and TQM8560 boards
1526 Patch by Stefan Roese, 15 Sep 2005 1529 Patch by Stefan Roese, 15 Sep 2005
1527 1530
1528 * Update AMCC Yosemite to get a consistent setup for all AMCC eval 1531 * Update AMCC Yosemite to get a consistent setup for all AMCC eval
1529 boards (baudrate, environment...). Flash driver fixed. 1532 boards (baudrate, environment...). Flash driver fixed.
1530 Patch by Stefan Roese, 15 Sep 2005 1533 Patch by Stefan Roese, 15 Sep 2005
1531 1534
1532 * Fix problem in 440GP ethernet driver (ebony). Add support for 2nd 1535 * Fix problem in 440GP ethernet driver (ebony). Add support for 2nd
1533 ethernet port on ebony. 1536 ethernet port on ebony.
1534 Patch by Stefan Roese, 7 Sep 2005 1537 Patch by Stefan Roese, 7 Sep 2005
1535 1538
1536 * Added support for mtddevnum and mtddevname variables (mtdparts command) 1539 * Added support for mtddevnum and mtddevname variables (mtdparts command)
1537 1540
1538 * Change default console baud rate for stxxtc board 1541 * Change default console baud rate for stxxtc board
1539 1542
1540 * Add I2C support to TQM8540 and TQM8560 boards (EEPROM, RTC, LM75-DTT). 1543 * Add I2C support to TQM8540 and TQM8560 boards (EEPROM, RTC, LM75-DTT).
1541 Patch by Stefan Roese, 31 Aug 2005 1544 Patch by Stefan Roese, 31 Aug 2005
1542 1545
1543 * Fix default command set (don't include CFG_CMD_DISPLAY command) 1546 * Fix default command set (don't include CFG_CMD_DISPLAY command)
1544 Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 02 Sep 2005 1547 Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 02 Sep 2005
1545 1548
1546 * Cleanup 1549 * Cleanup
1547 1550
1548 * Enable SM712 driver support for HMI1001 board. 1551 * Enable SM712 driver support for HMI1001 board.
1549 1552
1550 * Fix problems with ld version 2.16 (dot outside sections problem) 1553 * Fix problems with ld version 2.16 (dot outside sections problem)
1551 Pointed out by Gerhard Jaeger, 31 Aug 2005; 1554 Pointed out by Gerhard Jaeger, 31 Aug 2005;
1552 cf. http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2005-08/msg00412.html 1555 cf. http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2005-08/msg00412.html
1553 1556
1554 * Prepare U-Boot for gcc-4.x: fix global data pointer initialization 1557 * Prepare U-Boot for gcc-4.x: fix global data pointer initialization
1555 1558
1556 * Adjust CS3 timings on HMI1001 board for dot matrix display under Linux 1559 * Adjust CS3 timings on HMI1001 board for dot matrix display under Linux
1557 1560
1558 * Add keyboard and dot matrix display support for HMI1001 board. 1561 * Add keyboard and dot matrix display support for HMI1001 board.
1559 1562
1560 * Prepare U-Boot for gcc-4.x 1563 * Prepare U-Boot for gcc-4.x
1561 1564
1562 * Fixed Bamboo port to enable running without DDR-DIMM 1565 * Fixed Bamboo port to enable running without DDR-DIMM
1563 (Bamboo has also 64MB onboard DDR) 1566 (Bamboo has also 64MB onboard DDR)
1564 Patch by Stefan Roese, 24 Aug 2005 1567 Patch by Stefan Roese, 24 Aug 2005
1565 1568
1566 * Merged 405gp_enet.c and 440gx_enet.c to generic 4xx_enet.c 1569 * Merged 405gp_enet.c and 440gx_enet.c to generic 4xx_enet.c
1567 now handling all 4xx cpu's 1570 now handling all 4xx cpu's
1568 Patch by Stefan Roese, 16 Aug 2005 1571 Patch by Stefan Roese, 16 Aug 2005
1569 1572
1570 * Fix make dependencies for at91rm9200 and ks8695 cpus 1573 * Fix make dependencies for at91rm9200 and ks8695 cpus
1571 Patch by Steven Scholz, 23 Aug 2005 1574 Patch by Steven Scholz, 23 Aug 2005
1572 1575
1573 * Add JFFS2 support for TQM5200 board 1576 * Add JFFS2 support for TQM5200 board
1574 1577
1575 * Add esd cpci5200 and pf5200 boards 1578 * Add esd cpci5200 and pf5200 boards
1576 Patch by Reinhard Arlt, 22 Aug 2005 1579 Patch by Reinhard Arlt, 22 Aug 2005
1577 1580
1578 * Fix sysclock for TQM8540 and TQM8560 boards 1581 * Fix sysclock for TQM8540 and TQM8560 boards
1579 Patch by Martin Krause, 25 Jul 2005 1582 Patch by Martin Krause, 25 Jul 2005
1580 1583
1581 * Initialize serial# and ethaddr from manufacturer data in EEPROM on CMC-PU2 1584 * Initialize serial# and ethaddr from manufacturer data in EEPROM on CMC-PU2
1582 Patch by Martin Krause, 08 Jun 2005 1585 Patch by Martin Krause, 08 Jun 2005
1583 1586
1584 * Add new board specific commands for TQM5200/STK52XX 1587 * Add new board specific commands for TQM5200/STK52XX
1585 - Sound commands (beep, wav, sound) 1588 - Sound commands (beep, wav, sound)
1586 - Test commands (led, can, backlight, rs232) 1589 - Test commands (led, can, backlight, rs232)
1587 Patch by Martin Krause, 02 May 2005 1590 Patch by Martin Krause, 02 May 2005
1588 1591
1589 * Change main clock on CMC-PU2 board from 207 MHz to 179 MHz 1592 * Change main clock on CMC-PU2 board from 207 MHz to 179 MHz
1590 because of a bug in the AT91RM9200 CPU PLL 1593 because of a bug in the AT91RM9200 CPU PLL
1591 Patch by Martin Krause, 22 Apr 2005 1594 Patch by Martin Krause, 22 Apr 2005
1592 1595
1593 * Add automatic HW detection for another CMC_PU2 variant 1596 * Add automatic HW detection for another CMC_PU2 variant
1594 Patch by Martin Krause, 20 Apr 2005 1597 Patch by Martin Krause, 20 Apr 2005
1595 1598
1596 * Remove CONFIG_AT91RM9200DK in CMC-PU2 configuration 1599 * Remove CONFIG_AT91RM9200DK in CMC-PU2 configuration
1597 Patch by Martin Krause, 19 Apr 2005 1600 Patch by Martin Krause, 19 Apr 2005
1598 1601
1599 * Fix initialization problem on TQM5200 without SM501 1602 * Fix initialization problem on TQM5200 without SM501
1600 Patch by Martin Krause, 08 Apr 2005 1603 Patch by Martin Krause, 08 Apr 2005
1601 1604
1602 * Add RTC support for STK52XX.200 1605 * Add RTC support for STK52XX.200
1603 Patch by Martin Krause, 07 Apr 2005 1606 Patch by Martin Krause, 07 Apr 2005
1604 1607
1605 * Add support for IFM o2dnt board 1608 * Add support for IFM o2dnt board
1606 1609
1607 * Enable PCI on hmi1001 board 1610 * Enable PCI on hmi1001 board
1608 1611
1609 * Fix return values of the jffs2 commands ls/fsload/fsinfo, 1612 * Fix return values of the jffs2 commands ls/fsload/fsinfo,
1610 so we can use them to, e.g., check the existence of a file with 1613 so we can use them to, e.g., check the existence of a file with
1611 "if ls foo; then this; else that; fi" in the hush shell 1614 "if ls foo; then this; else that; fi" in the hush shell
1612 Patch by Andreas Engel, 16 August 2005 1615 Patch by Andreas Engel, 16 August 2005
1613 1616
1614 * Coding style cleanup 1617 * Coding style cleanup
1615 1618
1616 * Add support for Silicon Turnkey eXpress XTc (mpc87x/88x) board. 1619 * Add support for Silicon Turnkey eXpress XTc (mpc87x/88x) board.
1617 Patch by Dan Malek and Pantelis Antoniou, 15 Aug 2005 1620 Patch by Dan Malek and Pantelis Antoniou, 15 Aug 2005
1618 1621
1619 * Check return value of malloc in 440gx_enet.c 1622 * Check return value of malloc in 440gx_enet.c
1620 Patch by Travis B. Sawyer, 18 Jul 2005 1623 Patch by Travis B. Sawyer, 18 Jul 2005
1621 1624
1622 * Add Sandburst Metrobox and Sandburst Karef board support packages. 1625 * Add Sandburst Metrobox and Sandburst Karef board support packages.
1623 Second serial port on 440GX now defined as a system device. 1626 Second serial port on 440GX now defined as a system device.
1624 Add 'Short Etch' code for Cicada PHY within 440gx_enet.c 1627 Add 'Short Etch' code for Cicada PHY within 440gx_enet.c
1625 Patch by Travis B. Sawyer, 12 Jul 2005 1628 Patch by Travis B. Sawyer, 12 Jul 2005
1626 1629
1627 ====================================================================== 1630 ======================================================================
1628 Changes for U-Boot 1.1.3: 1631 Changes for U-Boot 1.1.3:
1629 ====================================================================== 1632 ======================================================================
1630 1633
1631 * Minor code cleanup 1634 * Minor code cleanup
1632 1635
1633 * Add forgotten new fils from latest VoiceBlue update 1636 * Add forgotten new fils from latest VoiceBlue update
1634 1637
1635 * Make bootretry feature work with hush shell. 1638 * Make bootretry feature work with hush shell.
1636 Caveat: this currently *requires* CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY to be set, too. 1639 Caveat: this currently *requires* CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY to be set, too.
1637 Patch by Andreas Engel, 19 Jul 2005 1640 Patch by Andreas Engel, 19 Jul 2005
1638 1641
1639 * Update Hymod Board Database PHP code in "tools" directory 1642 * Update Hymod Board Database PHP code in "tools" directory
1640 Patch by Murray Jensen, 01 Jul 2005 1643 Patch by Murray Jensen, 01 Jul 2005
1641 1644
1642 * Make "tr" command use POSIX compliant; export HOSTOS make variable 1645 * Make "tr" command use POSIX compliant; export HOSTOS make variable
1643 Patch by Murray Jensen, 30 Jun 2005 1646 Patch by Murray Jensen, 30 Jun 2005
1644 1647
1645 * Fix Murray Jensen's mail address. 1648 * Fix Murray Jensen's mail address.
1646 Patch by Murray Jensen, 30 Jun 2005 1649 Patch by Murray Jensen, 30 Jun 2005
1647 1650
1648 * Preserve PHY_BMCR during a soft reset. 1651 * Preserve PHY_BMCR during a soft reset.
1649 Patch by Carl Riechers, 24 Jun 2005 1652 Patch by Carl Riechers, 24 Jun 2005
1650 1653
1651 * VoiceBlue update: eeprom tool can also store firmware version now. 1654 * VoiceBlue update: eeprom tool can also store firmware version now.
1652 eeprom.bin is runable by jumping at load address. 1655 eeprom.bin is runable by jumping at load address.
1653 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 23 May 2005 1656 Patch by Ladislav Michl, 23 May 2005
1654 1657
1655 * Move the AT91RM9200DK to the ARM Systems list. 1658 * Move the AT91RM9200DK to the ARM Systems list.
1656 Patch by Anders Larsen, 26 Apr 2005 1659 Patch by Anders Larsen, 26 Apr 2005
1657 1660
1658 * Eliminate calls of ARM libgcc.a helper functions _divsi3 and _modsi3 1661 * Eliminate calls of ARM libgcc.a helper functions _divsi3 and _modsi3
1659 Patch by Anders Larsen, 26 Apr 2005 1662 Patch by Anders Larsen, 26 Apr 2005
1660 1663
1661 * measure_gclk() is needed when DEBUG is enabled 1664 * measure_gclk() is needed when DEBUG is enabled
1662 Patch by Bryan O'Donoghue, 25 Apr 2005 1665 Patch by Bryan O'Donoghue, 25 Apr 2005
1663 1666
1664 * Add UPD-Checksum code, fix problem in net.c (return instead of break) 1667 * Add UPD-Checksum code, fix problem in net.c (return instead of break)
1665 Patch by Reinhard Arlt, 12 Aug 2005 1668 Patch by Reinhard Arlt, 12 Aug 2005
1666 1669
1667 * esd PCI405 board updated 1670 * esd PCI405 board updated
1668 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 28 Jul 2005 1671 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 28 Jul 2005
1669 1672
1670 * esd WUH405 and DU405 board updated 1673 * esd WUH405 and DU405 board updated
1671 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 27 Jul 2005 1674 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 27 Jul 2005
1672 1675
1673 * Fix problem in cmd_nand.c (only when defined CFG_NAND_SKIP_BAD_DOT_I) 1676 * Fix problem in cmd_nand.c (only when defined CFG_NAND_SKIP_BAD_DOT_I)
1674 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 4 May 2005 1677 Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 4 May 2005
1675 1678
1676 * Update AMCC Yosemite to get a consistent setup for all AMCC eval 1679 * Update AMCC Yosemite to get a consistent setup for all AMCC eval
1677 boards (baudrate, environment...). Flash driver fixed. 1680 boards (baudrate, environment...). Flash driver fixed.
1678 Patch by Stefan Roese, 11 Aug 2005 1681 Patch by Stefan Roese, 11 Aug 2005
1679 1682
1680 * Changed AMCC Bubinga (405EP) configuration to support 2nd eth port 1683 * Changed AMCC Bubinga (405EP) configuration to support 2nd eth port
1681 Patch by Stefan Roese, 11 Aug 2005 1684 Patch by Stefan Roese, 11 Aug 2005
1682 1685
1683 * Add NAND FLASH support for AMCC Bamboo 440EP eval board 1686 * Add NAND FLASH support for AMCC Bamboo 440EP eval board
1684 Patch by Stefan Roese, 11 Aug 2005 1687 Patch by Stefan Roese, 11 Aug 2005
1685 1688
1686 * Add configuration for IFM AEV FIFO board. 1689 * Add configuration for IFM AEV FIFO board.
1687 Minor coding style cleanup. 1690 Minor coding style cleanup.
1688 1691
1689 * Add configuration for IFM SPI eval board 1692 * Add configuration for IFM SPI eval board
1690 1693
1691 * Fix CompactFlash problem on HMI1001 board 1694 * Fix CompactFlash problem on HMI1001 board
1692 1695
1693 * Make new "mtdparts" code build with older compilers 1696 * Make new "mtdparts" code build with older compilers
1694 Patch by Andrea Scian, 09 Aug 2005 1697 Patch by Andrea Scian, 09 Aug 2005
1695 1698
1696 * Changed CONFIG_440_GX, CONFIG_440_EP and CONFIG_440_GR options to 1699 * Changed CONFIG_440_GX, CONFIG_440_EP and CONFIG_440_GR options to
1697 CONFIG_44GX, CONFIG_440EP and CONFIG_440GR for a consistent design 1700 CONFIG_44GX, CONFIG_440EP and CONFIG_440GR for a consistent design
1698 with the 405 defines and the linux kernel defines. 1701 with the 405 defines and the linux kernel defines.
1699 Patch by Stefan Roese, 08 Aug 2005 1702 Patch by Stefan Roese, 08 Aug 2005
1700 1703
1701 * Fix compiler warnings with older GCC versions 1704 * Fix compiler warnings with older GCC versions
1702 1705
1703 * Add common (with Linux) MTD partition scheme and "mtdparts" command 1706 * Add common (with Linux) MTD partition scheme and "mtdparts" command
1704 1707
1705 Old, obsolete and duplicated code was cleaned up and replace by the 1708 Old, obsolete and duplicated code was cleaned up and replace by the
1706 new partitioning method. There are two possible approaches now: 1709 new partitioning method. There are two possible approaches now:
1707 1710
1708 The first one is to define a single, static partition: 1711 The first one is to define a single, static partition:
1709 1712
1710 #undef CONFIG_JFFS2_CMDLINE 1713 #undef CONFIG_JFFS2_CMDLINE
1711 #define CONFIG_JFFS2_DEV "nor0" 1714 #define CONFIG_JFFS2_DEV "nor0"
1712 #define CONFIG_JFFS2_PART_SIZE 0xFFFFFFFF /* use whole device */ 1715 #define CONFIG_JFFS2_PART_SIZE 0xFFFFFFFF /* use whole device */
1713 #define CONFIG_JFFS2_PART_SIZE 0x00100000 /* use 1MB */ 1716 #define CONFIG_JFFS2_PART_SIZE 0x00100000 /* use 1MB */
1714 #define CONFIG_JFFS2_PART_OFFSET 0x00000000 1717 #define CONFIG_JFFS2_PART_OFFSET 0x00000000
1715 1718
1716 The second method uses the mtdparts command line option and dynamic 1719 The second method uses the mtdparts command line option and dynamic
1717 partitioning: 1720 partitioning:
1718 1721
1719 /* mtdparts command line support */ 1722 /* mtdparts command line support */
1720 #define CONFIG_JFFS2_CMDLINE 1723 #define CONFIG_JFFS2_CMDLINE
1721 #define MTDIDS_DEFAULT "nor1=zuma-1,nor2=zuma-2" 1724 #define MTDIDS_DEFAULT "nor1=zuma-1,nor2=zuma-2"
1722 #define MTDPARTS_DEFAULT "mtdparts=zuma-1:-(jffs2),zuma-2:-(user)" 1725 #define MTDPARTS_DEFAULT "mtdparts=zuma-1:-(jffs2),zuma-2:-(user)"
1723 1726
1724 Command line of course produces bigger images, and may be inappropriate 1727 Command line of course produces bigger images, and may be inappropriate
1725 for some targets, so by default it's off. 1728 for some targets, so by default it's off.
1726 1729
1727 * Fix build problems for PM856 Board 1730 * Fix build problems for PM856 Board
1728 1731
1729 * Fix sign extension bug in 'fpga loadb' command; 1732 * Fix sign extension bug in 'fpga loadb' command;
1730 make 'fpga loadb' always print the file header info 1733 make 'fpga loadb' always print the file header info
1731 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 11 Jan 2005 1734 Patch by Andrew Dyer, 11 Jan 2005
1732 1735
1733 * Fix errors that occur when accessing SystemACE CF 1736 * Fix errors that occur when accessing SystemACE CF
1734 Patch by Jeff Angielski, 09 Jan 2005 1737 Patch by Jeff Angielski, 09 Jan 2005
1735 1738
1736 * Document switching between U-Boot and PlanetCore on RPXlite 1739 * Document switching between U-Boot and PlanetCore on RPXlite
1737 by Sam Song, 24 Dec 2004 1740 by Sam Song, 24 Dec 2004
1738 1741
1739 * Fix PowerQUICC II mask detection. 1742 * Fix PowerQUICC II mask detection.
1740 Patch by Eugene Surovegin, 20 Dec 2004 1743 Patch by Eugene Surovegin, 20 Dec 2004
1741 1744
1742 * Add support for Altera NIOS DK1C20 board 1745 * Add support for Altera NIOS DK1C20 board
1743 Patch by Shlomo Kut, 13 Dec 2004 1746 Patch by Shlomo Kut, 13 Dec 2004
1744 1747
1745 * Add support for ep8248 board 1748 * Add support for ep8248 board
1746 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 12 Dec 2004 1749 Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 12 Dec 2004
1747 1750
1748 Minor code cleanup. 1751 Minor code cleanup.
1749 1752
1750 * Fix baudrate setting for KGDB on MPC8260 1753 * Fix baudrate setting for KGDB on MPC8260
1751 Patch by HoJin, 11 Dec 2004 1754 Patch by HoJin, 11 Dec 2004
1752 1755
1753 * Fix 'mii help' text formatting 1756 * Fix 'mii help' text formatting
1754 Patch by Cory Tusar, 10 Dec 2004 1757 Patch by Cory Tusar, 10 Dec 2004
1755 1758
1756 * Fix return code of NFS command 1759 * Fix return code of NFS command
1757 Patch by Hiroshi Ito, 11 Dec 2004 1760 Patch by Hiroshi Ito, 11 Dec 2004
1758 1761
1759 * Fix typo 1762 * Fix typo
1760 1763
1761 * Fix compiler warnings in cpu/ppc4xx/usbdev.c 1764 * Fix compiler warnings in cpu/ppc4xx/usbdev.c
1762 Patch by Steven Blakeslee, 04 Aug 2005 1765 Patch by Steven Blakeslee, 04 Aug 2005
1763 1766
1764 * Add support for AMCC Bamboo PPC440EP eval board 1767 * Add support for AMCC Bamboo PPC440EP eval board
1765 Patch by Stefan Roese, 04 Aug 2005 1768 Patch by Stefan Roese, 04 Aug 2005
1766 1769
1767 * Patch by Jon Loeliger 1770 * Patch by Jon Loeliger
1768 Fix style issues primarily in 85xx and 83xx boards. 1771 Fix style issues primarily in 85xx and 83xx boards.
1769 - C++ comments 1772 - C++ comments
1770 - Trailing white space 1773 - Trailing white space
1771 - Indentation not by TAB 1774 - Indentation not by TAB
1772 - Excessive amount of empty lines 1775 - Excessive amount of empty lines
1773 - Trailing empty lines 1776 - Trailing empty lines
1774 1777
1775 * Patch by Ron Alder, 11 Jul 2005 1778 * Patch by Ron Alder, 11 Jul 2005
1776 Add Xianghua Xiao and Lunsheng Wang's support for the 1779 Add Xianghua Xiao and Lunsheng Wang's support for the
1777 GDA MPC8540 EVAL board. 1780 GDA MPC8540 EVAL board.
1778 1781
1779 * Patch by Eran Liberty 1782 * Patch by Eran Liberty
1780 Add support for the Freescale MPC8349ADS board. 1783 Add support for the Freescale MPC8349ADS board.
1781 1784
1782 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 25 Jul 2005 1785 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 25 Jul 2005
1783 Move the TSEC driver out of cpu/mpc85xx as it will be shared 1786 Move the TSEC driver out of cpu/mpc85xx as it will be shared
1784 by the upcoming mpc83xx family as well. 1787 by the upcoming mpc83xx family as well.
1785 1788
1786 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 05 May 2005 1789 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 05 May 2005
1787 Implemented support for MPC8548CDS board. 1790 Implemented support for MPC8548CDS board.
1788 Added DDR II support based on SPD values for MPC85xx boards. 1791 Added DDR II support based on SPD values for MPC85xx boards.
1789 This roll-up patch also includes bugfies for the previously 1792 This roll-up patch also includes bugfies for the previously
1790 published patches: 1793 published patches:
1791 DDRII CPO, pre eTSEC, 8548 LBIU, Andy's TSEC, eTSEC 3&4 I/O 1794 DDRII CPO, pre eTSEC, 8548 LBIU, Andy's TSEC, eTSEC 3&4 I/O
1792 1795
1793 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 10 Feb 2005 1796 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 10 Feb 2005
1794 Add config option CONFIG_HAS_FEC calling out 8540 FEC features. 1797 Add config option CONFIG_HAS_FEC calling out 8540 FEC features.
1795 1798
1796 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, Kumar Gala, 08 Feb 2005 1799 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, Kumar Gala, 08 Feb 2005
1797 For MPC85xxCDS: 1800 For MPC85xxCDS:
1798 Adds Relaxed Timing TRLX bit to FLASH ORx regs to allow 1801 Adds Relaxed Timing TRLX bit to FLASH ORx regs to allow
1799 for faster flash parts. 1802 for faster flash parts.
1800 Add documentation for BR/OR for FLASH. 1803 Add documentation for BR/OR for FLASH.
1801 1804
1802 * Patch by Jon Loeliger 08 Feb 2005 1805 * Patch by Jon Loeliger 08 Feb 2005
1803 Determine L2 Cache size dynamically on 85XX boards. 1806 Determine L2 Cache size dynamically on 85XX boards.
1804 1807
1805 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, Kumar Gala 08 Feb 2005 1808 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, Kumar Gala 08 Feb 2005
1806 - Convert the CPM2 based functionality to use new CONFIG_CPM2 1809 - Convert the CPM2 based functionality to use new CONFIG_CPM2
1807 option rather than a myriad of CONFIG_MPC8560-like variants. 1810 option rather than a myriad of CONFIG_MPC8560-like variants.
1808 Applies to MPC85xx and MPC8260 boards, includes stxgp3 and sbc8560. 1811 Applies to MPC85xx and MPC8260 boards, includes stxgp3 and sbc8560.
1809 Eliminates the CONFIG_MPC8560 option entirely. Distributes the 1812 Eliminates the CONFIG_MPC8560 option entirely. Distributes the
1810 new CONFIG_CPM2 option to each 8260 board. 1813 new CONFIG_CPM2 option to each 8260 board.
1811 1814
1812 * Add support for MicroSys PM856 board 1815 * Add support for MicroSys PM856 board
1813 Patch by Josef Wagner, 03 Aug 2005 1816 Patch by Josef Wagner, 03 Aug 2005
1814 1817
1815 * Minor fixes to PM854 board 1818 * Minor fixes to PM854 board
1816 Patch by Josef Wagner, 03 Aug 2005 1819 Patch by Josef Wagner, 03 Aug 2005
1817 1820
1818 * Adjust configuration of XENIAX board 1821 * Adjust configuration of XENIAX board
1819 (chip select and GPIO required for USB operation) 1822 (chip select and GPIO required for USB operation)
1820 1823
1821 * Fix typos in cpu/85xx/start.S which caused DataTLB exception to be 1824 * Fix typos in cpu/85xx/start.S which caused DataTLB exception to be
1822 routed to the Watchdog handler 1825 routed to the Watchdog handler
1823 Patch by Eugene Surovegin, 18 Jun 2005 1826 Patch by Eugene Surovegin, 18 Jun 2005
1824 1827
1825 * (re)enabled scsi commands do_scsi() and do_scsiboot() 1828 * (re)enabled scsi commands do_scsi() and do_scsiboot()
1826 Patch by Denis Peter, 06 Dec 2004 1829 Patch by Denis Peter, 06 Dec 2004
1827 1830
1828 * Fix endianess problem in TFTP / NFS default filenames 1831 * Fix endianess problem in TFTP / NFS default filenames
1829 Patch by Hiroshi Ito, 06 Dec 2004 1832 Patch by Hiroshi Ito, 06 Dec 2004
1830 1833
1831 * Ignore broadcast status bit in received frames in 8260 FCC ethernet 1834 * Ignore broadcast status bit in received frames in 8260 FCC ethernet
1832 loopback test code 1835 loopback test code
1833 Patch by Murray Jensen, 18 Jul 2005 1836 Patch by Murray Jensen, 18 Jul 2005
1834 1837
1835 * Fix typo in mkconfig script (used == instead of =) 1838 * Fix typo in mkconfig script (used == instead of =)
1836 Patch by Murray Jensen, 18 Jul 2005 1839 Patch by Murray Jensen, 18 Jul 2005
1837 1840
1838 * Cleanup build problems on 64 bit build hosts 1841 * Cleanup build problems on 64 bit build hosts
1839 1842
1840 * Update MAINTAINERS file 1843 * Update MAINTAINERS file
1841 1844
1842 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 01 Aug 2005: 1845 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 01 Aug 2005:
1843 - Major cleanup for AMCC eval boards Walnut, Bubinga, Ebony, Ocotea 1846 - Major cleanup for AMCC eval boards Walnut, Bubinga, Ebony, Ocotea
1844 (former IBM eval board). Please see "doc/README.AMCC-eval-boards-cleanup" 1847 (former IBM eval board). Please see "doc/README.AMCC-eval-boards-cleanup"
1845 for details. 1848 for details.
1846 - Sycamore (PPC405GPr) eval board added (Walnut port is extended 1849 - Sycamore (PPC405GPr) eval board added (Walnut port is extended
1847 to run on both 405GP and 405GPr eval boards). 1850 to run on both 405GP and 405GPr eval boards).
1848 1851
1849 * Patch by Steven Blakeslee, 27 Jul 2005: 1852 * Patch by Steven Blakeslee, 27 Jul 2005:
1850 - Add support for AMCC PPC440EP/GR. 1853 - Add support for AMCC PPC440EP/GR.
1851 - Add support for AMCC Yosemite PPC440EP eval board. 1854 - Add support for AMCC Yosemite PPC440EP eval board.
1852 - Add support for AMCC Yellowstone PPC440GR eval board. 1855 - Add support for AMCC Yellowstone PPC440GR eval board.
1853 1856
1854 * Minor fixes for PPChameleon Board: 1857 * Minor fixes for PPChameleon Board:
1855 - fix alignment of NAND size 1858 - fix alignment of NAND size
1856 - make code do what the comment says 1859 - make code do what the comment says
1857 1860
1858 * Implement h/w sector protection status synchronization at boot. 1861 * Implement h/w sector protection status synchronization at boot.
1859 The code is provided for, and was tested on, the Yukon/Alaska 1862 The code is provided for, and was tested on, the Yukon/Alaska
1860 and PM520 boards only. 1863 and PM520 boards only.
1861 1864
1862 A bug in flash_real_protect() for the Yukon board was fixed by 1865 A bug in flash_real_protect() for the Yukon board was fixed by
1863 adding a function that tells if two banks are on one flash chip. 1866 adding a function that tells if two banks are on one flash chip.
1864 1867
1865 * Fix sysmon POST problem: check I2C error codes 1868 * Fix sysmon POST problem: check I2C error codes
1866 This fixes a problem of displaying bogus voltages when the voltages 1869 This fixes a problem of displaying bogus voltages when the voltages
1867 are so low that the I2C devices start failing while the rest of the 1870 are so low that the I2C devices start failing while the rest of the
1868 system keeps running. 1871 system keeps running.
1869 1872
1870 * Patch by Cedric Vincent, 6 Jul 2005: 1873 * Patch by Cedric Vincent, 6 Jul 2005:
1871 Fix CFG_CMD_SETGETDCR handling in "common/cmd_dcr.c" 1874 Fix CFG_CMD_SETGETDCR handling in "common/cmd_dcr.c"
1872 1875
1873 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 20 Jul 2005: 1876 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 20 Jul 2005:
1874 Add missing PCI IO port definitions. 1877 Add missing PCI IO port definitions.
1875 1878
1876 * Add CompactFlash support for HMI1001 board. 1879 * Add CompactFlash support for HMI1001 board.
1877 1880
1878 * Adjust printed board ID for LWMON board. 1881 * Adjust printed board ID for LWMON board.
1879 1882
1880 * Fix low-level OHCI transfers for ARM920t and MPC5xxx 1883 * Fix low-level OHCI transfers for ARM920t and MPC5xxx
1881 1884
1882 * Add new argument format for flash commands to allow for usage like 1885 * Add new argument format for flash commands to allow for usage like
1883 "erase $(addr) +$(filesize)", i. e. a size argument can be used and 1886 "erase $(addr) +$(filesize)", i. e. a size argument can be used and
1884 U-Boot will automaticially find the end of the corresponding sector. 1887 U-Boot will automaticially find the end of the corresponding sector.
1885 1888
1886 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 5 Jul 2005: 1889 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 5 Jul 2005:
1887 Update uc100 board PHY setup 1890 Update uc100 board PHY setup
1888 1891
1889 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 1 Jul 2005: 1892 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 1 Jul 2005:
1890 Fix PHY address for CATcenter board (now correct!) 1893 Fix PHY address for CATcenter board (now correct!)
1891 1894
1892 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 30 Jun 2005: 1895 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 30 Jun 2005:
1893 Fix PHY addresses for PPChameleon and CATcenter boards 1896 Fix PHY addresses for PPChameleon and CATcenter boards
1894 Change MAINTAINER for most esd boards 1897 Change MAINTAINER for most esd boards
1895 1898
1896 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 30 Jun 2005: 1899 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 30 Jun 2005:
1897 Fix LCD logo for lwmon board which got lost in the merge of 8xx and PXA LCD code 1900 Fix LCD logo for lwmon board which got lost in the merge of 8xx and PXA LCD code
1898 1901
1899 * Fix baudrate calculation problem on MPC5200 systems 1902 * Fix baudrate calculation problem on MPC5200 systems
1900 1903
1901 * Add EEPROM and RTC support for HMI1001 board 1904 * Add EEPROM and RTC support for HMI1001 board
1902 1905
1903 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 20 Jun 2005: 1906 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 20 Jun 2005:
1904 Fix initialization of low active GPIO pins on inka4x0 board 1907 Fix initialization of low active GPIO pins on inka4x0 board
1905 1908
1906 * Enable redundant environment, disable HW flash protection of 1909 * Enable redundant environment, disable HW flash protection of
1907 HMI1001 board 1910 HMI1001 board
1908 1911
1909 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 10 Jun 2005: 1912 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 10 Jun 2005:
1910 Initialize allocated dev and private hw structures 1913 Initialize allocated dev and private hw structures
1911 after their respective allocation in 440gx_enet.c 1914 after their respective allocation in 440gx_enet.c
1912 1915
1913 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 10 Jun 2005: 1916 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 10 Jun 2005:
1914 Fix byteorder problems with second argument of "bootm" with 1917 Fix byteorder problems with second argument of "bootm" with
1915 standalone images; 1918 standalone images;
1916 1919
1917 * Add support for HMI1001 board 1920 * Add support for HMI1001 board
1918 1921
1919 * Disable "date" and "sntp" commands on TQM866M 1922 * Disable "date" and "sntp" commands on TQM866M
1920 1923
1921 * Fix watchdog reset problems on LWMON board 1924 * Fix watchdog reset problems on LWMON board
1922 1925
1923 * Patch by Juergen Selent, 17 May 2005: 1926 * Patch by Juergen Selent, 17 May 2005:
1924 Add support for Funkwerk VoVPN gateway module. 1927 Add support for Funkwerk VoVPN gateway module.
1925 1928
1926 * Cleanup debug code for MPC8220 FEC driver 1929 * Cleanup debug code for MPC8220 FEC driver
1927 1930
1928 * Extend burst mode RAM test program to take a loop count 1931 * Extend burst mode RAM test program to take a loop count
1929 (0 = infinite) 1932 (0 = infinite)
1930 1933
1931 * Use CONFIG_DRIVER_KS8695ETH to enable KS8695 ethernet driver on 1934 * Use CONFIG_DRIVER_KS8695ETH to enable KS8695 ethernet driver on
1932 those boards that use it. 1935 those boards that use it.
1933 1936
1934 * Patches by Greg Ungerer, 19 May 2005: 1937 * Patches by Greg Ungerer, 19 May 2005:
1935 - add support for the KS8695P (ARM 922 based) CPU 1938 - add support for the KS8695P (ARM 922 based) CPU
1936 - add support for the OpenGear CM4008, CM4116 and CM4148 boards 1939 - add support for the OpenGear CM4008, CM4116 and CM4148 boards
1937 1940
1938 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 19 May 2005: 1941 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 19 May 2005:
1939 Add support for CONFIG_SERIAL_TAG on ARM boards 1942 Add support for CONFIG_SERIAL_TAG on ARM boards
1940 1943
1941 * Add PCI support for Sorcery board. 1944 * Add PCI support for Sorcery board.
1942 Code cleanup (especially Sorcery / Alaska / Yukon serial driver). 1945 Code cleanup (especially Sorcery / Alaska / Yukon serial driver).
1943 1946
1944 * Fix compile problems caused by new burst mode SDRAM test; 1947 * Fix compile problems caused by new burst mode SDRAM test;
1945 make port pins to trigger logic analyzer configurable 1948 make port pins to trigger logic analyzer configurable
1946 1949
1947 * Fix timer handling on MPC85xx systems 1950 * Fix timer handling on MPC85xx systems
1948 1951
1949 * Fix debug code in omap5912osk flash driver 1952 * Fix debug code in omap5912osk flash driver
1950 1953
1951 * Add support for MPC8247 based "IDS8247" board. 1954 * Add support for MPC8247 based "IDS8247" board.
1952 1955
1953 * Add support for 2 x TSEC interfaces on the TQM8540 board. 1956 * Add support for 2 x TSEC interfaces on the TQM8540 board.
1954 1957
1955 * On LWMON we must use the watchdog to reset the board as the CPU 1958 * On LWMON we must use the watchdog to reset the board as the CPU
1956 genereated HRESET pulse is too short to reset the external 1959 genereated HRESET pulse is too short to reset the external
1957 circuitry. 1960 circuitry.
1958 1961
1959 * Add test tool to exercise SDRAM accesses in burst mode 1962 * Add test tool to exercise SDRAM accesses in burst mode
1960 (as standalone program, MPC8xx/PowerPC only) 1963 (as standalone program, MPC8xx/PowerPC only)
1961 1964
1962 * Increase CFG_MONITOR_LEN for Rattler board to match actual code 1965 * Increase CFG_MONITOR_LEN for Rattler board to match actual code
1963 size. 1966 size.
1964 1967
1965 * Major upate of JFFS2 code; now in sync with snapshot of MTD CVS of 1968 * Major upate of JFFS2 code; now in sync with snapshot of MTD CVS of
1966 March 13, 2005); new configuration option CONFIG_JFFS2_LZO_LZARI 1969 March 13, 2005); new configuration option CONFIG_JFFS2_LZO_LZARI
1967 added to support LZO and LZARI compression modes (undefined by 1970 added to support LZO and LZARI compression modes (undefined by
1968 default). 1971 default).
1969 1972
1970 * Fix problem with symbolic links in JFFS2 code. 1973 * Fix problem with symbolic links in JFFS2 code.
1971 1974
1972 * Use linker ASSERT statement to prevent undetected overlapping of 1975 * Use linker ASSERT statement to prevent undetected overlapping of
1973 sections on PPChameleon board; other boards might use this, too. 1976 sections on PPChameleon board; other boards might use this, too.
1974 1977
1975 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 03 May 2005: 1978 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 03 May 2005:
1976 Update for P3G4 1979 Update for P3G4
1977 Fix problems in cmd_universe.c 1980 Fix problems in cmd_universe.c
1978 1981
1979 * Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 03 May 2005: 1982 * Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 03 May 2005:
1980 Added missing variable declaration in cmd_nand.c 1983 Added missing variable declaration in cmd_nand.c
1981 Modified CFG_PCI_PTM1MS in configs/PLU405.h to map 128MB ram 1984 Modified CFG_PCI_PTM1MS in configs/PLU405.h to map 128MB ram
1982 1985
1983 * Fix INKA4x0: use CS1 as gpio_wkup_6 output 1986 * Fix INKA4x0: use CS1 as gpio_wkup_6 output
1984 1987
1985 * Fix bug in the SDRAM initialization code for canmb, IceCube and 1988 * Fix bug in the SDRAM initialization code for canmb, IceCube and
1986 PM520 boards. 1989 PM520 boards.
1987 Fix PHY address for canmb board. 1990 Fix PHY address for canmb board.
1988 1991
1989 * Cleanup serial console baudrate calculation on AT91RM9200; 1992 * Cleanup serial console baudrate calculation on AT91RM9200;
1990 get rid of obsolete CFG_AT91C_BRGR_DIVISOR definition 1993 get rid of obsolete CFG_AT91C_BRGR_DIVISOR definition
1991 1994
1992 * Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 18 Apr 2005: 1995 * Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 18 Apr 2005:
1993 Make PCI target address spaces on PMC405 and CPCI405 boards 1996 Make PCI target address spaces on PMC405 and CPCI405 boards
1994 configurable via environment variables 1997 configurable via environment variables
1995 1998
1996 * Auto-size RAM on canmb board. 1999 * Auto-size RAM on canmb board.
1997 2000
1998 * Add support for canmb board 2001 * Add support for canmb board
1999 2002
2000 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 13 Apr 2005: 2003 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 13 Apr 2005:
2001 Update for esd apc405 2004 Update for esd apc405
2002 2005
2003 * Fixes for TQM8560 board: 2006 * Fixes for TQM8560 board:
2004 - fix clock rates 2007 - fix clock rates
2005 - remove debug messages 2008 - remove debug messages
2006 - fix flash sector protection 2009 - fix flash sector protection
2007 2010
2008 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 07 Apr 2005: 2011 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 07 Apr 2005:
2009 Add i2c_reg_write() and i2c_reg_write() for at91rm9200 I2C 2012 Add i2c_reg_write() and i2c_reg_write() for at91rm9200 I2C
2010 2013
2011 * Patches by Steven Scholz, 07 Apr 2005: 2014 * Patches by Steven Scholz, 07 Apr 2005:
2012 Fix compiler warning in altera.c 2015 Fix compiler warning in altera.c
2013 Fix warning in cpu/arm920t/at91rm9200/i2c.c 2016 Fix warning in cpu/arm920t/at91rm9200/i2c.c
2014 2017
2015 * Patch by Ladislav Michl, 06 Apr 2005: 2018 * Patch by Ladislav Michl, 06 Apr 2005:
2016 Fix voiceblue configuration. 2019 Fix voiceblue configuration.
2017 2020
2018 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 06 Apr 2005: 2021 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 06 Apr 2005:
2019 Updates for OCOTEA board: 2022 Updates for OCOTEA board:
2020 - Changed U-Boot size from 512kByte to 256kByte 2023 - Changed U-Boot size from 512kByte to 256kByte
2021 - Fixed flash driver to support boot from soldered user flash 2024 - Fixed flash driver to support boot from soldered user flash
2022 - Added README for switch from PIBS firmware to U-Boot 2025 - Added README for switch from PIBS firmware to U-Boot
2023 2026
2024 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 05 Apr 2005: 2027 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 05 Apr 2005:
2025 - Change timer frequency for ppc 440 from 10 ms to 1 ms. 2028 - Change timer frequency for ppc 440 from 10 ms to 1 ms.
2026 Problem found by Andrew Wozniak. 2029 Problem found by Andrew Wozniak.
2027 2030
2028 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 06 Apr 2005: 2031 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 06 Apr 2005:
2029 - creating SoC subdir for Atmel AT91RM9200 cpu/arm920t/at91rm9200 2032 - creating SoC subdir for Atmel AT91RM9200 cpu/arm920t/at91rm9200
2030 - moving code out of cpu/at91rm9200 into cpu/arm920t/at91rm9200 2033 - moving code out of cpu/at91rm9200 into cpu/arm920t/at91rm9200
2031 2034
2032 * Patches by Robert Whaley, 29 Nov 2004: 2035 * Patches by Robert Whaley, 29 Nov 2004:
2033 - update the pxa-regs.h file for PXA27x chips 2036 - update the pxa-regs.h file for PXA27x chips
2034 - add PXA27x based ADSVIX board 2037 - add PXA27x based ADSVIX board
2035 - add support for MMC on PXA27x processors 2038 - add support for MMC on PXA27x processors
2036 2039
2037 * Patch by Andrew E. Mileski, 28 Nov 2004: 2040 * Patch by Andrew E. Mileski, 28 Nov 2004:
2038 Fix PPC4xx SPD SDRAM detection bug 2041 Fix PPC4xx SPD SDRAM detection bug
2039 2042
2040 * Patch by Hiroshi Ito, 26 Nov 2004: 2043 * Patch by Hiroshi Ito, 26 Nov 2004:
2041 Fix logic of "test -z" and "test -n" commands 2044 Fix logic of "test -z" and "test -n" commands
2042 2045
2043 * Patch by Ladislav Michl, 05 Apr 2005: 2046 * Patch by Ladislav Michl, 05 Apr 2005:
2044 Add support for VoiceBlue board. 2047 Add support for VoiceBlue board.
2045 2048
2046 * Patch by Ladislav Michl, 05 Apr 2005: 2049 * Patch by Ladislav Michl, 05 Apr 2005:
2047 Fix netboot_common() prototypes. 2050 Fix netboot_common() prototypes.
2048 2051
2049 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 05 Apr 2005: 2052 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 05 Apr 2005:
2050 Use i.MX watchdog timer for reset_cpu() 2053 Use i.MX watchdog timer for reset_cpu()
2051 2054
2052 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 05 Apr 2005: 2055 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 05 Apr 2005:
2053 Move reset_cpu() out of cpu/arm920t/start.S into the SoC specific 2056 Move reset_cpu() out of cpu/arm920t/start.S into the SoC specific
2054 subdirectories cpu/arm920t/imx/ and cpu/arm920t/s3c24x0/ 2057 subdirectories cpu/arm920t/imx/ and cpu/arm920t/s3c24x0/
2055 (now in interupts.c) 2058 (now in interupts.c)
2056 2059
2057 * Add support for MPC8220 based "sorcery" board. 2060 * Add support for MPC8220 based "sorcery" board.
2058 2061
2059 * Add support for TQM8560 board. 2062 * Add support for TQM8560 board.
2060 2063
2061 * Add FEC support for TQM8540 board. 2064 * Add FEC support for TQM8540 board.
2062 Interfaces are named as follows: "ENET1" - TSEC2, "ENET2" - FEC 2065 Interfaces are named as follows: "ENET1" - TSEC2, "ENET2" - FEC
2063 2066
2064 * Patch by Martin Krause, 04 Apr 2005: 2067 * Patch by Martin Krause, 04 Apr 2005:
2065 Update default configuration for CMC_PU2 board. 2068 Update default configuration for CMC_PU2 board.
2066 2069
2067 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 04 Apr 2005: 2070 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 04 Apr 2005:
2068 - remove all references to CONFIG_INIT_CRITICAL for ARM based boards 2071 - remove all references to CONFIG_INIT_CRITICAL for ARM based boards
2069 - introduce two new configuration options instead: 2072 - introduce two new configuration options instead:
2070 CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT and CONFIG_SKIP_RELOCATE_UBOOT 2073 CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT and CONFIG_SKIP_RELOCATE_UBOOT
2071 2074
2072 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 04 Apr 2005: 2075 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 04 Apr 2005:
2073 Make sure that MDIO clock does not exceed 2.5 MHz on AT91 2076 Make sure that MDIO clock does not exceed 2.5 MHz on AT91
2074 2077
2075 * Fix timer code for ARM systems: make sure that udelay() does not 2078 * Fix timer code for ARM systems: make sure that udelay() does not
2076 reset timers so it's save to use udelay() in timeout code. 2079 reset timers so it's save to use udelay() in timeout code.
2077 2080
2078 * Patch by Mathias Küster, 23 Nov 2004: 2081 * Patch by Mathias Küster, 23 Nov 2004:
2079 add udelay support for the mcf5282 cpu 2082 add udelay support for the mcf5282 cpu
2080 2083
2081 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 16 November 2004: 2084 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 16 November 2004:
2082 fix incorrect onboard Xilinx CPLD base address 2085 fix incorrect onboard Xilinx CPLD base address
2083 2086
2084 * Patch by Jerry Van Baren, 08 Nov 2004: 2087 * Patch by Jerry Van Baren, 08 Nov 2004:
2085 - Add low-boot option for MPC8260ADS board (if lowboot is selected, 2088 - Add low-boot option for MPC8260ADS board (if lowboot is selected,
2086 the jumper for the HRCW source should select flash. If lowboot is 2089 the jumper for the HRCW source should select flash. If lowboot is
2087 not selected, the jumper for the HRCW source should select the 2090 not selected, the jumper for the HRCW source should select the
2088 BCSR. 2091 BCSR.
2089 - change default load base address to 0x00400000 2092 - change default load base address to 0x00400000
2090 2093
2091 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 08 Nov 2004: 2094 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 08 Nov 2004:
2092 Add support for Analogue & Micro Rattler boards. 2095 Add support for Analogue & Micro Rattler boards.
2093 Tested on Rattler8248. 2096 Tested on Rattler8248.
2094 2097
2095 * Patch by Andre Renaud, 08 Nov 2004: 2098 * Patch by Andre Renaud, 08 Nov 2004:
2096 Fix watchdog support in common/lcd.c 2099 Fix watchdog support in common/lcd.c
2097 2100
2098 * Patch by Marc Leeman, 05 Nov 2003: 2101 * Patch by Marc Leeman, 05 Nov 2003:
2099 Enable all 4 PCMBRW buffers for the MPC8245 processor since the CPU 2102 Enable all 4 PCMBRW buffers for the MPC8245 processor since the CPU
2100 bug only affects the XPC8245 processors 2103 bug only affects the XPC8245 processors
2101 2104
2102 * Patches by Josef Wagner, 29 Oct 2004: 2105 * Patches by Josef Wagner, 29 Oct 2004:
2103 - Add support for MicroSys CPU87 board 2106 - Add support for MicroSys CPU87 board
2104 - Add support for MicroSys PM854 board 2107 - Add support for MicroSys PM854 board
2105 2108
2106 * Patch by Jian Zhang, 02 Nov 2004: 2109 * Patch by Jian Zhang, 02 Nov 2004:
2107 Add 16-bit NAND support 2110 Add 16-bit NAND support
2108 2111
2109 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 01 Nov 2004: 2112 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 01 Nov 2004:
2110 Add missing NIOS/NIOS2 support for "iminfo" command 2113 Add missing NIOS/NIOS2 support for "iminfo" command
2111 2114
2112 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 29 Oct 2004: 2115 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 29 Oct 2004:
2113 Add missing NIOS/NIOS2 support for "mkimage" tool. 2116 Add missing NIOS/NIOS2 support for "mkimage" tool.
2114 2117
2115 * Patch by David Adair, 27 Oct 2004: 2118 * Patch by David Adair, 27 Oct 2004:
2116 Add missing 440GX SDRAM Controller reset 2119 Add missing 440GX SDRAM Controller reset
2117 2120
2118 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 25 Oct 2004: 2121 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 25 Oct 2004:
2119 Declare reset_cpu() in include/common.h instead locally 2122 Declare reset_cpu() in include/common.h instead locally
2120 2123
2121 * Patch by Yusdi Santoso, 22 Oct 2004: 2124 * Patch by Yusdi Santoso, 22 Oct 2004:
2122 - Add support for HIDDEN_DRAGON board 2125 - Add support for HIDDEN_DRAGON board
2123 - fix endianess problem in driver/rtl1839.c 2126 - fix endianess problem in driver/rtl1839.c
2124 2127
2125 * Patch by Allen Curtis, 21 Oct 2004: 2128 * Patch by Allen Curtis, 21 Oct 2004:
2126 support multiple serial ports 2129 support multiple serial ports
2127 2130
2128 * Patch by Richard Klingler, 03 Apr 2005: 2131 * Patch by Richard Klingler, 03 Apr 2005:
2129 Add call to eth_halt() in net/net.c when called functions fail 2132 Add call to eth_halt() in net/net.c when called functions fail
2130 after eth_init() has been called. 2133 after eth_init() has been called.
2131 2134
2132 * Patch by Sam Song, 3 April 2005: 2135 * Patch by Sam Song, 3 April 2005:
2133 - Update README.Netconsole 2136 - Update README.Netconsole
2134 - Update README 2137 - Update README
2135 2138
2136 * Prepare for SoC rework of ARM code: 2139 * Prepare for SoC rework of ARM code:
2137 - rename CONFIG_BOOTBINFUNC into CONFIG_INIT_CRITICAL 2140 - rename CONFIG_BOOTBINFUNC into CONFIG_INIT_CRITICAL
2138 - rename memsetup into lowlevel_init (function name and source files) 2141 - rename memsetup into lowlevel_init (function name and source files)
2139 Patch by Steven Scholz, 03 Apr 2005: 2142 Patch by Steven Scholz, 03 Apr 2005:
2140 - create SoC specific directories include/asm-arm/arch-imx and 2143 - create SoC specific directories include/asm-arm/arch-imx and
2141 include/asm-arm/arch-s3c24x0 2144 include/asm-arm/arch-s3c24x0
2142 2145
2143 * Fix problems with SNTP support; 2146 * Fix problems with SNTP support;
2144 enable SNTP support in some boards. 2147 enable SNTP support in some boards.
2145 2148
2146 * Patches by Martin Krause, 01 Apr 2005: 2149 * Patches by Martin Krause, 01 Apr 2005:
2147 - Fix flash erase timeout on CMC_PU2 2150 - Fix flash erase timeout on CMC_PU2
2148 - Add automatic HW detection for CMC_PU2 and CMC_BASIC 2151 - Add automatic HW detection for CMC_PU2 and CMC_BASIC
2149 2152
2150 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 13 March 2005: 2153 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 13 March 2005:
2151 fix cache enabling for AT91RM9200 2154 fix cache enabling for AT91RM9200
2152 2155
2153 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 30 Mar 2005: 2156 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 30 Mar 2005:
2154 add SNTP support and expand time server and time offset fields of 2157 add SNTP support and expand time server and time offset fields of
2155 DHCP support. See doc/README.SNTP 2158 DHCP support. See doc/README.SNTP
2156 2159
2157 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 13 Dec 2004: 2160 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 13 Dec 2004:
2158 Fix bug in at91rm920 ethernet driver 2161 Fix bug in at91rm920 ethernet driver
2159 2162
2160 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 13 Dec 2004: 2163 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 13 Dec 2004:
2161 Remove duplicated code by merging memsetup.S files for 2164 Remove duplicated code by merging memsetup.S files for
2162 at91rm9200 boards into one cpu/at91rm9200/lowlevel.S 2165 at91rm9200 boards into one cpu/at91rm9200/lowlevel.S
2163 2166
2164 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 31 Mar 2005: 2167 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 31 Mar 2005:
2165 Cleanup duplicate definition of overwrite_console() 2168 Cleanup duplicate definition of overwrite_console()
2166 2169
2167 * Update TQM5200 configuration; 2170 * Update TQM5200 configuration;
2168 prepare for Rev. 200 starter kit boards 2171 prepare for Rev. 200 starter kit boards
2169 2172
2170 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 21 Oct 2004: 2173 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 21 Oct 2004:
2171 Add support for Nios-II EPCS Controller core. 2174 Add support for Nios-II EPCS Controller core.
2172 2175
2173 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 20 Oct 2004: 2176 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 20 Oct 2004:
2174 Nios-II cleanups: 2177 Nios-II cleanups:
2175 - Add sysid command (Nios-II only). 2178 - Add sysid command (Nios-II only).
2176 - Locate default exception trampoline at proper offset. 2179 - Locate default exception trampoline at proper offset.
2177 - Implement I/O routines (readb, writeb, etc) 2180 - Implement I/O routines (readb, writeb, etc)
2178 - Implement do_bootm_linux 2181 - Implement do_bootm_linux
2179 2182
2180 * Patches by Martin Krause, 22 Mar 2005: 2183 * Patches by Martin Krause, 22 Mar 2005:
2181 - use TQM5200_auto as MAKEALL target for TQM5200 systems 2184 - use TQM5200_auto as MAKEALL target for TQM5200 systems
2182 - add support for SM501 graphics controller 2185 - add support for SM501 graphics controller
2183 - add support for graphic console on TQM5200 2186 - add support for graphic console on TQM5200
2184 - add support for TQM5200 Rev 200 2187 - add support for TQM5200 Rev 200
2185 - cleanup, fix typo in include/configs/TQM5200.h 2188 - cleanup, fix typo in include/configs/TQM5200.h
2186 2189
2187 * Patch by Manfred Baral, 17 Mar 2005: 2190 * Patch by Manfred Baral, 17 Mar 2005:
2188 Fix typo 2191 Fix typo
2189 2192
2190 * Fix RTC configuration for PPChameleon board 2193 * Fix RTC configuration for PPChameleon board
2191 2194
2192 * Cleanup, fix typo in include/configs/TQM5200.h 2195 * Cleanup, fix typo in include/configs/TQM5200.h
2193 2196
2194 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 16 Mar 2005: 2197 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 16 Mar 2005:
2195 Update for esd auto_update and hh405 board 2198 Update for esd auto_update and hh405 board
2196 2199
2197 * Adapt for U-Boot image size (new features enabled) on TQM5200 2200 * Adapt for U-Boot image size (new features enabled) on TQM5200
2198 2201
2199 * Update code for TQM8540 board (and 85xx in general): 2202 * Update code for TQM8540 board (and 85xx in general):
2200 - Change the name of the Ethernet driver: MOTO ENET -> ENET 2203 - Change the name of the Ethernet driver: MOTO ENET -> ENET
2201 - Reformat boot messages 2204 - Reformat boot messages
2202 - Enable redundant environment 2205 - Enable redundant environment
2203 - Replace the -O2 optimization flag with -mno-string 2206 - Replace the -O2 optimization flag with -mno-string
2204 2207
2205 * Patch by David Brownell, 10 Mar 2005: 2208 * Patch by David Brownell, 10 Mar 2005:
2206 Restore copyright statements in OHCI drivers. 2209 Restore copyright statements in OHCI drivers.
2207 2210
2208 * Add support for TQM8540 board 2211 * Add support for TQM8540 board
2209 2212
2210 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 14 Mar 2005: 2213 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 14 Mar 2005:
2211 NC650: changed NAND flash addressing to using UPMB 2214 NC650: changed NAND flash addressing to using UPMB
2212 2215
2213 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 14 Mar 2005: 2216 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 14 Mar 2005:
2214 Update for esd voh405 fpga image 2217 Update for esd voh405 fpga image
2215 2218
2216 * INKA4x0: Allow initialization of LCD backlight dimming from 2219 * INKA4x0: Allow initialization of LCD backlight dimming from
2217 "brightness" environment variable. 2220 "brightness" environment variable.
2218 2221
2219 * Add port initialization for digital I/O on INKA4x0 2222 * Add port initialization for digital I/O on INKA4x0
2220 2223
2221 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 01 Mar 2005: 2224 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 01 Mar 2005:
2222 Update for esd boards dp405 and hub405 2225 Update for esd boards dp405 and hub405
2223 2226
2224 * Fix get_partition_info() parameter error in all other calls 2227 * Fix get_partition_info() parameter error in all other calls
2225 (common/cmd_ide.c, common/cmd_reiser.c, common/cmd_scsi.c). 2228 (common/cmd_ide.c, common/cmd_reiser.c, common/cmd_scsi.c).
2226 2229
2227 * Enable USB and IDE support for INKA4x0 board 2230 * Enable USB and IDE support for INKA4x0 board
2228 2231
2229 * Patch by Andrew Dyer, 28 Feb 2005: 2232 * Patch by Andrew Dyer, 28 Feb 2005:
2230 fix ext2load passing an incorrect pointer to get_partition_info() 2233 fix ext2load passing an incorrect pointer to get_partition_info()
2231 resulting in load failure for devices other than 0 2234 resulting in load failure for devices other than 0
2232 2235
2233 * Add support for SRAM and 2 x Quad UARTs on INKA4x0 board 2236 * Add support for SRAM and 2 x Quad UARTs on INKA4x0 board
2234 2237
2235 * Cleanup USB and partition defines 2238 * Cleanup USB and partition defines
2236 2239
2237 * Add support for ext2 filesystems and image timestamps to TQM5200 board 2240 * Add support for ext2 filesystems and image timestamps to TQM5200 board
2238 2241
2239 * Add reset code for Coral-P on INKA4x0 board 2242 * Add reset code for Coral-P on INKA4x0 board
2240 2243
2241 * Patch by Martin Krause, 28 Jun 2004: 2244 * Patch by Martin Krause, 28 Jun 2004:
2242 Update for TRAB board. 2245 Update for TRAB board.
2243 2246
2244 * Fix some missing "volatile"s in MPC5xxx FEC driver 2247 * Fix some missing "volatile"s in MPC5xxx FEC driver
2245 2248
2246 * Fix cirrus voltage detection (for CPC45) 2249 * Fix cirrus voltage detection (for CPC45)
2247 2250
2248 * Fix byteorder problem in usbboot and scsiboot commands. 2251 * Fix byteorder problem in usbboot and scsiboot commands.
2249 2252
2250 * Patch by Cajus Hahn, 04 Feb 2005: 2253 * Patch by Cajus Hahn, 04 Feb 2005:
2251 - don't insist on leading '/' for filename in ext2load 2254 - don't insist on leading '/' for filename in ext2load
2252 - set default partition to useful value (1) in ext2load 2255 - set default partition to useful value (1) in ext2load
2253 2256
2254 * Patch by Andrew Dyer, 08 Jan 2005: 2257 * Patch by Andrew Dyer, 08 Jan 2005:
2255 fix wrong return codes in ext2 code 2258 fix wrong return codes in ext2 code
2256 2259
2257 * Removed '--no-warn-mismatch' option from Makefile. This option 2260 * Removed '--no-warn-mismatch' option from Makefile. This option
2258 makes 'ld' to overlook binary objects compatibility. 2261 makes 'ld' to overlook binary objects compatibility.
2259 2262
2260 * Moved $(PLATFORM_LIBS) from the library group (--start-group ... 2263 * Moved $(PLATFORM_LIBS) from the library group (--start-group ...
2261 --end-group) outside of the group. This will make 'ld' to do 2264 --end-group) outside of the group. This will make 'ld' to do
2262 _multiple_ search in the library group when resolving symbol 2265 _multiple_ search in the library group when resolving symbol
2263 references and do only a _single_ seach in libgcc.a after the group 2266 references and do only a _single_ seach in libgcc.a after the group
2264 search. 2267 search.
2265 2268
2266 * Fix stability problems on CPC45 board again. 2269 * Fix stability problems on CPC45 board again.
2267 2270
2268 * Make image detection for diskboot / usbboot / scsiboot more robust 2271 * Make image detection for diskboot / usbboot / scsiboot more robust
2269 (also check header checksum) 2272 (also check header checksum)
2270 2273
2271 * Update CPC45 board configuration. 2274 * Update CPC45 board configuration.
2272 2275
2273 * Add USB and PCI support for INKA4x0 board 2276 * Add USB and PCI support for INKA4x0 board
2274 2277
2275 * Fix IDE stability problems on CPC45 board (needs 2 x EIEIO). 2278 * Fix IDE stability problems on CPC45 board (needs 2 x EIEIO).
2276 2279
2277 * Code cleanup 2280 * Code cleanup
2278 2281
2279 * Patch by Robin Getz, 13 Oct 2004: 2282 * Patch by Robin Getz, 13 Oct 2004:
2280 Add standalone application to change SMC91C111 MAC addresses, 2283 Add standalone application to change SMC91C111 MAC addresses,
2281 see examples/README.smc91111_eeprom 2284 see examples/README.smc91111_eeprom
2282 2285
2283 * Patch by Xiaogeng (Shawn) Jin, 12 Oct 2004: 2286 * Patch by Xiaogeng (Shawn) Jin, 12 Oct 2004:
2284 Fix Flash support for ARM Integrator CP. 2287 Fix Flash support for ARM Integrator CP.
2285 2288
2286 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 10 Jan 2005: 2289 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 10 Jan 2005:
2287 Update support for OMAP2420 (ARM11) and H4 board: 2290 Update support for OMAP2420 (ARM11) and H4 board:
2288 o clean up and add new types to H4 memory probe code. 2291 o clean up and add new types to H4 memory probe code.
2289 o fix to work with internal boot. 2292 o fix to work with internal boot.
2290 o added PRCM config III operation. 2293 o added PRCM config III operation.
2291 o fix marginal flash timings. 2294 o fix marginal flash timings.
2292 o add revison ATAG usage. 2295 o add revison ATAG usage.
2293 o enable voltage scaling at power chip. 2296 o enable voltage scaling at power chip.
2294 o fix compile error for i2c. 2297 o fix compile error for i2c.
2295 2298
2296 * Fix network problem (error when receiving multiple ARP packets) 2299 * Fix network problem (error when receiving multiple ARP packets)
2297 2300
2298 * Patch by Daniel Poirot, 12 Oct 2004: 2301 * Patch by Daniel Poirot, 12 Oct 2004:
2299 Add support for Wind River sbc405 board 2302 Add support for Wind River sbc405 board
2300 2303
2301 * Patch by Rainer Brestan, 12 Oct 2004: 2304 * Patch by Rainer Brestan, 12 Oct 2004:
2302 Make examples/Makefile more robust 2305 Make examples/Makefile more robust
2303 2306
2304 * Patch by Sam Song, 11 October 2004: 2307 * Patch by Sam Song, 11 October 2004:
2305 - Add RESET/PREBOOT/AUTOBOOT support for RPXlite_DW board 2308 - Add RESET/PREBOOT/AUTOBOOT support for RPXlite_DW board
2306 - Adjust CPU:BUS frequency ratio 1:1 when core frequency 2309 - Adjust CPU:BUS frequency ratio 1:1 when core frequency
2307 less than 50MHz 2310 less than 50MHz
2308 2311
2309 * Patch by Sam Song, 10 Oct 2004: 2312 * Patch by Sam Song, 10 Oct 2004:
2310 Fix a parameter error in run_command() in main.c 2313 Fix a parameter error in run_command() in main.c
2311 2314
2312 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 01 Oct 2004: 2315 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 01 Oct 2004:
2313 add support for the TI OMAP2420 processor and its H4 reference 2316 add support for the TI OMAP2420 processor and its H4 reference
2314 board 2317 board
2315 2318
2316 * Patch by Christian Pellegrin, 24 Sep 2004: 2319 * Patch by Christian Pellegrin, 24 Sep 2004:
2317 Added support for NE2000 compatible (DP8390, DP83902) NICs. 2320 Added support for NE2000 compatible (DP8390, DP83902) NICs.
2318 2321
2319 * Patch by Leif Lindholm, 23 Sep 2004: 2322 * Patch by Leif Lindholm, 23 Sep 2004:
2320 add support for the AMD db1550 board 2323 add support for the AMD db1550 board
2321 2324
2322 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 15 Sep 2004: 2325 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 15 Sep 2004:
2323 Add CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTI support for ppc4xx, 2326 Add CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTI support for ppc4xx,
2324 update README.serial_multi 2327 update README.serial_multi
2325 2328
2326 * Patches by David Snowdon, 07 Sep 2004: 2329 * Patches by David Snowdon, 07 Sep 2004:
2327 - add u-boot.hex target in the top level Makefile 2330 - add u-boot.hex target in the top level Makefile
2328 - add support for the UNSW/NICTA PLEB 2 board (pleb2) 2331 - add support for the UNSW/NICTA PLEB 2 board (pleb2)
2329 - use -mtune=xscale and -march=armv5 options for PXA 2332 - use -mtune=xscale and -march=armv5 options for PXA
2330 2333
2331 * Patch by Florian Schlote, 08 Sep 2004: 2334 * Patch by Florian Schlote, 08 Sep 2004:
2332 Add support for SenTec-COBRA5272-board (ColdFire). 2335 Add support for SenTec-COBRA5272-board (ColdFire).
2333 2336
2334 * Patch by Gleb Natapov, 07 Sep 2004: 2337 * Patch by Gleb Natapov, 07 Sep 2004:
2335 mpc824x: set PCI latency timer to a sane value 2338 mpc824x: set PCI latency timer to a sane value
2336 (is 0 after reset). 2339 (is 0 after reset).
2337 2340
2338 * Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 03 Sep 2004: 2341 * Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 03 Sep 2004:
2339 Add bitstream configuration option for fpga command (Xilinx only). 2342 Add bitstream configuration option for fpga command (Xilinx only).
2340 2343
2341 * Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 03 Sep 2004: 2344 * Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 03 Sep 2004:
2342 Add Xilinx Spartan2E family FPGA support 2345 Add Xilinx Spartan2E family FPGA support
2343 2346
2344 * Patch by Jeff Angielski, 02 Sep 2004: 2347 * Patch by Jeff Angielski, 02 Sep 2004:
2345 Add Added support for H2 revision of the EP8260 board. 2348 Add Added support for H2 revision of the EP8260 board.
2346 Fixed formatting for some of the EP8260 related source files. 2349 Fixed formatting for some of the EP8260 related source files.
2347 2350
2348 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 02 Sep 2004: 2351 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 02 Sep 2004:
2349 Reset monitor size back to 256 so environment can be written 2352 Reset monitor size back to 256 so environment can be written
2350 to flash on MPC85xx ADS and CDS releases. 2353 to flash on MPC85xx ADS and CDS releases.
2351 2354
2352 * Patch by Paolo Broggini, 02 Sep 2004: 2355 * Patch by Paolo Broggini, 02 Sep 2004:
2353 Make BSS clearing on ARM systems more robust 2356 Make BSS clearing on ARM systems more robust
2354 2357
2355 * Patch by Yue Hu and Joe, 01 Sep 2004: 2358 * Patch by Yue Hu and Joe, 01 Sep 2004:
2356 - add PCI support for ixp425; 2359 - add PCI support for ixp425;
2357 - add EEPRO100 suppor tfor ixdp425 board. 2360 - add EEPRO100 suppor tfor ixdp425 board.
2358 2361
2359 * Fix problem with protected sector detection in driver/cfi_flash.c 2362 * Fix problem with protected sector detection in driver/cfi_flash.c
2360 2363
2361 ====================================================================== 2364 ======================================================================
2362 Changes for U-Boot 1.1.2: 2365 Changes for U-Boot 1.1.2:
2363 ====================================================================== 2366 ======================================================================
2364 2367
2365 * Code cleanup, mostly for GCC-3.3.x 2368 * Code cleanup, mostly for GCC-3.3.x
2366 2369
2367 * Cleanup confusing use of CONFIG_ETH*ADDR - ust his only to 2370 * Cleanup confusing use of CONFIG_ETH*ADDR - ust his only to
2368 pre-define a MAC address; use CONFIG_HAS_ETH* to enable support for 2371 pre-define a MAC address; use CONFIG_HAS_ETH* to enable support for
2369 additional ethernet addresses. 2372 additional ethernet addresses.
2370 2373
2371 * Cleanup drivers/i82365.c - avoid duplication of code 2374 * Cleanup drivers/i82365.c - avoid duplication of code
2372 2375
2373 * Fix bogus "cannot span across banks" flash error message 2376 * Fix bogus "cannot span across banks" flash error message
2374 2377
2375 * Code cleanup 2378 * Code cleanup
2376 2379
2377 * Add support for CompactFlash for the CPC45 Board. 2380 * Add support for CompactFlash for the CPC45 Board.
2378 2381
2379 * Fix problems with CMC_PU2 flash driver. 2382 * Fix problems with CMC_PU2 flash driver.
2380 2383
2381 * Cleanup: 2384 * Cleanup:
2382 - avoid trigraph warning in fs/ext2/ext2fs.c 2385 - avoid trigraph warning in fs/ext2/ext2fs.c
2383 - rename UC100 -> uc100 2386 - rename UC100 -> uc100
2384 2387
2385 * Add support for UC100 board 2388 * Add support for UC100 board
2386 2389
2387 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 16 Dez 2004: 2390 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 16 Dez 2004:
2388 - ext2fs support added 2391 - ext2fs support added
2389 - Tundra universe support added 2392 - Tundra universe support added
2390 - ColdFire MCF5249 support added (no preloader needed!) 2393 - ColdFire MCF5249 support added (no preloader needed!)
2391 - MCF5249 board TASREG added 2394 - MCF5249 board TASREG added
2392 - PPC boards added: APC405, CPCI405DT, CPCI750, G2000, HH405, 2395 - PPC boards added: APC405, CPCI405DT, CPCI750, G2000, HH405,
2393 VOM405, WUH405 2396 VOM405, WUH405
2394 - some esd boards updated 2397 - some esd boards updated
2395 - memory commands "mdc" and "mwc" added for cyclic read/write 2398 - memory commands "mdc" and "mwc" added for cyclic read/write
2396 (CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC, see README for further description) 2399 (CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC, see README for further description)
2397 2400
2398 * Add support for INKA4X0 board 2401 * Add support for INKA4X0 board
2399 2402
2400 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 12 Dec 2004: 2403 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 12 Dec 2004:
2401 Fix typo in AT91 memory setup. 2404 Fix typo in AT91 memory setup.
2402 2405
2403 * Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2004: 2406 * Patch by Martin Krause, 27 Oct 2004:
2404 - add support for "STK52xx" board (including PS/2 multiplexer) 2407 - add support for "STK52xx" board (including PS/2 multiplexer)
2405 - add hardware detection for TQM5200 2408 - add hardware detection for TQM5200
2406 2409
2407 * Clean up CMC PU2 flash driver 2410 * Clean up CMC PU2 flash driver
2408 2411
2409 * Update MAINTAINERS file 2412 * Update MAINTAINERS file
2410 2413
2411 * Fix bug in MPC823 LCD driver 2414 * Fix bug in MPC823 LCD driver
2412 2415
2413 * Fix udelay() on AT91RM9200 for delays < 1 ms. 2416 * Fix udelay() on AT91RM9200 for delays < 1 ms.
2414 2417
2415 * Enable long help on CMC PU2 board; 2418 * Enable long help on CMC PU2 board;
2416 fix reset issue; 2419 fix reset issue;
2417 increase CPU speed from 179 to 207 MHz. 2420 increase CPU speed from 179 to 207 MHz.
2418 2421
2419 * Fix smc91111 ethernet driver for Xaeniax board (need to handle 2422 * Fix smc91111 ethernet driver for Xaeniax board (need to handle
2420 unaligned tail part specially). 2423 unaligned tail part specially).
2421 2424
2422 * Update for AT91RM9200DK and CMC_PU2 boards: 2425 * Update for AT91RM9200DK and CMC_PU2 boards:
2423 - Enable booting directly from flash 2426 - Enable booting directly from flash
2424 - fix CMC_PU2 flash driver 2427 - fix CMC_PU2 flash driver
2425 2428
2426 * Fix mkimage usage message 2429 * Fix mkimage usage message
2427 2430
2428 * Map SRAM on NC650 board 2431 * Map SRAM on NC650 board
2429 2432
2430 * Work around for Ethernet problems on Xaeniax board 2433 * Work around for Ethernet problems on Xaeniax board
2431 2434
2432 * Patch by TsiChung Liew, 23 Sep 2004: 2435 * Patch by TsiChung Liew, 23 Sep 2004:
2433 - add support for MPC8220 CPU 2436 - add support for MPC8220 CPU
2434 - Add support for Alaska and Yukon boards 2437 - Add support for Alaska and Yukon boards
2435 2438
2436 * Fix configuration for ERIC board (needs more room) 2439 * Fix configuration for ERIC board (needs more room)
2437 2440
2438 * Adjust MIPS compiler options at run-time depending on tools version 2441 * Adjust MIPS compiler options at run-time depending on tools version
2439 ("-march=4kc -mtune=4kc -Wa,-mips_allow_branch_to_undefined" for new, 2442 ("-march=4kc -mtune=4kc -Wa,-mips_allow_branch_to_undefined" for new,
2440 "-mcpu=4kc" for old tools) 2443 "-mcpu=4kc" for old tools)
2441 2444
2442 * Add passing of the command line and memory size information to the 2445 * Add passing of the command line and memory size information to the
2443 kernel on xaeniax board. 2446 kernel on xaeniax board.
2444 2447
2445 * Enable NAND flash support for NC650 board. 2448 * Enable NAND flash support for NC650 board.
2446 2449
2447 * Patch by Thomas Lange 07 Oct 2004: 2450 * Patch by Thomas Lange 07 Oct 2004:
2448 Updated README for DBAu1x00 boards to match current status 2451 Updated README for DBAu1x00 boards to match current status
2449 2452
2450 * Patch by Philippe Robin, 28 Sept 2004: 2453 * Patch by Philippe Robin, 28 Sept 2004:
2451 Fix Flash support for Versatile. 2454 Fix Flash support for Versatile.
2452 2455
2453 * Patch by Roger Blofeld, 16 Sep 2004: 2456 * Patch by Roger Blofeld, 16 Sep 2004:
2454 Fix timeout for DHCP command retry 2457 Fix timeout for DHCP command retry
2455 2458
2456 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 14 Sep 2004: 2459 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 14 Sep 2004:
2457 Fix early serial hang when CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTI is defined. 2460 Fix early serial hang when CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTI is defined.
2458 2461
2459 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 14 Sep 2004: 2462 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 14 Sep 2004:
2460 Kick watchdog when bz-decompressing 2463 Kick watchdog when bz-decompressing
2461 2464
2462 * Fix CFG_HZ problems on AT91RM9200 systems 2465 * Fix CFG_HZ problems on AT91RM9200 systems
2463 [Remember: CFG_HZ should be 1000 on ALL systems!] 2466 [Remember: CFG_HZ should be 1000 on ALL systems!]
2464 2467
2465 * Patch by Gridish Shlomi, 30 Aug 2004: 2468 * Patch by Gridish Shlomi, 30 Aug 2004:
2466 - Add support to revA version of PQ27 and PQ27E. 2469 - Add support to revA version of PQ27 and PQ27E.
2467 - Reverted MPC8260ADS baudrate back to original 115200 2470 - Reverted MPC8260ADS baudrate back to original 115200
2468 2471
2469 * Patch by Hojin, 17 Sep 2004: 2472 * Patch by Hojin, 17 Sep 2004:
2470 Fix typo in cfi_flash.c 2473 Fix typo in cfi_flash.c
2471 2474
2472 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 09 September 2004: 2475 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 09 September 2004:
2473 mtest's data line test (with CFG_ALT_MEMTEST set) returned a wrong 2476 mtest's data line test (with CFG_ALT_MEMTEST set) returned a wrong
2474 error message 2477 error message
2475 2478
2476 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 31 August 2004: 2479 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 31 August 2004:
2477 Added option CFG_XLB_PIPELINING to enable XLB pipelining. This 2480 Added option CFG_XLB_PIPELINING to enable XLB pipelining. This
2478 improves FTP performance for MPC5200 systems. Enabled for IceCube 2481 improves FTP performance for MPC5200 systems. Enabled for IceCube
2479 by default. 2482 by default.
2480 2483
2481 * Patch by Michael Bendzick, 30 Aug 2004: 2484 * Patch by Michael Bendzick, 30 Aug 2004:
2482 - Improve platform.S code for omap1510inn that detects whether code 2485 - Improve platform.S code for omap1510inn that detects whether code
2483 is running from SDRAM or not. Patch allows SDRAM to be configured 2486 is running from SDRAM or not. Patch allows SDRAM to be configured
2484 if code is running out of SRAM at 0x20000000. 2487 if code is running out of SRAM at 0x20000000.
2485 2488
2486 * Patch by Frederick Klatt, 30 Aug 2004: 2489 * Patch by Frederick Klatt, 30 Aug 2004:
2487 Add support for the Wind River SBC8540/SBC8560 boards 2490 Add support for the Wind River SBC8540/SBC8560 boards
2488 2491
2489 * Configure SX1 board to use drivers/cfi_flash.c 2492 * Configure SX1 board to use drivers/cfi_flash.c
2490 2493
2491 * Patches by Michael Bendzick, 30 Aug 2004: 2494 * Patches by Michael Bendzick, 30 Aug 2004:
2492 - Configure omap1510inn board to use drivers/cfi_flash.c 2495 - Configure omap1510inn board to use drivers/cfi_flash.c
2493 - Make drivers/cfi_flash.c protect environment and redundant 2496 - Make drivers/cfi_flash.c protect environment and redundant
2494 environment. 2497 environment.
2495 2498
2496 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 23 Jun 2004: 2499 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 23 Jun 2004:
2497 - Add script (tools/img2brec.sh) to programm U-Boot into 2500 - Add script (tools/img2brec.sh) to programm U-Boot into
2498 (Synch)Flash using the Bootstrap Mode of the MC9328MX1/L 2501 (Synch)Flash using the Bootstrap Mode of the MC9328MX1/L
2499 2502
2500 * Patches by Scott McNutt, 24 Aug 2004: 2503 * Patches by Scott McNutt, 24 Aug 2004:
2501 - Add support for Altera Nios-II processors. 2504 - Add support for Altera Nios-II processors.
2502 - Add support for Psyent PCI-5441 board. 2505 - Add support for Psyent PCI-5441 board.
2503 - Add support for Psyent PK1C20 board. 2506 - Add support for Psyent PK1C20 board.
2504 2507
2505 * Patches by Jon Loeliger, 24 Aug 2004: 2508 * Patches by Jon Loeliger, 24 Aug 2004:
2506 - Add support for the MPC8541 and MPC8555 CDS boards 2509 - Add support for the MPC8541 and MPC8555 CDS boards
2507 - Cleanup eth?addr handling: make dependent on CONFIG_ETH?ADDR 2510 - Cleanup eth?addr handling: make dependent on CONFIG_ETH?ADDR
2508 - Convert MPC85xxADS to use common CFI flash driver 2511 - Convert MPC85xxADS to use common CFI flash driver
2509 - Fix PCI window on MPC85xx; remove unneeded PCI initialization 2512 - Fix PCI window on MPC85xx; remove unneeded PCI initialization
2510 from board_early_init_f() 2513 from board_early_init_f()
2511 - Provide SW workaround for PCI initialization on 85xx CDS 2514 - Provide SW workaround for PCI initialization on 85xx CDS
2512 2515
2513 * Patches by George G. Davis, 24 Aug 2004: 2516 * Patches by George G. Davis, 24 Aug 2004:
2514 - Enable ramdisk/initrd tagged param support for omap1610h2_config 2517 - Enable ramdisk/initrd tagged param support for omap1610h2_config
2515 - Remove static network setup defaults from mx1ads_config 2518 - Remove static network setup defaults from mx1ads_config
2516 - update ARM boards to use constants from mach-types.h 2519 - update ARM boards to use constants from mach-types.h
2517 2520
2518 * Patch by Gary Jennejohn, 04 Oct 2004: 2521 * Patch by Gary Jennejohn, 04 Oct 2004:
2519 - fix I2C on at91rm9200 2522 - fix I2C on at91rm9200
2520 - add support for Ricoh RS5C372A RTC 2523 - add support for Ricoh RS5C372A RTC
2521 2524
2522 * Patch by Gary Jennejohn, 01 Oct 2004: 2525 * Patch by Gary Jennejohn, 01 Oct 2004:
2523 - add support for CMC PU2 board 2526 - add support for CMC PU2 board
2524 - add support for I2C on at91rm9200 2527 - add support for I2C on at91rm9200
2525 2528
2526 * Patch by Gary Jennejohn, 28 Sep 2004: 2529 * Patch by Gary Jennejohn, 28 Sep 2004:
2527 fix baudrate handling on at91rm9200 2530 fix baudrate handling on at91rm9200
2528 2531
2529 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 22 Aug 2004: 2532 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 22 Aug 2004:
2530 - remove ZPC.1900 board-specific flash driver; 2533 - remove ZPC.1900 board-specific flash driver;
2531 switch the port to generic CFI driver; 2534 switch the port to generic CFI driver;
2532 - port clean-up 2535 - port clean-up
2533 2536
2534 * Patch by Hinko Kocevar, 21 Aug 2004: 2537 * Patch by Hinko Kocevar, 21 Aug 2004:
2535 Add calc_fbsize() function used with VIDEOLFB_TAG on TRAB 2538 Add calc_fbsize() function used with VIDEOLFB_TAG on TRAB
2536 2539
2537 * Clean up tools/bmp_logo.c to not add trailing white space 2540 * Clean up tools/bmp_logo.c to not add trailing white space
2538 2541
2539 * Patch by Hinko Kocevar, 21 Aug 2004: 2542 * Patch by Hinko Kocevar, 21 Aug 2004:
2540 - Group common framebuffer functions in common/lcd.c 2543 - Group common framebuffer functions in common/lcd.c
2541 - Group common framebuffer macros and #defines in include/lcd.h 2544 - Group common framebuffer macros and #defines in include/lcd.h
2542 - Provide calc_fbsize() for video ATAG 2545 - Provide calc_fbsize() for video ATAG
2543 2546
2544 * Patch by Sam Song, 21 August 2004: 2547 * Patch by Sam Song, 21 August 2004:
2545 - Fix a typo in README 2548 - Fix a typo in README
2546 - Align "(RO)" output for "flinfo" after "protect on" 2549 - Align "(RO)" output for "flinfo" after "protect on"
2547 - Add RESET support for RPXlite_DW board; adjust CPU:BUS frequency 2550 - Add RESET support for RPXlite_DW board; adjust CPU:BUS frequency
2548 ratio 1:1 when core frequency less than 50MHz 2551 ratio 1:1 when core frequency less than 50MHz
2549 2552
2550 * Patches by Hinko Kocevar, 21 Aug 2004: 2553 * Patches by Hinko Kocevar, 21 Aug 2004:
2551 - fix some "use of label at end of compound statement" warnings 2554 - fix some "use of label at end of compound statement" warnings
2552 - Define type of LCD panel on lubbock board if CONFIG_LCD is used 2555 - Define type of LCD panel on lubbock board if CONFIG_LCD is used
2553 2556
2554 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 16 Aug 2004: 2557 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 16 Aug 2004:
2555 - Introducing the concept of SoCs "./cpu/$(CPU)/$(SOC)" 2558 - Introducing the concept of SoCs "./cpu/$(CPU)/$(SOC)"
2556 - creating subdirs for SoCs ./cpu/arm920t/imx and ./cpu/arm920t/s3c24x0 2559 - creating subdirs for SoCs ./cpu/arm920t/imx and ./cpu/arm920t/s3c24x0
2557 - moving SoC specific code out of cpu/arm920t/ into cpu/arm920t/$(SOC)/ 2560 - moving SoC specific code out of cpu/arm920t/ into cpu/arm920t/$(SOC)/
2558 - moving drivers/s3c24x0_i2c.c and drivers/serial_imx.c out of drivers/ 2561 - moving drivers/s3c24x0_i2c.c and drivers/serial_imx.c out of drivers/
2559 into cpu/arm920t/$(SOC)/ 2562 into cpu/arm920t/$(SOC)/
2560 2563
2561 * Patches by Sean Chang, 09 Aug 2004: 2564 * Patches by Sean Chang, 09 Aug 2004:
2562 - Added support for both 8 and 16 bit mode access to System ACE CF 2565 - Added support for both 8 and 16 bit mode access to System ACE CF
2563 through MPU. 2566 through MPU.
2564 - Fixed missing System ACE CF device during get FAT partition info 2567 - Fixed missing System ACE CF device during get FAT partition info
2565 in fat_register_device function. 2568 in fat_register_device function.
2566 - Enabled System ACE CF support on ML300. 2569 - Enabled System ACE CF support on ML300.
2567 2570
2568 * Patch by Sean Chang, 09 Aug 2004: 2571 * Patch by Sean Chang, 09 Aug 2004:
2569 Synch defines for saveenv and do_saveenv functions so they get 2572 Synch defines for saveenv and do_saveenv functions so they get
2570 compiled under the same statement. 2573 compiled under the same statement.
2571 2574
2572 * Patch by Sean Chang, 09 Aug 2004: 2575 * Patch by Sean Chang, 09 Aug 2004:
2573 - Added I2C support for ML300. 2576 - Added I2C support for ML300.
2574 - Added support for ML300 to read out its environment information 2577 - Added support for ML300 to read out its environment information
2575 stored on the EEPROM. 2578 stored on the EEPROM.
2576 - Added support to use board specific parameters as part of 2579 - Added support to use board specific parameters as part of
2577 U-Boot's environment information. 2580 U-Boot's environment information.
2578 - Updated MLD files to support configuration for new features 2581 - Updated MLD files to support configuration for new features
2579 above. 2582 above.
2580 2583
2581 * Patches by Travis Sawyer, 05 Aug 2004: 2584 * Patches by Travis Sawyer, 05 Aug 2004:
2582 - Remove incorrect bridge settings for eth group 6 2585 - Remove incorrect bridge settings for eth group 6
2583 - Add call to setup bridge in ppc_440x_eth_initialize 2586 - Add call to setup bridge in ppc_440x_eth_initialize
2584 - Fix ppc_440x_eth_init to reset the phy only if its the 2587 - Fix ppc_440x_eth_init to reset the phy only if its the
2585 first time through, otherwise, just check the phy for the 2588 first time through, otherwise, just check the phy for the
2586 autonegotiated speed/duplex. This allows the use of netconsole 2589 autonegotiated speed/duplex. This allows the use of netconsole
2587 - only print the speed/duplex the first time the phy is reset. 2590 - only print the speed/duplex the first time the phy is reset.
2588 2591
2589 * Patch by Shlomo Kut, 29 Mar 2004: 2592 * Patch by Shlomo Kut, 29 Mar 2004:
2590 Add support for MKS Instruments "Quantum" board 2593 Add support for MKS Instruments "Quantum" board
2591 2594
2592 * Fix build problem with Cogent boards; 2595 * Fix build problem with Cogent boards;
2593 avoid using <asm/byteorder.h> when using the host compiler 2596 avoid using <asm/byteorder.h> when using the host compiler
2594 2597
2595 * Patch by Ganapathi C, 04 Aug 2004: 2598 * Patch by Ganapathi C, 04 Aug 2004:
2596 Fix NFS timeout issue 2599 Fix NFS timeout issue
2597 2600
2598 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 19 Jul 2004: 2601 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 19 Jul 2004:
2599 - Fix host tools building in Cygwin environment 2602 - Fix host tools building in Cygwin environment
2600 - Fix header files search order for host tools 2603 - Fix header files search order for host tools
2601 2604
2602 * Patch by Tom Armistead, 19 Jul 2004: 2605 * Patch by Tom Armistead, 19 Jul 2004:
2603 Fix kgdb.S support for 74xx_75x cpu 2606 Fix kgdb.S support for 74xx_75x cpu
2604 2607
2605 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 15 Jul 2004: 2608 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 15 Jul 2004:
2606 Fix MPC85xx I2C driver 2609 Fix MPC85xx I2C driver
2607 2610
2608 * Fix problems with CDROM drive as slave device on Lite5200 IDE bus. 2611 * Fix problems with CDROM drive as slave device on Lite5200 IDE bus.
2609 2612
2610 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 15 July 2004 2613 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 15 July 2004
2611 Set the PCI class code for JSE board as part of PCI interface setup 2614 Set the PCI class code for JSE board as part of PCI interface setup
2612 2615
2613 * Patch by Michael Bendzick, 15 Jul 2004: 2616 * Patch by Michael Bendzick, 15 Jul 2004:
2614 Fix problem with writes with odd sizes in drivers/cfi_flash.c when 2617 Fix problem with writes with odd sizes in drivers/cfi_flash.c when
2615 CFG_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE is set 2618 CFG_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE is set
2616 2619
2617 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 13 Jul 2004: 2620 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 13 Jul 2004:
2618 Allow clock setting on MPC866/MPC885 series chips according to 2621 Allow clock setting on MPC866/MPC885 series chips according to
2619 environment variable `cpuclk' 2622 environment variable `cpuclk'
2620 2623
2621 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 20 Apr 2004: 2624 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 20 Apr 2004:
2622 Remove unnecessary redefine of CPM_DATAONLY_SIZE for MPC826x 2625 Remove unnecessary redefine of CPM_DATAONLY_SIZE for MPC826x
2623 2626
2624 * Patch by Vincent Dubey, 24 Sep 2004: 2627 * Patch by Vincent Dubey, 24 Sep 2004:
2625 Add support for xaeniax board 2628 Add support for xaeniax board
2626 2629
2627 * Add comment about non-GPL character of standalone applications to 2630 * Add comment about non-GPL character of standalone applications to
2628 COPYING file 2631 COPYING file
2629 2632
2630 * Fix FEC ethernet problem on NSCU board. 2633 * Fix FEC ethernet problem on NSCU board.
2631 2634
2632 * Patch by Gary Jennejohn, 09 Sep 2004: 2635 * Patch by Gary Jennejohn, 09 Sep 2004:
2633 allow to use USART1 as console port on at91rm9200dk boards 2636 allow to use USART1 as console port on at91rm9200dk boards
2634 2637
2635 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 16 Sep 2004: 2638 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 16 Sep 2004:
2636 Update AR405 board. 2639 Update AR405 board.
2637 2640
2638 * Fix SysClk handling for PPChameleon and CATcenter boards 2641 * Fix SysClk handling for PPChameleon and CATcenter boards
2639 2642
2640 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 08 Sep 2004: 2643 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 08 Sep 2004:
2641 Update etags build target 2644 Update etags build target
2642 2645
2643 * Improve NetConsole support: add support for broadcast destination 2646 * Improve NetConsole support: add support for broadcast destination
2644 address and buffered input. 2647 address and buffered input.
2645 2648
2646 * Cleanup compiler warnings for GCC 3.3.x and later 2649 * Cleanup compiler warnings for GCC 3.3.x and later
2647 2650
2648 * Fix problem in cmd_jffs2.c introduced by CFG_JFFS_SINGLE_PART patch 2651 * Fix problem in cmd_jffs2.c introduced by CFG_JFFS_SINGLE_PART patch
2649 2652
2650 * Add support for IDS "NC650" board 2653 * Add support for IDS "NC650" board
2651 2654
2652 * Add automatic update support for LWMON board 2655 * Add automatic update support for LWMON board
2653 2656
2654 * Clear Block Lock-Bits when erasing flash on LWMON board. 2657 * Clear Block Lock-Bits when erasing flash on LWMON board.
2655 2658
2656 * Fix return code of "fatload" command 2659 * Fix return code of "fatload" command
2657 2660
2658 * Enable MSDOS/VFAT filesystem support for LWMON board 2661 * Enable MSDOS/VFAT filesystem support for LWMON board
2659 2662
2660 * Patch by Martin Krause, 03 Aug 2004: 2663 * Patch by Martin Krause, 03 Aug 2004:
2661 change timing for SM501 graphics controller on TQM5200 module 2664 change timing for SM501 graphics controller on TQM5200 module
2662 2665
2663 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 13 July 2004: 2666 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 13 July 2004:
2664 - Total5200 LCD now run in little endian mode. Endianess conversion 2667 - Total5200 LCD now run in little endian mode. Endianess conversion
2665 is done in hardware. 2668 is done in hardware.
2666 - Removed last reference to "console" environment variable. 2669 - Removed last reference to "console" environment variable.
2667 2670
2668 * Patches by Lars Munch, 12 Jul 2004: 2671 * Patches by Lars Munch, 12 Jul 2004:
2669 - move at45.c to board/at91rm9200dk/ since this is at91rm9200dk 2672 - move at45.c to board/at91rm9200dk/ since this is at91rm9200dk
2670 board specific 2673 board specific
2671 - split out the LXT971A PHY from ns_9750_eth.h 2674 - split out the LXT971A PHY from ns_9750_eth.h
2672 - split the dm9161 phy part out of at91rm9200_ether.c 2675 - split the dm9161 phy part out of at91rm9200_ether.c
2673 2676
2674 * Patch by Andreas Engel, 12 Jul 2004: 2677 * Patch by Andreas Engel, 12 Jul 2004:
2675 Replaced hardcoded PL011 clock frequency with config variable. 2678 Replaced hardcoded PL011 clock frequency with config variable.
2676 Fixed wrong CONFIG_CMD_DFL doc. 2679 Fixed wrong CONFIG_CMD_DFL doc.
2677 2680
2678 * Patch by Thomas Viehweger, 09 Jun 2004: 2681 * Patch by Thomas Viehweger, 09 Jun 2004:
2679 make it possible to remove chpart when there is only one partition 2682 make it possible to remove chpart when there is only one partition
2680 2683
2681 * Add support for console over UDP (compatible to Ingo Molnar's 2684 * Add support for console over UDP (compatible to Ingo Molnar's
2682 netconsole patch under Linux) 2685 netconsole patch under Linux)
2683 2686
2684 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 16 Jul 2004: 2687 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 16 Jul 2004:
2685 - support larger DDR memories up to 2G on the PC8540/8560ADS and 2688 - support larger DDR memories up to 2G on the PC8540/8560ADS and
2686 STXGP3 boards 2689 STXGP3 boards
2687 - Made MPC8540/8560ADS be 33Mhz PCI by default. 2690 - Made MPC8540/8560ADS be 33Mhz PCI by default.
2688 - Removed moldy CONFIG_RAM_AS_FLASH, CFG_FLASH_PORT_WIDTH_16 2691 - Removed moldy CONFIG_RAM_AS_FLASH, CFG_FLASH_PORT_WIDTH_16
2689 and CONFIG_L2_INIT_RAM options. 2692 and CONFIG_L2_INIT_RAM options.
2690 - Refactor Local Bus initialization out of SDRAM setup. 2693 - Refactor Local Bus initialization out of SDRAM setup.
2691 - Re-implement new version of LBC11/DDR11 errata workarounds. 2694 - Re-implement new version of LBC11/DDR11 errata workarounds.
2692 - Moved board specific PCI init parts out of CPU directory. 2695 - Moved board specific PCI init parts out of CPU directory.
2693 - Added TLB entry for PCI-1 IO Memory 2696 - Added TLB entry for PCI-1 IO Memory
2694 - Updated README.mpc85xxads 2697 - Updated README.mpc85xxads
2695 2698
2696 * Patch by Sascha Hauer, 28 Jun: 2699 * Patch by Sascha Hauer, 28 Jun:
2697 - add generic support for Motorola i.MX architecture 2700 - add generic support for Motorola i.MX architecture
2698 - add support for mx1ads, mx1fs2 and scb9328 boards 2701 - add support for mx1ads, mx1fs2 and scb9328 boards
2699 2702
2700 * Patches by Marc Leeman, 23 Jul 2004: 2703 * Patches by Marc Leeman, 23 Jul 2004:
2701 - Add define for the PCI/Memory Buffer Configuration Register 2704 - Add define for the PCI/Memory Buffer Configuration Register
2702 - corrected comments in cpu/mpc824x/cpu_init.c 2705 - corrected comments in cpu/mpc824x/cpu_init.c
2703 2706
2704 * Add support for multiple serial interfaces 2707 * Add support for multiple serial interfaces
2705 (for example to allow modem dial-in / dial-out) 2708 (for example to allow modem dial-in / dial-out)
2706 2709
2707 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 15 Jul 2004: 2710 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 15 Jul 2004:
2708 cpu/ppc4xx/sdram.c rewritten now using get_ram_size() 2711 cpu/ppc4xx/sdram.c rewritten now using get_ram_size()
2709 2712
2710 * Fix NSCU config; add ethernet wakeup code. 2713 * Fix NSCU config; add ethernet wakeup code.
2711 2714
2712 * Add link for preloader for Motorola ColdFire to README.m68k 2715 * Add link for preloader for Motorola ColdFire to README.m68k
2713 2716
2714 * Patch by Michael Bendzick, 12 Jul 2004: 2717 * Patch by Michael Bendzick, 12 Jul 2004:
2715 fix output formatting in drivers/cfi_flash.c 2718 fix output formatting in drivers/cfi_flash.c
2716 2719
2717 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 02 Jul 2004: 2720 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 02 Jul 2004:
2718 Fix lowboot (again) on MPC5xxx 2721 Fix lowboot (again) on MPC5xxx
2719 2722
2720 * Patch by Curt Brune, 07 Jul 2004: 2723 * Patch by Curt Brune, 07 Jul 2004:
2721 relocate exception vectors on arm720t if needed 2724 relocate exception vectors on arm720t if needed
2722 2725
2723 * Patch by George G. Davis, 06 Jul 2004: 2726 * Patch by George G. Davis, 06 Jul 2004:
2724 - update mach-types.h to latest arm.linux.org.uk master list 2727 - update mach-types.h to latest arm.linux.org.uk master list
2725 - Set correct OMAP1610 bi_arch_number for build target 2728 - Set correct OMAP1610 bi_arch_number for build target
2726 2729
2727 * Patch by Curt Brune, 06 Jul 2004: 2730 * Patch by Curt Brune, 06 Jul 2004:
2728 evb4510: add support for timer interrupt; cleanup 2731 evb4510: add support for timer interrupt; cleanup
2729 2732
2730 * Patch by Dan Poirot, 06 Jul 2004: 2733 * Patch by Dan Poirot, 06 Jul 2004:
2731 Fix sbc8260 environment variables 2734 Fix sbc8260 environment variables
2732 2735
2733 * Cleanup redundand "console" environment variable 2736 * Cleanup redundand "console" environment variable
2734 2737
2735 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 05 Jul 2004: 2738 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 05 Jul 2004:
2736 add support for the Total5100's and Total5200's LCD screen 2739 add support for the Total5100's and Total5200's LCD screen
2737 2740
2738 * Patches by Dan Eisenhut, 01 Jul 2004: 2741 * Patches by Dan Eisenhut, 01 Jul 2004:
2739 - README fixes. 2742 - README fixes.
2740 - Move doc2000.h include to prevent compiler warning on some boards 2743 - Move doc2000.h include to prevent compiler warning on some boards
2741 2744
2742 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 01 Jul 2004: 2745 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 01 Jul 2004:
2743 Added support for Total5100 and Total5200 (Rev.1 and Rev.2) 2746 Added support for Total5100 and Total5200 (Rev.1 and Rev.2)
2744 MGT5100 and MPC5200 based Freescale platforms. 2747 MGT5100 and MPC5200 based Freescale platforms.
2745 2748
2746 * Patch by Philippe Robin, 01 Jul 2004: 2749 * Patch by Philippe Robin, 01 Jul 2004:
2747 Add initialization for Integrator and versatile board files. 2750 Add initialization for Integrator and versatile board files.
2748 2751
2749 * Patch by Hinko Kocevar, 01 Jun 2004: 2752 * Patch by Hinko Kocevar, 01 Jun 2004:
2750 Fix VFD FB allocation, add LCD FB allocation on ARM 2753 Fix VFD FB allocation, add LCD FB allocation on ARM
2751 2754
2752 * Patch by Martin Krause, 30 Jun 2004: 2755 * Patch by Martin Krause, 30 Jun 2004:
2753 Add support for TQM5200 board 2756 Add support for TQM5200 board
2754 2757
2755 * Patch by Martin Krause, 29 Jun 2004: 2758 * Patch by Martin Krause, 29 Jun 2004:
2756 Add loopw command: infinite write loop on address range 2759 Add loopw command: infinite write loop on address range
2757 2760
2758 * Patches by Yasushi Shoji, 29 Jun 2004: 2761 * Patches by Yasushi Shoji, 29 Jun 2004:
2759 - add empty include/asm-microblaze/processor.h 2762 - add empty include/asm-microblaze/processor.h
2760 - add to CREDITS and MAINTAINERS 2763 - add to CREDITS and MAINTAINERS
2761 - add gd initialization 2764 - add gd initialization
2762 - add MicroBlaze and SUZAKU board to MAKEALL script 2765 - add MicroBlaze and SUZAKU board to MAKEALL script
2763 - add reset support for SUZAKU 2766 - add reset support for SUZAKU
2764 - add flush_cache() for MicroBlaze 2767 - add flush_cache() for MicroBlaze
2765 - add CFG_FLASH_SIZE to include/configs/suzaku.h since we have fixed 2768 - add CFG_FLASH_SIZE to include/configs/suzaku.h since we have fixed
2766 size flash memory on SUZAKU 2769 size flash memory on SUZAKU
2767 2770
2768 * Patch by Prakash Kumar, 27 Jun 2004: 2771 * Patch by Prakash Kumar, 27 Jun 2004:
2769 Add support for the PXA250 based Intrinsyc Cerf board. 2772 Add support for the PXA250 based Intrinsyc Cerf board.
2770 2773
2771 * Patch by Yasushi Shoji, 27 Jun 2004: 2774 * Patch by Yasushi Shoji, 27 Jun 2004:
2772 fix comment in include/common.h 2775 fix comment in include/common.h
2773 2776
2774 * Rename SBC8560 into sbc8560 for consistency 2777 * Rename SBC8560 into sbc8560 for consistency
2775 2778
2776 * Patch by Daniel Poirot, 24 Jun 2004: 2779 * Patch by Daniel Poirot, 24 Jun 2004:
2777 Add support for Wind River's sbc8240 board 2780 Add support for Wind River's sbc8240 board
2778 2781
2779 * Patches by Yasushi Shoji, 26 Jun 2004: 2782 * Patches by Yasushi Shoji, 26 Jun 2004:
2780 - drivers/serial_xuartlite.c: fix "return 0" in void function 2783 - drivers/serial_xuartlite.c: fix "return 0" in void function
2781 - add microblaze support to mkimage tool 2784 - add microblaze support to mkimage tool
2782 2785
2783 * Patch by Fred Klatt, 25 Jun 2004: 2786 * Patch by Fred Klatt, 25 Jun 2004:
2784 Add support for WindRiver's sbc8560 board 2787 Add support for WindRiver's sbc8560 board
2785 2788
2786 * Patch by Nicolas Lacressonniere, 24 Jun 2004 2789 * Patch by Nicolas Lacressonniere, 24 Jun 2004
2787 Small Bugs fixes for "at91rm9200dk" board: 2790 Small Bugs fixes for "at91rm9200dk" board:
2788 - Timing modifications for SPI DataFlash access 2791 - Timing modifications for SPI DataFlash access
2789 - Fix NAND flash detection bug 2792 - Fix NAND flash detection bug
2790 2793
2791 * Patch by Nicolas Lacressonniere, 24 Jun 2004: 2794 * Patch by Nicolas Lacressonniere, 24 Jun 2004:
2792 Add Support for Flash AT49BV6416 for AT91RM9200DK board 2795 Add Support for Flash AT49BV6416 for AT91RM9200DK board
2793 2796
2794 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 17 June 2004: 2797 * Patch by Jon Loeliger, 17 June 2004:
2795 Completion of the 8540ADS/8560ADS updates: 2798 Completion of the 8540ADS/8560ADS updates:
2796 Fix some PCI and Rapid I/O memory maps, 2799 Fix some PCI and Rapid I/O memory maps,
2797 Initialize both TSEC 1 and 2, 2800 Initialize both TSEC 1 and 2,
2798 Initialize SDRAM 2801 Initialize SDRAM
2799 Update MAINTAINER for 85xx boards and README.mpc85xxads 2802 Update MAINTAINER for 85xx boards and README.mpc85xxads
2800 2803
2801 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 16 Jun 2004: 2804 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 16 Jun 2004:
2802 Remove obsolete AdderII port which was superseded by unified 2805 Remove obsolete AdderII port which was superseded by unified
2803 AdderII/Adder87x port 2806 AdderII/Adder87x port
2804 2807
2805 * Patch by Ladislav Michl, 16 Jun 2004: 2808 * Patch by Ladislav Michl, 16 Jun 2004:
2806 Fix gcc-3.3.3 warnings for smc91111.c 2809 Fix gcc-3.3.3 warnings for smc91111.c
2807 2810
2808 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 02 Jul 2004: 2811 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 02 Jul 2004:
2809 - Fix bug in 405 ethernet driver; allocated data not cleared! 2812 - Fix bug in 405 ethernet driver; allocated data not cleared!
2810 - Fix problem in 405 i2c driver; don't try to print without console! 2813 - Fix problem in 405 i2c driver; don't try to print without console!
2811 2814
2812 * Patch by Paul Ruhland, 11 Jun 2004: 2815 * Patch by Paul Ruhland, 11 Jun 2004:
2813 Remove debug code from 'board/lpd7a40x/flash.c' 2816 Remove debug code from 'board/lpd7a40x/flash.c'
2814 2817
2815 * Patch by Andrea Marson, 11 Jun 2004: 2818 * Patch by Andrea Marson, 11 Jun 2004:
2816 Update for PPChameleon board: 2819 Update for PPChameleon board:
2817 - support for SysClk @ 25MHz 2820 - support for SysClk @ 25MHz
2818 - support for Silicon Motion SM712 VGA controller 2821 - support for Silicon Motion SM712 VGA controller
2819 - some clean ups 2822 - some clean ups
2820 2823
2821 * Patches by Richard Woodruff, 10 Jun 2004: 2824 * Patches by Richard Woodruff, 10 Jun 2004:
2822 - fix problems with examples/stubs.c for GCC >= 3.4 2825 - fix problems with examples/stubs.c for GCC >= 3.4
2823 - fix problems with gd initialization 2826 - fix problems with gd initialization
2824 2827
2825 * Patch by Curt Brune, 17 May 2004: 2828 * Patch by Curt Brune, 17 May 2004:
2826 - Add support for Samsung S3C4510B CPU (ARM7tdmi based SoC) 2829 - Add support for Samsung S3C4510B CPU (ARM7tdmi based SoC)
2827 - Add support for ESPD-Inc. EVB4510 Board 2830 - Add support for ESPD-Inc. EVB4510 Board
2828 2831
2829 * Patch by Marc Leeman, 11 May 2004: 2832 * Patch by Marc Leeman, 11 May 2004:
2830 Fix for MPC8245 - reading PPC Memory from another device with the 2833 Fix for MPC8245 - reading PPC Memory from another device with the
2831 PPC as PCI target device corrupts data due to interenal hardware 2834 PPC as PCI target device corrupts data due to interenal hardware
2832 buffering. 2835 buffering.
2833 2836
2834 * Fix "cls" command when used with splash screen 2837 * Fix "cls" command when used with splash screen
2835 2838
2836 * Increase NFS download timeout (now 1 min - 10 sec is to short for a 2839 * Increase NFS download timeout (now 1 min - 10 sec is to short for a
2837 slow download of a big image) 2840 slow download of a big image)
2838 2841
2839 * Add "cls" function to MPC823 LCD driver so we can reinitialize the 2842 * Add "cls" function to MPC823 LCD driver so we can reinitialize the
2840 display even after showing a bitmap 2843 display even after showing a bitmap
2841 2844
2842 * Patch by Josef Wagner, 04 Jun 2004: 2845 * Patch by Josef Wagner, 04 Jun 2004:
2843 - DDR Ram support for PM520 (MPC5200) 2846 - DDR Ram support for PM520 (MPC5200)
2844 - support for different flash types (PM520) 2847 - support for different flash types (PM520)
2845 - USB / IDE / CF-Card / DiskOnChip support for PM520 2848 - USB / IDE / CF-Card / DiskOnChip support for PM520
2846 - 8 bit boot rom support for PM520/CE520 2849 - 8 bit boot rom support for PM520/CE520
2847 - Add auto SDRAM module detection for MicroSys CPC45 board (MPC8245) 2850 - Add auto SDRAM module detection for MicroSys CPC45 board (MPC8245)
2848 - I2C and RTC support for CPC45 2851 - I2C and RTC support for CPC45
2849 - support of new flash type (28F160C3T) for CPC45 2852 - support of new flash type (28F160C3T) for CPC45
2850 2853
2851 * Fix flash parameters passed to Linux for PPChameleon board 2854 * Fix flash parameters passed to Linux for PPChameleon board
2852 2855
2853 * Remove eth_init() from lib_arm/board.c; it's done in net.net.c. 2856 * Remove eth_init() from lib_arm/board.c; it's done in net.net.c.
2854 2857
2855 * Patch by Paul Ruhland, 10 Jun 2004: 2858 * Patch by Paul Ruhland, 10 Jun 2004:
2856 fix support for Logic SDK-LH7A404 board and clean up the 2859 fix support for Logic SDK-LH7A404 board and clean up the
2857 LH7A404 register macros. 2860 LH7A404 register macros.
2858 2861
2859 * Patch by Matthew McClintock, 10 Jun 2004: 2862 * Patch by Matthew McClintock, 10 Jun 2004:
2860 Modify code to select correct serial clock on Sandpoint8245 2863 Modify code to select correct serial clock on Sandpoint8245
2861 2864
2862 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 10 Jun 2004: 2865 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 10 Jun 2004:
2863 Add support for Intel K3 strata flash. 2866 Add support for Intel K3 strata flash.
2864 2867
2865 * Patch by Thomas Brand, 10 Jun 2004: 2868 * Patch by Thomas Brand, 10 Jun 2004:
2866 Fix "loads" command on DK1S10 board 2869 Fix "loads" command on DK1S10 board
2867 2870
2868 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 09 Jun 2004: 2871 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 09 Jun 2004:
2869 Add support for 8MB flash SIMM and JFFS2 file system on 2872 Add support for 8MB flash SIMM and JFFS2 file system on
2870 Motorola FADS board and its derivatives (MPC86xADS, MPC885ADS). 2873 Motorola FADS board and its derivatives (MPC86xADS, MPC885ADS).
2871 2874
2872 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 09 Jun 2004: 2875 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 09 Jun 2004:
2873 Add support for Analogue&Micro Adder87x and the older AdderII board. 2876 Add support for Analogue&Micro Adder87x and the older AdderII board.
2874 2877
2875 * Patch by Ming-Len Wu, 09 Jun 2004: 2878 * Patch by Ming-Len Wu, 09 Jun 2004:
2876 Add suppport for MC9328 (Dargonball) CPU and Motorola MX1ADS board 2879 Add suppport for MC9328 (Dargonball) CPU and Motorola MX1ADS board
2877 2880
2878 * Patch by Sam Song, 09 Jun 2004: 2881 * Patch by Sam Song, 09 Jun 2004:
2879 - Add support for RPXlite_DW board 2882 - Add support for RPXlite_DW board
2880 - Update FLASH driver for 4*AM29DL323DB90VI 2883 - Update FLASH driver for 4*AM29DL323DB90VI
2881 - Add option configuration of CFG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM on RPXlite_DW board 2884 - Add option configuration of CFG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM on RPXlite_DW board
2882 2885
2883 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 08 June 2004: 2886 * Patch by Mark Jonas, 08 June 2004:
2884 - Make MPC5200 boards evaluate the SVR to print processor name and 2887 - Make MPC5200 boards evaluate the SVR to print processor name and
2885 version in checkcpu() (cpu/mpc5xxx/cpu.c). 2888 version in checkcpu() (cpu/mpc5xxx/cpu.c).
2886 2889
2887 * Patch by Kai-Uwe Bloem, 06 May 2004: 2890 * Patch by Kai-Uwe Bloem, 06 May 2004:
2888 Fix endianess problem in cramfs code 2891 Fix endianess problem in cramfs code
2889 2892
2890 * Patch by Tom Armistead, 04 Jun 2004: 2893 * Patch by Tom Armistead, 04 Jun 2004:
2891 Add support for MAX6900 RTC 2894 Add support for MAX6900 RTC
2892 2895
2893 * Patches by Ladislav Michl, 03 Jun 2004: 2896 * Patches by Ladislav Michl, 03 Jun 2004:
2894 - fix cfi_flash.c on LE systems 2897 - fix cfi_flash.c on LE systems
2895 - let 'make mrproper' delete u-boot.img as well 2898 - let 'make mrproper' delete u-boot.img as well
2896 - turn printf into debug in cfi_flash.c 2899 - turn printf into debug in cfi_flash.c
2897 2900
2898 * Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 28 May 2004: 2901 * Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 28 May 2004:
2899 Add support for Exys XSEngine board 2902 Add support for Exys XSEngine board
2900 2903
2901 * Patch by Martin Krause, 27 May 2004: 2904 * Patch by Martin Krause, 27 May 2004:
2902 Fix a MPC5xxx I2C timing issue in i2c_probe(). 2905 Fix a MPC5xxx I2C timing issue in i2c_probe().
2903 2906
2904 * Patch by Leif Lindholm, 27 May 2004: 2907 * Patch by Leif Lindholm, 27 May 2004:
2905 Fix board_init_f() for dbau1x00 board. 2908 Fix board_init_f() for dbau1x00 board.
2906 2909
2907 * Patch by Imre Deak, 26 May 2004: 2910 * Patch by Imre Deak, 26 May 2004:
2908 On OMAP1610 platforms check if booting from RAM(CS0) or flash(CS3). 2911 On OMAP1610 platforms check if booting from RAM(CS0) or flash(CS3).
2909 Set flash base accordingly, and decide whether to do or skip board 2912 Set flash base accordingly, and decide whether to do or skip board
2910 specific setup steps. 2913 specific setup steps.
2911 2914
2912 * Patch by Josef Baumgartner, 26 May 2004: 2915 * Patch by Josef Baumgartner, 26 May 2004:
2913 Add missing define in include/asm-m68k/global_data.h 2916 Add missing define in include/asm-m68k/global_data.h
2914 2917
2915 * Patch by Josef Baumgartner, 25 May 2004: 2918 * Patch by Josef Baumgartner, 25 May 2004:
2916 Add missing functions get_ticks() and get_tbclk() in lib_m68k/time.c 2919 Add missing functions get_ticks() and get_tbclk() in lib_m68k/time.c
2917 2920
2918 * Patch by Paul Ruhland, 24 May 2004: 2921 * Patch by Paul Ruhland, 24 May 2004:
2919 fix SDRAM initialization for LPD7A400 board. 2922 fix SDRAM initialization for LPD7A400 board.
2920 2923
2921 * Patch by Jian Zhang, 20 May 2004: 2924 * Patch by Jian Zhang, 20 May 2004:
2922 add support for environment in NAND flash 2925 add support for environment in NAND flash
2923 2926
2924 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 20 May 2004: 2927 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 20 May 2004:
2925 Add support for Interphase iSPAN boards. 2928 Add support for Interphase iSPAN boards.
2926 2929
2927 * Patches by Paul Ruhland, 17 May 2004: 2930 * Patches by Paul Ruhland, 17 May 2004:
2928 - Add I/O functions to the smc91111 ethernet driver to support the 2931 - Add I/O functions to the smc91111 ethernet driver to support the
2929 Logic LPD7A40x boards. 2932 Logic LPD7A40x boards.
2930 - Add support for the Logic Zoom LH7A40x based SDK board(s), 2933 - Add support for the Logic Zoom LH7A40x based SDK board(s),
2931 specifically the LPD7A400. 2934 specifically the LPD7A400.
2932 2935
2933 * Patches by Robert Schwebel, 15 May 2004: 2936 * Patches by Robert Schwebel, 15 May 2004:
2934 - call MAC address reading code also for SMSC91C111; 2937 - call MAC address reading code also for SMSC91C111;
2935 - make SMSC91C111 timeout configurable, remove duplicate code 2938 - make SMSC91C111 timeout configurable, remove duplicate code
2936 - fix get_timer() for PXA 2939 - fix get_timer() for PXA
2937 - update doc/README.JFFS2 2940 - update doc/README.JFFS2
2938 - use "bootfile" env variable also for jffs2 2941 - use "bootfile" env variable also for jffs2
2939 2942
2940 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 14 May 2004: 2943 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 14 May 2004:
2941 Add support for Cogent CSB472 board (8MB Flash Rev) 2944 Add support for Cogent CSB472 board (8MB Flash Rev)
2942 2945
2943 * Patch by Thomas Viehweger, 14 May 2004: 2946 * Patch by Thomas Viehweger, 14 May 2004:
2944 - flash.h: more flash types added 2947 - flash.h: more flash types added
2945 - immap_8260.h: some bits added (useful for RMII) 2948 - immap_8260.h: some bits added (useful for RMII)
2946 - cmd_coninfo.c: typo corrected, printf -> puts 2949 - cmd_coninfo.c: typo corrected, printf -> puts
2947 - reduced size by replacing spaces with tab 2950 - reduced size by replacing spaces with tab
2948 2951
2949 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 13 May 2004: 2952 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 13 May 2004:
2950 Add 'imgextract' command: extract one part of a multi file image. 2953 Add 'imgextract' command: extract one part of a multi file image.
2951 2954
2952 * Patches by Jon Loeliger, 11 May 2004: 2955 * Patches by Jon Loeliger, 11 May 2004:
2953 Dynamically handle REV1 and REV2 MPC85xx parts. 2956 Dynamically handle REV1 and REV2 MPC85xx parts.
2954 (Jon Loeliger, 10-May-2004). 2957 (Jon Loeliger, 10-May-2004).
2955 New consistent memory map and Local Access Window across MPC85xx line. 2958 New consistent memory map and Local Access Window across MPC85xx line.
2956 New CCSRBAR at 0xE000_0000 now. 2959 New CCSRBAR at 0xE000_0000 now.
2957 Add RAPID I/O memory map. 2960 Add RAPID I/O memory map.
2958 New memory map in README.MPC85xxads 2961 New memory map in README.MPC85xxads
2959 (Kumar Gala, 10-May-2004) 2962 (Kumar Gala, 10-May-2004)
2960 Better board and CPU identification on MPC85xx boards at boot. 2963 Better board and CPU identification on MPC85xx boards at boot.
2961 (Jon Loeliger, 10-May-2004) 2964 (Jon Loeliger, 10-May-2004)
2962 SDRAM clock control fixes on MPC8540ADS & MPC8560 boards. 2965 SDRAM clock control fixes on MPC8540ADS & MPC8560 boards.
2963 Some configuration options for MPC8540ADS & MPC8560ADS cleaned up. 2966 Some configuration options for MPC8540ADS & MPC8560ADS cleaned up.
2964 (Jim Robertson, 10-May-2004) 2967 (Jim Robertson, 10-May-2004)
2965 Rewrite of the MPC85xx Three Speed Ethernet Controller (TSEC) driver. 2968 Rewrite of the MPC85xx Three Speed Ethernet Controller (TSEC) driver.
2966 Supports multiple PHYs. 2969 Supports multiple PHYs.
2967 (Andy Fleming, 10-May-2004) 2970 (Andy Fleming, 10-May-2004)
2968 Some README.MPC85xxads updates. 2971 Some README.MPC85xxads updates.
2969 (Kumar Gala, 10-May-2004) 2972 (Kumar Gala, 10-May-2004)
2970 Copyright updates for "Freescale" 2973 Copyright updates for "Freescale"
2971 (Andy Fleming, 10-May-2004) 2974 (Andy Fleming, 10-May-2004)
2972 2975
2973 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 11 May 2004: 2976 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 11 May 2004:
2974 Add flash support for ST M29W040B 2977 Add flash support for ST M29W040B
2975 Reduce JSE specific flash.c to remove dead code. 2978 Reduce JSE specific flash.c to remove dead code.
2976 2979
2977 * Patch by Markus Pietrek, 04 May 2004: 2980 * Patch by Markus Pietrek, 04 May 2004:
2978 Fix clear_bss code for ARM systems (all except s3c44b0 which 2981 Fix clear_bss code for ARM systems (all except s3c44b0 which
2979 doesn't clear BSS at all?) 2982 doesn't clear BSS at all?)
2980 2983
2981 * Fix "ping" problem on INC-IP board. Strange problem: 2984 * Fix "ping" problem on INC-IP board. Strange problem:
2982 Sometimes the store word instruction hangs while writing to one of 2985 Sometimes the store word instruction hangs while writing to one of
2983 the Switch registers, but only if the next instruction is 16-byte 2986 the Switch registers, but only if the next instruction is 16-byte
2984 aligned. Moving the instruction into a separate function somehow 2987 aligned. Moving the instruction into a separate function somehow
2985 makes the problem go away. 2988 makes the problem go away.
2986 2989
2987 * Patch by Rishi Bhattacharya, 08 May 2004: 2990 * Patch by Rishi Bhattacharya, 08 May 2004:
2988 Add support for TI OMAP5912 OSK Board 2991 Add support for TI OMAP5912 OSK Board
2989 2992
2990 * Patch by Sam Song May, 07 May 2004: 2993 * Patch by Sam Song May, 07 May 2004:
2991 Fix typo of UPM table for rmu board 2994 Fix typo of UPM table for rmu board
2992 2995
2993 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 05 May 2004: 2996 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 05 May 2004:
2994 - Intracom board update. 2997 - Intracom board update.
2995 - Add Codec POST. 2998 - Add Codec POST.
2996 2999
2997 * Add support for the second Ethernet interface for the 'PPChameleon' 3000 * Add support for the second Ethernet interface for the 'PPChameleon'
2998 board. 3001 board.
2999 3002
3000 * Patch by Dave Peverley, 30 Apr 2004: 3003 * Patch by Dave Peverley, 30 Apr 2004:
3001 Add support for OMAP730 Perseus2 Development board 3004 Add support for OMAP730 Perseus2 Development board
3002 3005
3003 * Patch by Alan J. Luse, 29 Apr 2004: 3006 * Patch by Alan J. Luse, 29 Apr 2004:
3004 Fix flash chip-select (OR0) option register setting on FADS boards. 3007 Fix flash chip-select (OR0) option register setting on FADS boards.
3005 3008
3006 * Patch by Alan J. Luse, 29 Apr 2004: 3009 * Patch by Alan J. Luse, 29 Apr 2004:
3007 Report MII network speed and duplex setting properly when 3010 Report MII network speed and duplex setting properly when
3008 auto-negotiate is not enabled. 3011 auto-negotiate is not enabled.
3009 3012
3010 * Patch by Jarrett Redd, 29 Apr 2004: 3013 * Patch by Jarrett Redd, 29 Apr 2004:
3011 Fix hang on reset on Ocotea board due to flash in wrong mode. 3014 Fix hang on reset on Ocotea board due to flash in wrong mode.
3012 3015
3013 * Patch by Dave Peverley, 29 Apr 2004: 3016 * Patch by Dave Peverley, 29 Apr 2004:
3014 add MAC address detection to smc91111 driver 3017 add MAC address detection to smc91111 driver
3015 3018
3016 * Patch by David Müller, 28 Apr 2004: 3019 * Patch by David Müller, 28 Apr 2004:
3017 fix typo in lib_arm/board.c 3020 fix typo in lib_arm/board.c
3018 3021
3019 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 20 Apr 2004: 3022 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 20 Apr 2004:
3020 - README update: add CONFIG_CSB272 and csb272_config 3023 - README update: add CONFIG_CSB272 and csb272_config
3021 - add descriptions for some MII/PHY options, CONFIG_I2CFAST, and 3024 - add descriptions for some MII/PHY options, CONFIG_I2CFAST, and
3022 i2cfast environment variable 3025 i2cfast environment variable
3023 3026
3024 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 19 Apr 2004: 3027 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 19 Apr 2004:
3025 - Rename DUET_ADS to MPC885ADS 3028 - Rename DUET_ADS to MPC885ADS
3026 - Rename CONFIG_DUET to CONFIG_MPC885_FAMILY 3029 - Rename CONFIG_DUET to CONFIG_MPC885_FAMILY
3027 - Rename CONFIG_866_et_al to CONFIG_MPC866_FAMILY 3030 - Rename CONFIG_866_et_al to CONFIG_MPC866_FAMILY
3028 - Clean up FADS family port to use the new defines 3031 - Clean up FADS family port to use the new defines
3029 3032
3030 * Fix PCI support on CPC45 board 3033 * Fix PCI support on CPC45 board
3031 3034
3032 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 25 Apr 2004: 3035 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 25 Apr 2004:
3033 Add Nios GDB/JTAG Console support: 3036 Add Nios GDB/JTAG Console support:
3034 - Add stubs to support gdb via JTAG. 3037 - Add stubs to support gdb via JTAG.
3035 - Add support for console over JTAG. 3038 - Add support for console over JTAG.
3036 - Minor cleanup. 3039 - Minor cleanup.
3037 3040
3038 * Add support for CATcenter board (based on PPChameleon ME module) 3041 * Add support for CATcenter board (based on PPChameleon ME module)
3039 3042
3040 * Patch by Klaus Heydeck, 12 May 2004: 3043 * Patch by Klaus Heydeck, 12 May 2004:
3041 Using external watchdog for KUP4 boards in mpc8xx/cpu.c; 3044 Using external watchdog for KUP4 boards in mpc8xx/cpu.c;
3042 load_sernum_ethaddr() for KUP4 boards in lib_ppc/board.c; 3045 load_sernum_ethaddr() for KUP4 boards in lib_ppc/board.c;
3043 various changes to KUP4 board specific files 3046 various changes to KUP4 board specific files
3044 3047
3045 * Fix minor network problem on MPC5200: need some delay between 3048 * Fix minor network problem on MPC5200: need some delay between
3046 resetting the PHY and sending the first packet. Implemented in a 3049 resetting the PHY and sending the first packet. Implemented in a
3047 "natural" way by invoking the PHY reset and initialization code 3050 "natural" way by invoking the PHY reset and initialization code
3048 only once after power on vs. each time the interface is brought up. 3051 only once after power on vs. each time the interface is brought up.
3049 3052
3050 * Add some limited support for low-speed devices to SL811 USB controller 3053 * Add some limited support for low-speed devices to SL811 USB controller
3051 (at least "usb reset" now passes successfully and "usb info" displays 3054 (at least "usb reset" now passes successfully and "usb info" displays
3052 correct information) 3055 correct information)
3053 3056
3054 * Change init sequence for multiple network interfaces: initialize 3057 * Change init sequence for multiple network interfaces: initialize
3055 on-chip interfaces before external cards. 3058 on-chip interfaces before external cards.
3056 3059
3057 * Fix memory leak in the NAND-specific JFFS2 code 3060 * Fix memory leak in the NAND-specific JFFS2 code
3058 3061
3059 * Fix SL811 USB controller when attached to a USB hub 3062 * Fix SL811 USB controller when attached to a USB hub
3060 3063
3061 * Fix config option spelling in PM520 config file 3064 * Fix config option spelling in PM520 config file
3062 3065
3063 * Fix PHY discovery problem in cpu/mpc8xx/fec.c (introduced by 3066 * Fix PHY discovery problem in cpu/mpc8xx/fec.c (introduced by
3064 patches by Pantelis Antoniou, 30 Mar 2004) 3067 patches by Pantelis Antoniou, 30 Mar 2004)
3065 3068
3066 * Fix minor NAND JFFS2 related issue 3069 * Fix minor NAND JFFS2 related issue
3067 3070
3068 * Fixes for SL811 USB controller: 3071 * Fixes for SL811 USB controller:
3069 - implement workaround for broken memory stick 3072 - implement workaround for broken memory stick
3070 - improve error handling 3073 - improve error handling
3071 3074
3072 * Increase packet send timeout to 1 ms in cpu/mpc8xx/scc.c to better 3075 * Increase packet send timeout to 1 ms in cpu/mpc8xx/scc.c to better
3073 cope with congested networks. 3076 cope with congested networks.
3074 3077
3075 ====================================================================== 3078 ======================================================================
3076 Changes for U-Boot 1.1.1: 3079 Changes for U-Boot 1.1.1:
3077 ====================================================================== 3080 ======================================================================
3078 3081
3079 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 23 Apr 2004: 3082 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 23 Apr 2004:
3080 Fix VSC/CIS 8201 phy descrambler interoperability timing due to 3083 Fix VSC/CIS 8201 phy descrambler interoperability timing due to
3081 errata from Vitesse Semiconductor. 3084 errata from Vitesse Semiconductor.
3082 3085
3083 * Patch by Philippe Robin, 22 Apr 2004: 3086 * Patch by Philippe Robin, 22 Apr 2004:
3084 Fix ethernet configuration for "versatile" board 3087 Fix ethernet configuration for "versatile" board
3085 3088
3086 * Patch by Kshitij Gupta, 21 Apr 2004: 3089 * Patch by Kshitij Gupta, 21 Apr 2004:
3087 Remove busy loop and use MPU timer fr usleep() on OMAP1510/1610 boards 3090 Remove busy loop and use MPU timer fr usleep() on OMAP1510/1610 boards
3088 3091
3089 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 24 Feb 2004: 3092 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 24 Feb 2004:
3090 Fix a bug in AT91RM9200 ethernet driver: 3093 Fix a bug in AT91RM9200 ethernet driver:
3091 The MII interface is now initialized before accessing the PHY. 3094 The MII interface is now initialized before accessing the PHY.
3092 3095
3093 * Patch by John Kerl, 19 Apr 2004: 3096 * Patch by John Kerl, 19 Apr 2004:
3094 Use U-boot's miiphy.h for PHY register names, rather than 3097 Use U-boot's miiphy.h for PHY register names, rather than
3095 introducing a new header file. 3098 introducing a new header file.
3096 3099
3097 * Update pci_ids.h from linux-2.4.26 3100 * Update pci_ids.h from linux-2.4.26
3098 3101
3099 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 19 Apr 2004: 3102 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 19 Apr 2004:
3100 Fix problem cause by VLAN function on little endian architecture 3103 Fix problem cause by VLAN function on little endian architecture
3101 without VLAN environment 3104 without VLAN environment
3102 3105
3103 * Clean up the TQM8xx_YYMHz configurations; allow to use the same 3106 * Clean up the TQM8xx_YYMHz configurations; allow to use the same
3104 binary image for all clock frequencies. Implement run-time 3107 binary image for all clock frequencies. Implement run-time
3105 optimization of flash access timing based on the actual bus 3108 optimization of flash access timing based on the actual bus
3106 frequency. 3109 frequency.
3107 3110
3108 * Modify KUP4X board configuration to use SL811 driver for USB memory 3111 * Modify KUP4X board configuration to use SL811 driver for USB memory
3109 sticks (including FAT / VFAT filesystem support) 3112 sticks (including FAT / VFAT filesystem support)
3110 3113
3111 * Add SL811 Host Controller Interface driver for USB 3114 * Add SL811 Host Controller Interface driver for USB
3112 3115
3113 * Add CFG_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW desription to README 3116 * Add CFG_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW desription to README
3114 3117
3115 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 19 Apr 2004: 3118 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 19 Apr 2004:
3116 Allow to use shell style syntax (i. e. ${var} ) with standard parser. 3119 Allow to use shell style syntax (i. e. ${var} ) with standard parser.
3117 Minor patches for Intracom boards. 3120 Minor patches for Intracom boards.
3118 3121
3119 * Patch by Christian Pell, 19 Apr 2004: 3122 * Patch by Christian Pell, 19 Apr 2004:
3120 cleanup support for CF/IDE on PCMCIA for PXA25X 3123 cleanup support for CF/IDE on PCMCIA for PXA25X
3121 3124
3122 * Temporarily disabled John Kerl's extended MII command code because 3125 * Temporarily disabled John Kerl's extended MII command code because
3123 "miivals.h" is missing 3126 "miivals.h" is missing
3124 3127
3125 * Patches by Mark Jonas, 13 Apr 2004: 3128 * Patches by Mark Jonas, 13 Apr 2004:
3126 - Remove CS0 chip select timing setting from cpu/mpc5xxx/start.S 3129 - Remove CS0 chip select timing setting from cpu/mpc5xxx/start.S
3127 - Add sync instructions to IceCube SDRAM init code 3130 - Add sync instructions to IceCube SDRAM init code
3128 - Move SDRAM chip constants into seperate include files 3131 - Move SDRAM chip constants into seperate include files
3129 - Unify DDR and SDR initialization code 3132 - Unify DDR and SDR initialization code
3130 - Unify all IceCube (Lite5xxx) target names 3133 - Unify all IceCube (Lite5xxx) target names
3131 3134
3132 * Patch by John Kerl, 16 Apr 2004: 3135 * Patch by John Kerl, 16 Apr 2004:
3133 Enable ranges in mii command, e.g. mii read 0-1f 0 or 3136 Enable ranges in mii command, e.g. mii read 0-1f 0 or
3134 mii read 4-7 18-1a. Also add mii dump subcommand for 3137 mii read 4-7 18-1a. Also add mii dump subcommand for
3135 pretty-printing standard regs 0-5. 3138 pretty-printing standard regs 0-5.
3136 3139
3137 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 16 April 2004: 3140 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 16 April 2004:
3138 fix typo in JSE.h; update MAINTAINERS 3141 fix typo in JSE.h; update MAINTAINERS
3139 3142
3140 * Patch by Matthew S. McClintock, 14 Apr 2004: 3143 * Patch by Matthew S. McClintock, 14 Apr 2004:
3141 fix initdram function for utx8245 board 3144 fix initdram function for utx8245 board
3142 3145
3143 * Patch by Markus Pietrek, 14 Apr 2004: 3146 * Patch by Markus Pietrek, 14 Apr 2004:
3144 use ATAG_INITRD2 instead of deprecated ATAG_INITRD tag 3147 use ATAG_INITRD2 instead of deprecated ATAG_INITRD tag
3145 3148
3146 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 18 Apr 2004: 3149 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 18 Apr 2004:
3147 provide the IDE Reset Function for EMK 5200 boards 3150 provide the IDE Reset Function for EMK 5200 boards
3148 3151
3149 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 12 Apr 2004: 3152 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 12 Apr 2004:
3150 fix pci_hose_write_config_{byte,word}_via_dword problems 3153 fix pci_hose_write_config_{byte,word}_via_dword problems
3151 3154
3152 * Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 12 Apr 2004: 3155 * Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 12 Apr 2004:
3153 Update max RAM size for debris board 3156 Update max RAM size for debris board
3154 3157
3155 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 08 Apr 2004: 3158 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 08 Apr 2004:
3156 Add TLB entry for second DIMM slot on ocotea 3159 Add TLB entry for second DIMM slot on ocotea
3157 3160
3158 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 08 Apr 2004: 3161 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 08 Apr 2004:
3159 add RTL8169 network driver 3162 add RTL8169 network driver
3160 3163
3161 * Patch by Dan Malek, 07 Apr 2004: 3164 * Patch by Dan Malek, 07 Apr 2004:
3162 - Add support for RPC/STx GP3, Motorola 8560 board 3165 - Add support for RPC/STx GP3, Motorola 8560 board
3163 - Update 85xx TSEC driver so it searches MII for first available PHY 3166 - Update 85xx TSEC driver so it searches MII for first available PHY
3164 and uses that one. 3167 and uses that one.
3165 - Add functions to support console MII commands. 3168 - Add functions to support console MII commands.
3166 3169
3167 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 07 Apr 2004: 3170 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 07 Apr 2004:
3168 Move initialization of bi_iic_fast[] 3171 Move initialization of bi_iic_fast[]
3169 from board_init_f() to board_init_r() 3172 from board_init_f() to board_init_r()
3170 3173
3171 * Patch by Yasushi Shoji, 07 Apr 2004: 3174 * Patch by Yasushi Shoji, 07 Apr 2004:
3172 Cleanup microblaze port 3175 Cleanup microblaze port
3173 3176
3174 * Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 07 Apr 2004: 3177 * Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 07 Apr 2004:
3175 Add auto SDRAM module detection for Debris board 3178 Add auto SDRAM module detection for Debris board
3176 3179
3177 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 06 Apr 2004: 3180 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 06 Apr 2004:
3178 - Fix some PCI problems on the MPC8266ADS board 3181 - Fix some PCI problems on the MPC8266ADS board
3179 - Fix the location of some PCI entries in the immap structure 3182 - Fix the location of some PCI entries in the immap structure
3180 3183
3181 * Patch by Yasushi Shoji, 07 Apr 2004: 3184 * Patch by Yasushi Shoji, 07 Apr 2004:
3182 - add support for microblaze processors 3185 - add support for microblaze processors
3183 - add support for AtmarkTechno "suzaku" board 3186 - add support for AtmarkTechno "suzaku" board
3184 3187
3185 * Configure PPChameleon board to use redundand environment in flash 3188 * Configure PPChameleon board to use redundand environment in flash
3186 3189
3187 * Configure PPChameleon board to use JFFS2 NAND support. 3190 * Configure PPChameleon board to use JFFS2 NAND support.
3188 3191
3189 * Added support for JFFS2 filesystem (read-only) on top of NAND flash 3192 * Added support for JFFS2 filesystem (read-only) on top of NAND flash
3190 3193
3191 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 16 Apr 2004: 3194 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 16 Apr 2004:
3192 LBA48 fixes 3195 LBA48 fixes
3193 3196
3194 * Patches by Pantelis Antoniou, 16 Apr 2004: 3197 * Patches by Pantelis Antoniou, 16 Apr 2004:
3195 - add support for a new version of an Intracom board and fix 3198 - add support for a new version of an Intracom board and fix
3196 various other things on others. 3199 various other things on others.
3197 - add verify support to the crc32 command (define 3200 - add verify support to the crc32 command (define
3198 CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY to enable it) 3201 CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY to enable it)
3199 - fix FEC driver for MPC8xx systems: 3202 - fix FEC driver for MPC8xx systems:
3200 1. fix compilation problems for boards that use dynamic 3203 1. fix compilation problems for boards that use dynamic
3201 allocation of DPRAM 3204 allocation of DPRAM
3202 2. shut down FEC after network transfers 3205 2. shut down FEC after network transfers
3203 - HUSH parser fixes: 3206 - HUSH parser fixes:
3204 1. A new test command was added. This is a simplified version of 3207 1. A new test command was added. This is a simplified version of
3205 the one in the bourne shell. 3208 the one in the bourne shell.
3206 2. A new exit command was added which terminates the current 3209 2. A new exit command was added which terminates the current
3207 executing script. 3210 executing script.
3208 3. Fixed handing of $? (exit code of last executed command) 3211 3. Fixed handing of $? (exit code of last executed command)
3209 - Fix some compile problems; 3212 - Fix some compile problems;
3210 add "once" functionality for the netretry variable 3213 add "once" functionality for the netretry variable
3211 3214
3212 * Patch by George G. Davis, 02 Apr 2004: 3215 * Patch by George G. Davis, 02 Apr 2004:
3213 add support for Intel Assabet board 3216 add support for Intel Assabet board
3214 3217
3215 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 01 Apr 2004: 3218 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 01 Apr 2004:
3216 Add support for Picture Elements JSE board 3219 Add support for Picture Elements JSE board
3217 3220
3218 * Patch by Christian Pell, 01 Apr 2004: 3221 * Patch by Christian Pell, 01 Apr 2004:
3219 Add CompactFlash support for PXA systems. 3222 Add CompactFlash support for PXA systems.
3220 3223
3221 * Patches by Pantelis Antoniou, 30 Mar 2004: 3224 * Patches by Pantelis Antoniou, 30 Mar 2004:
3222 - add auto-complete support to the U-Boot CLI 3225 - add auto-complete support to the U-Boot CLI
3223 - add support for NETTA and NETPHONE boards; fix NETVIA board 3226 - add support for NETTA and NETPHONE boards; fix NETVIA board
3224 - add support for the Epson 156x series of graphical displays 3227 - add support for the Epson 156x series of graphical displays
3225 (These displays are serial and not suitable for using a normal 3228 (These displays are serial and not suitable for using a normal
3226 framebuffer console on them) 3229 framebuffer console on them)
3227 - add infrastructure needed in order to POST any DSPs in a board 3230 - add infrastructure needed in order to POST any DSPs in a board
3228 - improve and fix various things in the MPC8xx FEC driver: 3231 - improve and fix various things in the MPC8xx FEC driver:
3229 1. The new 87x and 88x series of processors have two FECs, 3232 1. The new 87x and 88x series of processors have two FECs,
3230 and the new driver supports them both. 3233 and the new driver supports them both.
3231 2. Another change in the 87x/88x series is support for 3234 2. Another change in the 87x/88x series is support for
3232 the RMII (Reduced MII) interface. However numerous 3235 the RMII (Reduced MII) interface. However numerous
3233 changes are needed to make it work since the PHYs 3236 changes are needed to make it work since the PHYs
3234 are connected to the same lines. That means that 3237 are connected to the same lines. That means that
3235 you have to address them correctly over the MII 3238 you have to address them correctly over the MII
3236 interface. 3239 interface.
3237 3. We now correctly match the MII/RMII interface 3240 3. We now correctly match the MII/RMII interface
3238 configuration to what the PHY reports. 3241 configuration to what the PHY reports.
3239 - Fix problem when readingthe MII status register. Due to the 3242 - Fix problem when readingthe MII status register. Due to the
3240 internal design of many PHYs you have to read the register 3243 internal design of many PHYs you have to read the register
3241 twice. The problem is more apparent in 10Mbit mode. 3244 twice. The problem is more apparent in 10Mbit mode.
3242 - add new mode ".jffs2s" for reading from a NAND device: it just 3245 - add new mode ".jffs2s" for reading from a NAND device: it just
3243 skips over bad blocks. 3246 skips over bad blocks.
3244 - add networking support for VLANs (802.1q), and CDP (Cisco 3247 - add networking support for VLANs (802.1q), and CDP (Cisco
3245 Discovery Protocol) 3248 Discovery Protocol)
3246 - some minor patches / cleanup 3249 - some minor patches / cleanup
3247 3250
3248 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 28 Mar 2004: 3251 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 28 Mar 2004:
3249 - Add support for MPC8272 family including MPC8247/8248/8271/8272 3252 - Add support for MPC8272 family including MPC8247/8248/8271/8272
3250 - Add support for MPC8272ADS evaluation board (another flavour of MPC8260ADS) 3253 - Add support for MPC8272ADS evaluation board (another flavour of MPC8260ADS)
3251 - Change configuration method for MPC8260ADS family 3254 - Change configuration method for MPC8260ADS family
3252 3255
3253 * add startup code to clear the BSS of standalone applications 3256 * add startup code to clear the BSS of standalone applications
3254 3257
3255 * Fix if / elif handling bug in HUSH shell 3258 * Fix if / elif handling bug in HUSH shell
3256 3259
3257 ====================================================================== 3260 ======================================================================
3258 Changes for U-Boot 1.1.0: 3261 Changes for U-Boot 1.1.0:
3259 ====================================================================== 3262 ======================================================================
3260 3263
3261 * Patch by Mark Jonas: Remove config.tmp files only when 3264 * Patch by Mark Jonas: Remove config.tmp files only when
3262 unconfiguring the board 3265 unconfiguring the board
3263 3266
3264 * Adapt RMU board for bigger flash memory 3267 * Adapt RMU board for bigger flash memory
3265 3268
3266 * Patch by Klaus Heydeck, 13 Mar 2003: 3269 * Patch by Klaus Heydeck, 13 Mar 2003:
3267 Add support for KUP4X Board 3270 Add support for KUP4X Board
3268 3271
3269 * Patch by Pavel Bartusek, 21 Mar 2004 3272 * Patch by Pavel Bartusek, 21 Mar 2004
3270 Add Reiserfs support 3273 Add Reiserfs support
3271 3274
3272 * Patch by Hinko Kocevar, 20 Mar 2004 3275 * Patch by Hinko Kocevar, 20 Mar 2004
3273 - Add auto-release for SMSC LAN91c111 driver 3276 - Add auto-release for SMSC LAN91c111 driver
3274 - Add save/restore of PTR and PNR regs as suggested in datasheet 3277 - Add save/restore of PTR and PNR regs as suggested in datasheet
3275 3278
3276 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 19 March 2004 3279 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 19 March 2004
3277 Increase speed of sector reads from SystemACE, 3280 Increase speed of sector reads from SystemACE,
3278 shorten poll timeout and remove a useless reset 3281 shorten poll timeout and remove a useless reset
3279 3282
3280 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 19 Mar 2004: 3283 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 19 Mar 2004:
3281 Make GigE PHY 1000Mbps Speed/Duplex detection conditional 3284 Make GigE PHY 1000Mbps Speed/Duplex detection conditional
3282 (CONFIG_PHY_GIGE) 3285 (CONFIG_PHY_GIGE)
3283 3286
3284 * Patch by Brad Kemp, 18 Mar 2004: 3287 * Patch by Brad Kemp, 18 Mar 2004:
3285 prevent machine checks during a PCI scan 3288 prevent machine checks during a PCI scan
3286 3289
3287 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 18 Mar 2004: 3290 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 18 Mar 2004:
3288 Fix string cleaning in IDE identification 3291 Fix string cleaning in IDE identification
3289 3292
3290 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 18 Mar 2004: 3293 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 18 Mar 2004:
3291 - Unify video mode handling for Chips & Technologies 69000 Video 3294 - Unify video mode handling for Chips & Technologies 69000 Video
3292 chip and Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip 3295 chip and Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip
3293 - Add selection of the video output (CRT or LCD) via 'videoout' 3296 - Add selection of the video output (CRT or LCD) via 'videoout'
3294 environment variable for the Silicon Motion 3297 environment variable for the Silicon Motion
3295 - README update 3298 - README update
3296 3299
3297 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 18 Mar 2004: 3300 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 18 Mar 2004:
3298 include/common.h typo fix 3301 include/common.h typo fix
3299 3302
3300 * Patches by Tolunay Orkun, 17 Mar 2004: 3303 * Patches by Tolunay Orkun, 17 Mar 2004:
3301 - Add support for bd->bi_iic_fast[] initialization via environment 3304 - Add support for bd->bi_iic_fast[] initialization via environment
3302 variable "i2cfast" (CONFIG_I2CFAST) 3305 variable "i2cfast" (CONFIG_I2CFAST)
3303 - Add "i2cfast" u-boot environment variable support for csb272 3306 - Add "i2cfast" u-boot environment variable support for csb272
3304 3307
3305 * Patch by Carl Riechers, 17 Mar 2004: 3308 * Patch by Carl Riechers, 17 Mar 2004:
3306 Ignore '\0' characters in console input for use with telnet and 3309 Ignore '\0' characters in console input for use with telnet and
3307 telco pads. 3310 telco pads.
3308 3311
3309 * Patch by Leon Kukovec, 17 Mar 2004: 3312 * Patch by Leon Kukovec, 17 Mar 2004:
3310 typo fix for strswab prototype #ifdef 3313 typo fix for strswab prototype #ifdef
3311 3314
3312 * Patches by Thomas Viehweger, 16 Mar 2004: 3315 * Patches by Thomas Viehweger, 16 Mar 2004:
3313 - show PCI clock frequency on MPC8260 systems 3316 - show PCI clock frequency on MPC8260 systems
3314 - add FCC_PSMR_RMII flag for HiP7 processors 3317 - add FCC_PSMR_RMII flag for HiP7 processors
3315 - in do_jffs2_fsload(), take load address from load_addr if not set 3318 - in do_jffs2_fsload(), take load address from load_addr if not set
3316 explicit, update load_addr otherwise 3319 explicit, update load_addr otherwise
3317 - replaced printf by putc/puts when no formatting is needed 3320 - replaced printf by putc/puts when no formatting is needed
3318 (smaller code size, faster execution) 3321 (smaller code size, faster execution)
3319 3322
3320 * Patch by Phillippe Robin, 16 Mar 2004: 3323 * Patch by Phillippe Robin, 16 Mar 2004:
3321 avoid dereferencing NULL pointer in lib_arm/armlinux.c 3324 avoid dereferencing NULL pointer in lib_arm/armlinux.c
3322 3325
3323 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 15 Mar 2004: 3326 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 15 Mar 2004:
3324 Fix CONFIG_SERIAL_SOFTWARE_FIFO documentation 3327 Fix CONFIG_SERIAL_SOFTWARE_FIFO documentation
3325 3328
3326 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 15 Mar 2004: 3329 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 15 Mar 2004:
3327 Initialize bi_opbfreq to real OPB frequency via get_OPB_freq() 3330 Initialize bi_opbfreq to real OPB frequency via get_OPB_freq()
3328 3331
3329 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 15 Mar 2004: 3332 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 15 Mar 2004:
3330 Update CREDITS & MAINTAINERS files for PPC440GX & Ocotea port 3333 Update CREDITS & MAINTAINERS files for PPC440GX & Ocotea port
3331 3334
3332 * Add start-up delay to make sure power has stabilized before 3335 * Add start-up delay to make sure power has stabilized before
3333 attempting to switch on USB on SX1 board. 3336 attempting to switch on USB on SX1 board.
3334 3337
3335 * Patch by Josef Wagner, 18 Mar 2004: 3338 * Patch by Josef Wagner, 18 Mar 2004:
3336 - Add support for MicroSys XM250 board (PXA255) 3339 - Add support for MicroSys XM250 board (PXA255)
3337 - Add support for MicroSys PM828 board (MPC8280) 3340 - Add support for MicroSys PM828 board (MPC8280)
3338 - Add support for 32 MB Flash on PM825/826 3341 - Add support for 32 MB Flash on PM825/826
3339 - new SDRAM refresh rate for PM825/PM826 3342 - new SDRAM refresh rate for PM825/PM826
3340 - added support for MicroSys PM520 (MPC5200) 3343 - added support for MicroSys PM520 (MPC5200)
3341 - replaced Query by Identify command in CPU86/flash.c 3344 - replaced Query by Identify command in CPU86/flash.c
3342 to support 28F160F3B 3345 to support 28F160F3B
3343 3346
3344 * Fix wrap around problem with udelay() on ARM920T 3347 * Fix wrap around problem with udelay() on ARM920T
3345 3348
3346 * Add support for Macronix flash on TRAB board 3349 * Add support for Macronix flash on TRAB board
3347 3350
3348 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 15 Mar 2004: 3351 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 15 Mar 2004:
3349 Fix buffer overflow in IDE identification 3352 Fix buffer overflow in IDE identification
3350 3353
3351 * Fix power-off of LCD for out-of-band temperatures on LWMON board 3354 * Fix power-off of LCD for out-of-band temperatures on LWMON board
3352 3355
3353 * Remove redundand #define in IceCube.h 3356 * Remove redundand #define in IceCube.h
3354 3357
3355 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 27 Feb 2004: 3358 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 27 Feb 2004:
3356 - Adding get_ticks() and get_tbclk() for AT91RM9200 3359 - Adding get_ticks() and get_tbclk() for AT91RM9200
3357 - Many white space fixes in cpu/at91rm9200/interrupts.c 3360 - Many white space fixes in cpu/at91rm9200/interrupts.c
3358 3361
3359 * Patches by Steven Scholz, 20 Feb 2004: 3362 * Patches by Steven Scholz, 20 Feb 2004:
3360 some cleanup in AT91RM9200 related code 3363 some cleanup in AT91RM9200 related code
3361 3364
3362 * Patches by Travis Sawyer, 12 Mar 2004: 3365 * Patches by Travis Sawyer, 12 Mar 2004:
3363 - Fix Gigabit Ethernet support for 440GX 3366 - Fix Gigabit Ethernet support for 440GX
3364 - Add Gigabit Ethernet Support to MII PHY utilities 3367 - Add Gigabit Ethernet Support to MII PHY utilities
3365 3368
3366 * Patch by Brad Kemp, 12 Mar 2004: 3369 * Patch by Brad Kemp, 12 Mar 2004:
3367 Fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c: 3370 Fixes for drivers/cfi_flash.c:
3368 - Better support for x8/x16 implementations 3371 - Better support for x8/x16 implementations
3369 - Added failure for AMD chips attempting to use CFG_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE 3372 - Added failure for AMD chips attempting to use CFG_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
3370 - Added defines for AMD command and address constants 3373 - Added defines for AMD command and address constants
3371 3374
3372 * Patch by Leon Kukovec, 12 Mar 2004: 3375 * Patch by Leon Kukovec, 12 Mar 2004:
3373 Fix get_dentfromdir() to correctly handle deleted dentries 3376 Fix get_dentfromdir() to correctly handle deleted dentries
3374 3377
3375 * Patch by George G. Davis, 11 Mar 2004: 3378 * Patch by George G. Davis, 11 Mar 2004:
3376 Remove hard coded network settings in TI OMAP1610 H2 3379 Remove hard coded network settings in TI OMAP1610 H2
3377 default board config 3380 default board config
3378 3381
3379 * Patch by George G. Davis, 11 Mar 2004: 3382 * Patch by George G. Davis, 11 Mar 2004:
3380 add support for ADS GraphicsClient+ board. 3383 add support for ADS GraphicsClient+ board.
3381 3384
3382 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 11 Mar 2004: 3385 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 11 Mar 2004:
3383 - add bitmap command and splash screen support in cfb console 3386 - add bitmap command and splash screen support in cfb console
3384 - add [optional] origin in the bitmap display command 3387 - add [optional] origin in the bitmap display command
3385 3388
3386 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 11 Mar 2004: 3389 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 11 Mar 2004:
3387 Fix ocotea board early init interrupt setup. 3390 Fix ocotea board early init interrupt setup.
3388 3391
3389 * Patch by Thomas Viehweger, 11 Mar 2004: 3392 * Patch by Thomas Viehweger, 11 Mar 2004:
3390 Remove redundand code; add PCI-specific bits to include/mpc8260.h 3393 Remove redundand code; add PCI-specific bits to include/mpc8260.h
3391 3394
3392 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 09 Mar 2004 3395 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 09 Mar 2004
3393 - Add support for the SSV ADNP/ESC1 (Nios Softcore) 3396 - Add support for the SSV ADNP/ESC1 (Nios Softcore)
3394 3397
3395 * Patch by George G. Davis, 9 Mar 2004: 3398 * Patch by George G. Davis, 9 Mar 2004:
3396 fix recent build failure for SA1100 target 3399 fix recent build failure for SA1100 target
3397 3400
3398 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 09 Mar 2004: 3401 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 09 Mar 2004:
3399 Support native interrupt mode for the IBM440GX. 3402 Support native interrupt mode for the IBM440GX.
3400 Previously it was running in 440GP compatibility mode. 3403 Previously it was running in 440GP compatibility mode.
3401 3404
3402 * Patch by Philippe Robin, 09 Mar 2004: 3405 * Patch by Philippe Robin, 09 Mar 2004:
3403 Added ARM Integrator AP, CP and Versatile PB926EJ-S Reference 3406 Added ARM Integrator AP, CP and Versatile PB926EJ-S Reference
3404 Platform support. 3407 Platform support.
3405 3408
3406 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 08 Mar 2004: 3409 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 08 Mar 2004:
3407 Don't overwrite server IP address or boot file name 3410 Don't overwrite server IP address or boot file name
3408 when the boot server does not return values 3411 when the boot server does not return values
3409 3412
3410 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 5 Mar 2004: 3413 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 5 Mar 2004:
3411 Removed compile time restriction on CFG_I2C_SPEED for DS1338 RTC 3414 Removed compile time restriction on CFG_I2C_SPEED for DS1338 RTC
3412 3415
3413 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 5 Mar 2004: 3416 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 5 Mar 2004:
3414 Fix early board initialization for Cogent CSB272 board 3417 Fix early board initialization for Cogent CSB272 board
3415 3418
3416 * Patch by Ed Okerson, 3 Mar 2004: 3419 * Patch by Ed Okerson, 3 Mar 2004:
3417 fix CFI flash writes for little endian systems 3420 fix CFI flash writes for little endian systems
3418 3421
3419 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 01 Mar 2004: 3422 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 01 Mar 2004:
3420 generalize USB and IDE support for MPC5200 with according 3423 generalize USB and IDE support for MPC5200 with according
3421 changes to IceCube.h and TOP5200.h 3424 changes to IceCube.h and TOP5200.h
3422 add Am29LV256 256 MBit FLASH support for TOP5200 boards 3425 add Am29LV256 256 MBit FLASH support for TOP5200 boards
3423 add info about USB and IDE to README 3426 add info about USB and IDE to README
3424 3427
3425 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 4 Mar 2004: 3428 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 4 Mar 2004:
3426 Fix problems with GCC 3.3.x which changed handling of global 3429 Fix problems with GCC 3.3.x which changed handling of global
3427 variables explicitly initialized to zero (now in .bss instead of 3430 variables explicitly initialized to zero (now in .bss instead of
3428 .data as before). 3431 .data as before).
3429 3432
3430 * Patch by Leon Kukovec, 02 Mar 2004: 3433 * Patch by Leon Kukovec, 02 Mar 2004:
3431 add strswab() to fix IDE LBA capacity, firmware and model numbers 3434 add strswab() to fix IDE LBA capacity, firmware and model numbers
3432 on little endian machines 3435 on little endian machines
3433 3436
3434 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 02 Mar 2004: 3437 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 02 Mar 2004:
3435 - Remove get_ticks() from NFS code 3438 - Remove get_ticks() from NFS code
3436 - Add verification of RPC transaction ID 3439 - Add verification of RPC transaction ID
3437 3440
3438 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 02 Mar 2004: 3441 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 02 Mar 2004:
3439 cleanup for IDE and USB drivers for MPC5200 3442 cleanup for IDE and USB drivers for MPC5200
3440 3443
3441 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 01 Mar 2004: 3444 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 01 Mar 2004:
3442 Ocotea: 3445 Ocotea:
3443 - Add IBM PPC440GX Ref Platform support (Ocotea) 3446 - Add IBM PPC440GX Ref Platform support (Ocotea)
3444 Original code by Paul Reynolds <PaulReynolds@lhsolutions.com> 3447 Original code by Paul Reynolds <PaulReynolds@lhsolutions.com>
3445 Adapted to U-Boot and 440GX port 3448 Adapted to U-Boot and 440GX port
3446 440gx_enet.c: 3449 440gx_enet.c:
3447 - Add gracious handling of all Ethernet Pin Selections for 440GX 3450 - Add gracious handling of all Ethernet Pin Selections for 440GX
3448 - Add RGMII selection for Cicada CIS8201 Gigabit PHY 3451 - Add RGMII selection for Cicada CIS8201 Gigabit PHY
3449 ppc440.h: 3452 ppc440.h:
3450 - Add needed bit definitions 3453 - Add needed bit definitions
3451 - Fix formatting 3454 - Fix formatting
3452 3455
3453 * Patch by Carl Riechers, 1 Mar 2004: 3456 * Patch by Carl Riechers, 1 Mar 2004:
3454 Add PPC440GX prbdv0 divider to fix memory clock calculation. 3457 Add PPC440GX prbdv0 divider to fix memory clock calculation.
3455 3458
3456 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 27 Feb 2004 3459 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 27 Feb 2004
3457 - avoid problems for targets without NFS download support 3460 - avoid problems for targets without NFS download support
3458 3461
3459 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 27 Feb 2004: 3462 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 27 Feb 2004:
3460 - Added LBA48 support (CONFIG_LBA48 & CFG_64BIT_LBA) 3463 - Added LBA48 support (CONFIG_LBA48 & CFG_64BIT_LBA)
3461 - Added support for 64bit printing in vsprintf (CFG_64BIT_VSPRINTF) 3464 - Added support for 64bit printing in vsprintf (CFG_64BIT_VSPRINTF)
3462 - Added support for 64bit strtoul (CFG_64BIT_STRTOUL) 3465 - Added support for 64bit strtoul (CFG_64BIT_STRTOUL)
3463 3466
3464 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 27 Feb 2004: 3467 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 27 Feb 2004:
3465 Fix rarpboot: add autoload by NFS 3468 Fix rarpboot: add autoload by NFS
3466 3469
3467 * Patch by Dan Eisenhut, 26 Feb 2004: 3470 * Patch by Dan Eisenhut, 26 Feb 2004:
3468 fix flash_write return value in saveenv 3471 fix flash_write return value in saveenv
3469 3472
3470 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 11 Dec 2003 3473 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 11 Dec 2003
3471 expand config.mk to avoid trigraph warnings on NIOS 3474 expand config.mk to avoid trigraph warnings on NIOS
3472 3475
3473 * Rename "BMS2003" board into "HMI10" 3476 * Rename "BMS2003" board into "HMI10"
3474 3477
3475 * SX1 patches: use "serial#" for USB serial #; use redundand environment 3478 * SX1 patches: use "serial#" for USB serial #; use redundand environment
3476 storage; auto-set console on USB port (using preboot command) 3479 storage; auto-set console on USB port (using preboot command)
3477 3480
3478 * Add support for SX1 mobile phone; add support for USB-based console 3481 * Add support for SX1 mobile phone; add support for USB-based console
3479 (enable with "setenv stdout usbtty; setenv stdin usbtty") 3482 (enable with "setenv stdout usbtty; setenv stdin usbtty")
3480 3483
3481 * Fix LOWBOOT configuration for MPC5200 with DDR memory 3484 * Fix LOWBOOT configuration for MPC5200 with DDR memory
3482 3485
3483 * Fix SDRAM timings for LITE5200 / IceCube board 3486 * Fix SDRAM timings for LITE5200 / IceCube board
3484 3487
3485 * Handle Auti-MDIX / connection status for INCA-IP 3488 * Handle Auti-MDIX / connection status for INCA-IP
3486 3489
3487 * Fix USB problems when attempting to read 0 bytes 3490 * Fix USB problems when attempting to read 0 bytes
3488 3491
3489 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 26 Feb 2004: 3492 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 26 Feb 2004:
3490 Fix broken compile for XPEDITE1K target. 3493 Fix broken compile for XPEDITE1K target.
3491 3494
3492 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 26 Feb 2004: 3495 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 26 Feb 2004:
3493 Bug fix for NFS code on NIOS targets 3496 Bug fix for NFS code on NIOS targets
3494 3497
3495 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 26 Feb 2004: 3498 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 26 Feb 2004:
3496 Break up SystemACE reads of large block counts 3499 Break up SystemACE reads of large block counts
3497 3500
3498 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 26 Feb 2004 3501 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 26 Feb 2004
3499 add IDE support for MPC5200 3502 add IDE support for MPC5200
3500 3503
3501 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 26 Feb 2004: 3504 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 26 Feb 2004:
3502 add autoload via NFS 3505 add autoload via NFS
3503 3506
3504 * Patch by Stephen Williams 3507 * Patch by Stephen Williams
3505 Use of CONFIG_SERIAL_SOFTWARE_FIFO in board.c consistent with uses 3508 Use of CONFIG_SERIAL_SOFTWARE_FIFO in board.c consistent with uses
3506 elsewhere in the source. 3509 elsewhere in the source.
3507 3510
3508 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 25 Feb 2004: 3511 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 25 Feb 2004:
3509 - Timeouts in FPGA code should be based on CFG_HZ 3512 - Timeouts in FPGA code should be based on CFG_HZ
3510 - Minor cleanup in code for Altera FPGA ACEX1K 3513 - Minor cleanup in code for Altera FPGA ACEX1K
3511 3514
3512 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 25 Feb 2004: 3515 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 25 Feb 2004:
3513 Changed "Directory Hierarchy" section in README 3516 Changed "Directory Hierarchy" section in README
3514 3517
3515 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 25 Feb 2004: 3518 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 25 Feb 2004:
3516 Reduce copy count in nfs_read_reply() of NFS code 3519 Reduce copy count in nfs_read_reply() of NFS code
3517 3520
3518 * Patch by Markus Pietrek, 24 Feb 2004: 3521 * Patch by Markus Pietrek, 24 Feb 2004:
3519 NS9750 DevBoard added 3522 NS9750 DevBoard added
3520 3523
3521 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 24 Feb 2004 3524 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 24 Feb 2004
3522 add USB support for MPC5200 3525 add USB support for MPC5200
3523 3526
3524 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 24 Feb 2004: 3527 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 24 Feb 2004:
3525 - fix MII commands to use values from last command 3528 - fix MII commands to use values from last command
3526 3529
3527 * Patch by Torsten Demke, 24 Feb 2004: 3530 * Patch by Torsten Demke, 24 Feb 2004:
3528 Add support for the eXalion platform (SPSW-8240, F-30, F-300) 3531 Add support for the eXalion platform (SPSW-8240, F-30, F-300)
3529 3532
3530 * Patch by Rahul Shanbhag, 19 Feb 2004: 3533 * Patch by Rahul Shanbhag, 19 Feb 2004:
3531 Fixes for for OMAP1610 board: 3534 Fixes for for OMAP1610 board:
3532 - shift some IRQ specific code to platform.S file 3535 - shift some IRQ specific code to platform.S file
3533 - remove duplicatewatchdog reset code from start.S 3536 - remove duplicatewatchdog reset code from start.S
3534 3537
3535 * Make Auto-MDIX Support configurable on INCA-IP board 3538 * Make Auto-MDIX Support configurable on INCA-IP board
3536 3539
3537 * Fix license for mkimage tool 3540 * Fix license for mkimage tool
3538 3541
3539 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 24 Feb 2004: 3542 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 24 Feb 2004:
3540 Update NetBootFileXferSize in NFS code 3543 Update NetBootFileXferSize in NFS code
3541 3544
3542 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 24 Feb 2004: 3545 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 24 Feb 2004:
3543 fix packet length in NFS code 3546 fix packet length in NFS code
3544 3547
3545 * Patch by Masami Komiy, 22 Feb 2004: 3548 * Patch by Masami Komiy, 22 Feb 2004:
3546 Add support for NFS for file download 3549 Add support for NFS for file download
3547 3550
3548 * Patch by Andrea Scian, 17 Feb 2004: 3551 * Patch by Andrea Scian, 17 Feb 2004:
3549 Add support for S3C44B0 processor and DAVE B2 board 3552 Add support for S3C44B0 processor and DAVE B2 board
3550 3553
3551 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 20 Feb 2004: 3554 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 20 Feb 2004:
3552 - Add support for MII commands on AT91RM9200 boards 3555 - Add support for MII commands on AT91RM9200 boards
3553 - some cleanup in AT91RM9200 ethernet code 3556 - some cleanup in AT91RM9200 ethernet code
3554 3557
3555 * Patch by Peter Ryser, 20 Feb 2004: 3558 * Patch by Peter Ryser, 20 Feb 2004:
3556 Add support for the Xilinx ML300 platform 3559 Add support for the Xilinx ML300 platform
3557 3560
3558 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 17 Feb 2004: 3561 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 17 Feb 2004:
3559 Fix watchdog support for NIOS 3562 Fix watchdog support for NIOS
3560 3563
3561 * Patch by Josh Fryman, 16 Feb 2004: 3564 * Patch by Josh Fryman, 16 Feb 2004:
3562 Fix byte-swapping for cfi_flash.c for different bus widths 3565 Fix byte-swapping for cfi_flash.c for different bus widths
3563 3566
3564 * Patch by Jon Diekema, 14 Jeb 2004: 3567 * Patch by Jon Diekema, 14 Jeb 2004:
3565 Remove duplicate "FPGA Support" notes from the README file 3568 Remove duplicate "FPGA Support" notes from the README file
3566 3569
3567 * Patches by Reinhard Meyer, 14 Feb 2004: 3570 * Patches by Reinhard Meyer, 14 Feb 2004:
3568 - update board/emk tree; use common flash driver 3571 - update board/emk tree; use common flash driver
3569 - Corrected tested bits in machine check exception in cpu/mpc5xxx/traps.c 3572 - Corrected tested bits in machine check exception in cpu/mpc5xxx/traps.c
3570 [adapted for other PPC CPUs -- wd] 3573 [adapted for other PPC CPUs -- wd]
3571 - Added support for the M48T08 on the EVAL5200 board in rtc/mk48t59.c 3574 - Added support for the M48T08 on the EVAL5200 board in rtc/mk48t59.c
3572 3575
3573 * Patch by Jon Diekema, 13 Feb 2004: 3576 * Patch by Jon Diekema, 13 Feb 2004:
3574 Call show_boot_progress() whenever POST "FAILED" is printed. 3577 Call show_boot_progress() whenever POST "FAILED" is printed.
3575 3578
3576 * Patch by Nishant Kamat, 13 Feb 2004: 3579 * Patch by Nishant Kamat, 13 Feb 2004:
3577 Add support for TI OMAP1610 H2 Board 3580 Add support for TI OMAP1610 H2 Board
3578 Fixes for cpu/arm926ejs/interrupt.c 3581 Fixes for cpu/arm926ejs/interrupt.c
3579 (based on Richard Woodruff's patch for arm925, 16 Oct 03) 3582 (based on Richard Woodruff's patch for arm925, 16 Oct 03)
3580 Fix for a timer bug in OMAP1610 Innovator 3583 Fix for a timer bug in OMAP1610 Innovator
3581 Add support for CS0 (ROM)/CS3 (Flash) boot in OMAP1610 Innovator and H2 3584 Add support for CS0 (ROM)/CS3 (Flash) boot in OMAP1610 Innovator and H2
3582 3585
3583 * Patches by Stephan Linz, 12 Feb 2004: 3586 * Patches by Stephan Linz, 12 Feb 2004:
3584 - add support for NIOS timer with variable period preload counter value 3587 - add support for NIOS timer with variable period preload counter value
3585 - prepare POST framework support for NIOS targets 3588 - prepare POST framework support for NIOS targets
3586 3589
3587 * Patch by Denis Peter, 11 Feb 2004: 3590 * Patch by Denis Peter, 11 Feb 2004:
3588 add POST support for the MIP405 board 3591 add POST support for the MIP405 board
3589 3592
3590 * Patch by Laurent Mohin, 10 Feb 2004: 3593 * Patch by Laurent Mohin, 10 Feb 2004:
3591 Fix buffer overflow in common/usb.c 3594 Fix buffer overflow in common/usb.c
3592 3595
3593 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 10 Feb 2004: 3596 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 10 Feb 2004:
3594 Add support for Cogent CSB272 board 3597 Add support for Cogent CSB272 board
3595 3598
3596 * Patch by Thomas Elste, 10 Feb 2004: 3599 * Patch by Thomas Elste, 10 Feb 2004:
3597 Add support for NET+50 CPU and ModNET50 board 3600 Add support for NET+50 CPU and ModNET50 board
3598 3601
3599 * Patch by Sam Song, 10 Feb 2004: 3602 * Patch by Sam Song, 10 Feb 2004:
3600 Fix typos in cfi_flash.c 3603 Fix typos in cfi_flash.c
3601 3604
3602 * Patch by Leon Kukovec, 10 Feb 2004 3605 * Patch by Leon Kukovec, 10 Feb 2004
3603 Fixed long dir entry slot id calculation in get_vfatname 3606 Fixed long dir entry slot id calculation in get_vfatname
3604 3607
3605 * Patch by Robin Gilks, 10 Feb 2004: 3608 * Patch by Robin Gilks, 10 Feb 2004:
3606 add "itest" command (operators: -eq, -ne, -lt, -gt, -le, -ge, ==, 3609 add "itest" command (operators: -eq, -ne, -lt, -gt, -le, -ge, ==,
3607 !=, <>, <, >, <=, >=) 3610 !=, <>, <, >, <=, >=)
3608 3611
3609 * Fix problem with side effects in macros in include/usb.h 3612 * Fix problem with side effects in macros in include/usb.h
3610 3613
3611 * Patch by David Benson, 13 Nov 2003: 3614 * Patch by David Benson, 13 Nov 2003:
3612 bug 841358 - fix TFTP download size limit 3615 bug 841358 - fix TFTP download size limit
3613 3616
3614 * Fixing bug 850768: 3617 * Fixing bug 850768:
3615 improper flush_cache() in load_serial() 3618 improper flush_cache() in load_serial()
3616 3619
3617 * Fixing bug 834943: 3620 * Fixing bug 834943:
3618 MPC8540 - missing volatile declarations 3621 MPC8540 - missing volatile declarations
3619 3622
3620 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 09 Feb 2004: 3623 * Patch by Stephen Williams, 09 Feb 2004:
3621 Add support for Xilinx SystemACE chip: 3624 Add support for Xilinx SystemACE chip:
3622 - New files common/cmd_ace.c and include/systemace.h 3625 - New files common/cmd_ace.c and include/systemace.h
3623 - Hook systemace support into cmd_fat and the partition manager 3626 - Hook systemace support into cmd_fat and the partition manager
3624 3627
3625 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 09 Feb 2004: 3628 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 09 Feb 2004:
3626 Add bi_opbfreq & bi_iic_fast to 440GX bd_info as needed for Linux 3629 Add bi_opbfreq & bi_iic_fast to 440GX bd_info as needed for Linux
3627 3630
3628 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 09 Feb 2004: 3631 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 09 Feb 2004:
3629 o 440GX: 3632 o 440GX:
3630 - Fix PCI Indirect access for type 1 config cycles with ppc440. 3633 - Fix PCI Indirect access for type 1 config cycles with ppc440.
3631 - Add phymode for 440 enet 3634 - Add phymode for 440 enet
3632 - fix pci pre init 3635 - fix pci pre init
3633 o XPedite1K: 3636 o XPedite1K:
3634 - Change board_pre_init to board_early_init_f 3637 - Change board_pre_init to board_early_init_f
3635 - Add user flash to bus controller setup 3638 - Add user flash to bus controller setup
3636 - Fix pci pre init 3639 - Fix pci pre init
3637 - Fix is_pci_host to check GPIO for monarch bit 3640 - Fix is_pci_host to check GPIO for monarch bit
3638 - Force xpedite1k to pci conventional mode (via #define option) 3641 - Force xpedite1k to pci conventional mode (via #define option)
3639 3642
3640 * Patch by Brad Kemp, 4 Feb 2004: 3643 * Patch by Brad Kemp, 4 Feb 2004:
3641 - handle the machine check that is generated during the PCI scans 3644 - handle the machine check that is generated during the PCI scans
3642 on 82xx processors. 3645 on 82xx processors.
3643 - define the registers used in the IMMR by the PCI subsystem. 3646 - define the registers used in the IMMR by the PCI subsystem.
3644 3647
3645 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 03 Feb 2004: 3648 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 03 Feb 2004:
3646 cpu/mpc5xxx/start.S: copy MBAR into SPR311 3649 cpu/mpc5xxx/start.S: copy MBAR into SPR311
3647 3650
3648 * Patch by Jeff Angielski, 03 Feb 2004: 3651 * Patch by Jeff Angielski, 03 Feb 2004:
3649 Fix copy & paste error in cpu/mpc8260/pci.c 3652 Fix copy & paste error in cpu/mpc8260/pci.c
3650 3653
3651 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 24 Jan 2004: 3654 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 24 Jan 2004:
3652 Fix typo in cpu/mpc5xxx/pci_mpc5200.c 3655 Fix typo in cpu/mpc5xxx/pci_mpc5200.c
3653 3656
3654 * Add Auto-MDIX support for INCA-IP 3657 * Add Auto-MDIX support for INCA-IP
3655 3658
3656 * Some code cleanup 3659 * Some code cleanup
3657 3660
3658 * Patch by Josef Baumgartner, 10 Feb 2004: 3661 * Patch by Josef Baumgartner, 10 Feb 2004:
3659 Fixes for ColdFire port 3662 Fixes for ColdFire port
3660 3663
3661 * Patch by Brad Kemp, 11 Feb 2004: 3664 * Patch by Brad Kemp, 11 Feb 2004:
3662 Fix CFI flash driver problems 3665 Fix CFI flash driver problems
3663 3666
3664 * Make sure to use a bus clock divider of 2 only when running TQM8xxM 3667 * Make sure to use a bus clock divider of 2 only when running TQM8xxM
3665 modules at CPU clock frequencies above 66 MHz. 3668 modules at CPU clock frequencies above 66 MHz.
3666 3669
3667 * Optimize flash programming speed for LWMON (by another 100% :-) 3670 * Optimize flash programming speed for LWMON (by another 100% :-)
3668 3671
3669 * Patch by Jian Zhang, 3 Feb 2004: 3672 * Patch by Jian Zhang, 3 Feb 2004:
3670 - Changed the incorrect FAT12BUFSIZE 3673 - Changed the incorrect FAT12BUFSIZE
3671 - data_begin in fsdata can be negative. Changed it to be short. 3674 - data_begin in fsdata can be negative. Changed it to be short.
3672 3675
3673 * Patches by Stephan Linz, 30 Jan 2004: 3676 * Patches by Stephan Linz, 30 Jan 2004:
3674 1: - board/altera/common/flash.c:flash_erase(): 3677 1: - board/altera/common/flash.c:flash_erase():
3675 o allow interrupts befor get_timer() call 3678 o allow interrupts befor get_timer() call
3676 o check-up each erased sector and avoid unexpected timeouts 3679 o check-up each erased sector and avoid unexpected timeouts
3677 - board/altera/dk1c20/dk1s10.c:board_early_init_f(): 3680 - board/altera/dk1c20/dk1s10.c:board_early_init_f():
3678 o enclose sevenseg_set() in cpp condition 3681 o enclose sevenseg_set() in cpp condition
3679 - remove the ASMI configuration for DK1S10_standard_32 (never present) 3682 - remove the ASMI configuration for DK1S10_standard_32 (never present)
3680 - fix some typed in mistakes in the NIOS documentation 3683 - fix some typed in mistakes in the NIOS documentation
3681 2: - split DK1C20 configuration into several header files: 3684 2: - split DK1C20 configuration into several header files:
3682 o two new files for each NIOS CPU description 3685 o two new files for each NIOS CPU description
3683 o U-Boot related part is remaining in DK1C20.h 3686 o U-Boot related part is remaining in DK1C20.h
3684 3: - split DK1S10 configuration into several header files: 3687 3: - split DK1S10 configuration into several header files:
3685 o two new files for each NIOS CPU description 3688 o two new files for each NIOS CPU description
3686 o U-Boot related part is remaining in DK1S10.h 3689 o U-Boot related part is remaining in DK1S10.h
3687 4: - Add support for the Microtronix Linux Development Kit 3690 4: - Add support for the Microtronix Linux Development Kit
3688 NIOS CPU configuration at the Altera Nios Development Kit, 3691 NIOS CPU configuration at the Altera Nios Development Kit,
3689 Stratix Edition (DK-1S10) 3692 Stratix Edition (DK-1S10)
3690 5: - Add documentation for the Altera Nios Development Kit, 3693 5: - Add documentation for the Altera Nios Development Kit,
3691 Stratix Edition (DK-1S10) 3694 Stratix Edition (DK-1S10)
3692 6: - Add support for the Nios Serial Peripharel Interface (SPI) 3695 6: - Add support for the Nios Serial Peripharel Interface (SPI)
3693 (master only) 3696 (master only)
3694 7: - Add support for the common U-Boot SPI framework at 3697 7: - Add support for the common U-Boot SPI framework at
3695 RTC driver DS1306 3698 RTC driver DS1306
3696 3699
3697 * Patch by Rahul Shanbhag, 28 Jan 2004: 3700 * Patch by Rahul Shanbhag, 28 Jan 2004:
3698 Fix flash protection/locking handling for OMAP1610 innovator board. 3701 Fix flash protection/locking handling for OMAP1610 innovator board.
3699 3702
3700 * Patch by Rolf Peukert, 28 Jan 2004: 3703 * Patch by Rolf Peukert, 28 Jan 2004:
3701 fix flash write problems on CSB226 board (write with 32 bit bus width) 3704 fix flash write problems on CSB226 board (write with 32 bit bus width)
3702 3705
3703 * Patches by Mark Jonas, 16 Jan 2004: 3706 * Patches by Mark Jonas, 16 Jan 2004:
3704 - fix rounding error when calculating baudrates for MPC5200 PSCs 3707 - fix rounding error when calculating baudrates for MPC5200 PSCs
3705 - make sure CFG_RAMBOOT and CFG_LOWBOOT are not enabled at the same 3708 - make sure CFG_RAMBOOT and CFG_LOWBOOT are not enabled at the same
3706 time which is not supported 3709 time which is not supported
3707 3710
3708 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 26 Jan 2004: 3711 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 26 Jan 2004:
3709 Allow bzip2 compression for small memory footprint boards 3712 Allow bzip2 compression for small memory footprint boards
3710 3713
3711 * Patch by Brad Kemp, 21 Jan 2004: 3714 * Patch by Brad Kemp, 21 Jan 2004:
3712 Add support for CFI flash driver for both the Intel and the AMD 3715 Add support for CFI flash driver for both the Intel and the AMD
3713 command sets. 3716 command sets.
3714 3717
3715 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 20 Jan 2004: 3718 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 20 Jan 2004:
3716 Fix pci bridge auto enumeration of sibling p2p bridges. 3719 Fix pci bridge auto enumeration of sibling p2p bridges.
3717 3720
3718 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 12 Jan 2004: 3721 * Patch by Tolunay Orkun, 12 Jan 2004:
3719 Add some delays as needed for Intel LXT971A PHY support 3722 Add some delays as needed for Intel LXT971A PHY support
3720 3723
3721 * Patches by Stephan Linz, 09 Jan 2004: 3724 * Patches by Stephan Linz, 09 Jan 2004:
3722 - avoid warning: unused variable `piop' in board/altera/common/sevenseg.c 3725 - avoid warning: unused variable `piop' in board/altera/common/sevenseg.c
3723 - make DK1C20 board configuration related to ASMI conform to 3726 - make DK1C20 board configuration related to ASMI conform to
3724 documentation 3727 documentation
3725 3728
3726 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 09 Jan 2004: 3729 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 09 Jan 2004:
3727 3730
3728 ARM memory layout fixes: the abort-stack is now set up in the 3731 ARM memory layout fixes: the abort-stack is now set up in the
3729 correct RAM area, and the BSS is zeroed out as it should be. 3732 correct RAM area, and the BSS is zeroed out as it should be.
3730 3733
3731 Furthermore, the magic variables 'armboot_end' and 'armboot_end_data' 3734 Furthermore, the magic variables 'armboot_end' and 'armboot_end_data'
3732 of the linker scripts are replaced by '__bss_start' and '_end', 3735 of the linker scripts are replaced by '__bss_start' and '_end',
3733 resp., which is a further step to eliminate unnecessary differences 3736 resp., which is a further step to eliminate unnecessary differences
3734 between the implementation of the CPU architectures. 3737 between the implementation of the CPU architectures.
3735 3738
3736 * Patch by liang a lei, 9 Jan 2004: 3739 * Patch by liang a lei, 9 Jan 2004:
3737 Fix Intel 28F128J3 ID in include/flash.h 3740 Fix Intel 28F128J3 ID in include/flash.h
3738 3741
3739 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 09 Jan 2004: 3742 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 09 Jan 2004:
3740 add support for TB0229 board (NEC VR4131 MIPS processor) 3743 add support for TB0229 board (NEC VR4131 MIPS processor)
3741 3744
3742 * Patch by Leon Kukovec, 12 Dec 2003: 3745 * Patch by Leon Kukovec, 12 Dec 2003:
3743 changed extern __inline__ into static __inline__ in 3746 changed extern __inline__ into static __inline__ in
3744 include/linux/byteorder/swab.h 3747 include/linux/byteorder/swab.h
3745 3748
3746 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 30 Dec 2003: 3749 * Patch by Travis Sawyer, 30 Dec 2003:
3747 Add support for IBM PPC440GX. Multiple EMAC Ethernet devices, 3750 Add support for IBM PPC440GX. Multiple EMAC Ethernet devices,
3748 select MDI port based on enabled EMAC device. 3751 select MDI port based on enabled EMAC device.
3749 Add support for XES Inc <http://www.xes-inc.com> XPedite1000 440GX 3752 Add support for XES Inc <http://www.xes-inc.com> XPedite1000 440GX
3750 base PrPMC board. 3753 base PrPMC board.
3751 3754
3752 * Patch by Wolter Kamphuis, 15 Dec 2003: 3755 * Patch by Wolter Kamphuis, 15 Dec 2003:
3753 made CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE usable on all architectures 3756 made CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE usable on all architectures
3754 3757
3755 * Disable date command on TQM866M - there is no RTC on MPC866 3758 * Disable date command on TQM866M - there is no RTC on MPC866
3756 3759
3757 * Fix variable CPU clock for MPC859/866 systems for low CPU clocks 3760 * Fix variable CPU clock for MPC859/866 systems for low CPU clocks
3758 3761
3759 * Implement adaptive SDRAM timing configuration based on actual CPU 3762 * Implement adaptive SDRAM timing configuration based on actual CPU
3760 clock frequency for INCA-IP; fix problem with board hanging when 3763 clock frequency for INCA-IP; fix problem with board hanging when
3761 switching from 150MHz to 100MHz 3764 switching from 150MHz to 100MHz
3762 3765
3763 * Add PCMCIA CS support for BMS2003 board 3766 * Add PCMCIA CS support for BMS2003 board
3764 3767
3765 * Add variable CPU clock for MPC859/866 systems (so far only TQM866M): 3768 * Add variable CPU clock for MPC859/866 systems (so far only TQM866M):
3766 see doc/README.MPC866 for details; 3769 see doc/README.MPC866 for details;
3767 implement workaround for "SIU4" and "SIU9" silicon bugs on MPC866; 3770 implement workaround for "SIU4" and "SIU9" silicon bugs on MPC866;
3768 calculate CPU clock frequency from PLL register values. 3771 calculate CPU clock frequency from PLL register values.
3769 3772
3770 * Add support for 128 MB RAM on TQM8xxL/M modules 3773 * Add support for 128 MB RAM on TQM8xxL/M modules
3771 3774
3772 * Fix PS/2 keyboard problem caused by statically initialized variable 3775 * Fix PS/2 keyboard problem caused by statically initialized variable
3773 pointing to a location in flash 3776 pointing to a location in flash
3774 3777
3775 * Fix INCA-IP clock calculation: 400/3 = 133.3 MHz, not 130. 3778 * Fix INCA-IP clock calculation: 400/3 = 133.3 MHz, not 130.
3776 3779
3777 * The PS/2 mux on the BMS2003 board needs 450 ms after power on 3780 * The PS/2 mux on the BMS2003 board needs 450 ms after power on
3778 before we can access it; add delay in case we are faster (with no 3781 before we can access it; add delay in case we are faster (with no
3779 CF card inserted) 3782 CF card inserted)
3780 3783
3781 * Cleanup of some init functions 3784 * Cleanup of some init functions
3782 3785
3783 * Make sure SCC Ethernet is always stopped by the time we boot Linux 3786 * Make sure SCC Ethernet is always stopped by the time we boot Linux
3784 to avoid Linux crashes by early packets coming in. 3787 to avoid Linux crashes by early packets coming in.
3785 3788
3786 * Accelerate flash accesses on LWMON board by using buffered writes 3789 * Accelerate flash accesses on LWMON board by using buffered writes
3787 3790
3788 * Fix typo in Makefile; 3791 * Fix typo in Makefile;
3789 fix problem with PARTNUM detection 3792 fix problem with PARTNUM detection
3790 3793
3791 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 09 Jan 2004: 3794 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 09 Jan 2004:
3792 - add RTC support for MPC5200 based boards (requires RTC_XTAL) 3795 - add RTC support for MPC5200 based boards (requires RTC_XTAL)
3793 3796
3794 * Add support for IDE LED on BMS2003 board 3797 * Add support for IDE LED on BMS2003 board
3795 (exclusive with status LED!) 3798 (exclusive with status LED!)
3796 3799
3797 * Add support for PS/2 keyboard (used with PS/2 multiplexor on 3800 * Add support for PS/2 keyboard (used with PS/2 multiplexor on
3798 BMS2003 board) 3801 BMS2003 board)
3799 3802
3800 * Patches by Reinhard Meyer, 4 Jan 2004 + 7 Jan 2004: 3803 * Patches by Reinhard Meyer, 4 Jan 2004 + 7 Jan 2004:
3801 Add common files for "emk" boards 3804 Add common files for "emk" boards
3802 3805
3803 * Add a common get_ram_size() function and modify the the 3806 * Add a common get_ram_size() function and modify the the
3804 board-specific files to invoke that common implementation. 3807 board-specific files to invoke that common implementation.
3805 3808
3806 ====================================================================== 3809 ======================================================================
3807 Changes for U-Boot 1.0.1: 3810 Changes for U-Boot 1.0.1:
3808 ====================================================================== 3811 ======================================================================
3809 3812
3810 * Set default clock for INCA-IP to 150 MHz 3813 * Set default clock for INCA-IP to 150 MHz
3811 3814
3812 * Make BMS2003 use a separate config file to avoid #ifdef mess; 3815 * Make BMS2003 use a separate config file to avoid #ifdef mess;
3813 add I2C support; add support for DS1337 RTC 3816 add I2C support; add support for DS1337 RTC
3814 3817
3815 * Add CompactFlash support for BMS2003 board 3818 * Add CompactFlash support for BMS2003 board
3816 3819
3817 * Add support for status LED on BMS2003 board 3820 * Add support for status LED on BMS2003 board
3818 3821
3819 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 02 Jan 2004: 3822 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 02 Jan 2004:
3820 Add support for the Nios Active Serial Memory Interface (ASMI) 3823 Add support for the Nios Active Serial Memory Interface (ASMI)
3821 on Cyclone devices 3824 on Cyclone devices
3822 3825
3823 * Patch by Andrea Marson, 16 Dec 2003: 3826 * Patch by Andrea Marson, 16 Dec 2003:
3824 Add support for the PPChameleon ME and HI modules 3827 Add support for the PPChameleon ME and HI modules
3825 3828
3826 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 22 Dec 2003: 3829 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 22 Dec 2003:
3827 Add support for Motorola DUET ADS board (MPC87x/88x) 3830 Add support for Motorola DUET ADS board (MPC87x/88x)
3828 3831
3829 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 15 Dec 2003: 3832 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 15 Dec 2003:
3830 add support for cramfs (uses JFFS2 command interface) 3833 add support for cramfs (uses JFFS2 command interface)
3831 3834
3832 * Patches by Stephan Linz, 11 Dec 2003: 3835 * Patches by Stephan Linz, 11 Dec 2003:
3833 - more documentation for NIOS port 3836 - more documentation for NIOS port
3834 - new struct nios_pio_t, struct nios_spi_t 3837 - new struct nios_pio_t, struct nios_spi_t
3835 - Reconfiguration for NIOS Development Kit DK1C20: 3838 - Reconfiguration for NIOS Development Kit DK1C20:
3836 o move board related code from board/dk1c20 3839 o move board related code from board/dk1c20
3837 to board/altera/dk1c20 3840 to board/altera/dk1c20
3838 o create a new common source path board/altera/common 3841 o create a new common source path board/altera/common
3839 and move generic flash access stuff into it 3842 and move generic flash access stuff into it
3840 o change/expand configuration file DK1C20.h 3843 o change/expand configuration file DK1C20.h
3841 - Add support for NIOS Development Kit DK1S10 3844 - Add support for NIOS Development Kit DK1S10
3842 - Add status LED support for NIOS systems 3845 - Add status LED support for NIOS systems
3843 - Add dual 7-segment LED support for Altera NIOS DevKits 3846 - Add dual 7-segment LED support for Altera NIOS DevKits
3844 3847
3845 * Patch by Ronen Shitrit, 10 Dec 2003: 3848 * Patch by Ronen Shitrit, 10 Dec 2003:
3846 Add support for the Marvell DB64360 / DB64460 development boards 3849 Add support for the Marvell DB64360 / DB64460 development boards
3847 3850
3848 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 10 Dec 2003: 3851 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 10 Dec 2003:
3849 fix dependency problem in examples/Makefile 3852 fix dependency problem in examples/Makefile
3850 3853
3851 * Patch by Denis Peter, 8 Dec 2003 3854 * Patch by Denis Peter, 8 Dec 2003
3852 - add support for the PATI board (MPC555) 3855 - add support for the PATI board (MPC555)
3853 - add SPI support for the MPC5xx 3856 - add SPI support for the MPC5xx
3854 3857
3855 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 08 Dec 2003: 3858 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 08 Dec 2003:
3856 add configuration options CONFIG_SERIAL_TAG and CONFIG_REVISION_TAG 3859 add configuration options CONFIG_SERIAL_TAG and CONFIG_REVISION_TAG
3857 to pass ATAG_SERIAL and ATAG_REVISION, resp., to the ARM target; 3860 to pass ATAG_SERIAL and ATAG_REVISION, resp., to the ARM target;
3858 cleanup some redundand #defines 3861 cleanup some redundand #defines
3859 3862
3860 * Patch by André Schwarz, 8 Dec 2003: 3863 * Patch by André Schwarz, 8 Dec 2003:
3861 fixes for Davicom DM9102A Ethernet Chip (#define CONFIG_TULIP_FIX_DAVICOM): 3864 fixes for Davicom DM9102A Ethernet Chip (#define CONFIG_TULIP_FIX_DAVICOM):
3862 - TX and RX deskriptors must be quad-word aligned 3865 - TX and RX deskriptors must be quad-word aligned
3863 - does not work with only one TX deskriptor 3866 - does not work with only one TX deskriptor
3864 - standard reset method does not work 3867 - standard reset method does not work
3865 3868
3866 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 08 Dec 2003: 3869 * Patch by Masami Komiya, 08 Dec 2003:
3867 add RTL8139 ethernet driver 3870 add RTL8139 ethernet driver
3868 3871
3869 * Patches by Ed Okerson, 07 Dec 2003: 3872 * Patches by Ed Okerson, 07 Dec 2003:
3870 - fix ethernet for the AU1x00 processors in little-endian mode. 3873 - fix ethernet for the AU1x00 processors in little-endian mode.
3871 - extend memsetup.S for the AU1x00 processors in BE and LE modes 3874 - extend memsetup.S for the AU1x00 processors in BE and LE modes
3872 3875
3873 * Minor code cleanup (coding style) 3876 * Minor code cleanup (coding style)
3874 3877
3875 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 30 Dec 2003: 3878 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 30 Dec 2003:
3876 - cpu/mpc5xxx/fec.c: added CONFIG_PHY_ADDR, added CONFIG_PHY_TYPE, 3879 - cpu/mpc5xxx/fec.c: added CONFIG_PHY_ADDR, added CONFIG_PHY_TYPE,
3877 - added CONFIG_PHY_ADDR to include/configs/IceCube.h, 3880 - added CONFIG_PHY_ADDR to include/configs/IceCube.h,
3878 - turned debug print of PHY registers into a function (called in two places) 3881 - turned debug print of PHY registers into a function (called in two places)
3879 - added support for EMK MPC5200 based modules 3882 - added support for EMK MPC5200 based modules
3880 3883
3881 * Fix MPC8xx PLPRCR_MFD_SHIFT typo 3884 * Fix MPC8xx PLPRCR_MFD_SHIFT typo
3882 3885
3883 * Add support for TQM866M modules 3886 * Add support for TQM866M modules
3884 3887
3885 * Fixes for TQM855M with 4 MB flash (Am29DL163 = _no_ mirror bit flash) 3888 * Fixes for TQM855M with 4 MB flash (Am29DL163 = _no_ mirror bit flash)
3886 3889
3887 * Fix a few compiler warnings 3890 * Fix a few compiler warnings
3888 3891
3889 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 28 Dec 2003: 3892 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 28 Dec 2003:
3890 Add initial support for TOP5200 board 3893 Add initial support for TOP5200 board
3891 3894
3892 * Make CPU clock on ICA-IP board controllable by a "cpuclk" 3895 * Make CPU clock on ICA-IP board controllable by a "cpuclk"
3893 environment variable which can set to "100", "133", or "150". The 3896 environment variable which can set to "100", "133", or "150". The
3894 CPU clock will be configured accordingly upon next reboot. Other 3897 CPU clock will be configured accordingly upon next reboot. Other
3895 values are ignored. In case of an invalid or undefined "cpuclk" 3898 values are ignored. In case of an invalid or undefined "cpuclk"
3896 value, the compile-time default CPU clock speed will be used. 3899 value, the compile-time default CPU clock speed will be used.
3897 3900
3898 * Enable Quad-UART on BMS2003 board (initialize the PCMCIA memory 3901 * Enable Quad-UART on BMS2003 board (initialize the PCMCIA memory
3899 window that is used to access the UART registers by the Linux driver) 3902 window that is used to access the UART registers by the Linux driver)
3900 3903
3901 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 20 Dec 2003: 3904 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 20 Dec 2003:
3902 Fix clock calculation for the MPC5200 for higher clock frequencies 3905 Fix clock calculation for the MPC5200 for higher clock frequencies
3903 (above 2**32 / 10 = 429.5 MHz). 3906 (above 2**32 / 10 = 429.5 MHz).
3904 3907
3905 * Fix CONFIG_PLL_PCI_TO_MEM_MULTIPLIER divider error in SP8240 configuration 3908 * Fix CONFIG_PLL_PCI_TO_MEM_MULTIPLIER divider error in SP8240 configuration
3906 3909
3907 * Fix IceCube CLKIN configuration (it's 33.000000MHz) 3910 * Fix IceCube CLKIN configuration (it's 33.000000MHz)
3908 3911
3909 * Add new configuration for IceCube board with DDR memory 3912 * Add new configuration for IceCube board with DDR memory
3910 3913
3911 * Update TRAB memory configurations 3914 * Update TRAB memory configurations
3912 3915
3913 * Add JFFS2 support for INCA-IP board 3916 * Add JFFS2 support for INCA-IP board
3914 3917
3915 * Patch by Bill Hargen, 09 Dec 2003: 3918 * Patch by Bill Hargen, 09 Dec 2003:
3916 - BUBINGA405EP: changed flash driver to protect top sector containing 3919 - BUBINGA405EP: changed flash driver to protect top sector containing
3917 first instruction. 3920 first instruction.
3918 - BUBINGA405EP: configured "eeprom" command to access boot config EEPROM. 3921 - BUBINGA405EP: configured "eeprom" command to access boot config EEPROM.
3919 - BUBINGA405EP: fixed PLL init (init chip selects before FPGA/NVRAM access). 3922 - BUBINGA405EP: fixed PLL init (init chip selects before FPGA/NVRAM access).
3920 - 405EP: fixed SPD-based SDRAM init (only use banks 0 and 1). 3923 - 405EP: fixed SPD-based SDRAM init (only use banks 0 and 1).
3921 - 405EP: added/fixed support for "reginfo" command. 3924 - 405EP: added/fixed support for "reginfo" command.
3922 - 4xx: removed spurious MII error messages on "mii info" command. 3925 - 4xx: removed spurious MII error messages on "mii info" command.
3923 3926
3924 * Patch by Bernhard Kuhn, 28 Nov 2003: 3927 * Patch by Bernhard Kuhn, 28 Nov 2003:
3925 add support for ColdFire CPU 3928 add support for ColdFire CPU
3926 add support for Motorola M5272C3 and M5282EVB boards 3929 add support for Motorola M5272C3 and M5282EVB boards
3927 3930
3928 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 24 Nov 2003: 3931 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 24 Nov 2003:
3929 - add a return value for the fpga command 3932 - add a return value for the fpga command
3930 - add ide_preinit() function called in ide_init if CONFIG_IDE_PREINIT 3933 - add ide_preinit() function called in ide_init if CONFIG_IDE_PREINIT
3931 is defined. If ide_preinit fails, ide_init is aborted. 3934 is defined. If ide_preinit fails, ide_init is aborted.
3932 - fix an endianess problem in fat.h 3935 - fix an endianess problem in fat.h
3933 3936
3934 * Patch by Wolter Kamphuis, 05 Dec 2003: 3937 * Patch by Wolter Kamphuis, 05 Dec 2003:
3935 Add support for SNMC's QS850/QS823/QS860T boards 3938 Add support for SNMC's QS850/QS823/QS860T boards
3936 3939
3937 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 3 Dec 2003: 3940 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 3 Dec 2003:
3938 "revive" U-Boot support for old Motorola MPC860ADS board 3941 "revive" U-Boot support for old Motorola MPC860ADS board
3939 3942
3940 * Patch by Cam(ilo?), 03 Dec 2003: 3943 * Patch by Cam(ilo?), 03 Dec 2003:
3941 make examples build even with broken Montavista objcopy 3944 make examples build even with broken Montavista objcopy
3942 3945
3943 * Patch by Pavel Bartusek, 27 Nov 2003: 3946 * Patch by Pavel Bartusek, 27 Nov 2003:
3944 fix conversion problem with "bootretry" evironment variable 3947 fix conversion problem with "bootretry" evironment variable
3945 3948
3946 * Patch by Andre Schwarz, 24 Nov 2003: 3949 * Patch by Andre Schwarz, 24 Nov 2003:
3947 add support for mvblue (mvBlueLYNX and mvBlueBOX) boards 3950 add support for mvblue (mvBlueLYNX and mvBlueBOX) boards
3948 3951
3949 * Patch by Pavel Bartusek, 21 Nov 2003: 3952 * Patch by Pavel Bartusek, 21 Nov 2003:
3950 set ZMII bridge speed on 440 3953 set ZMII bridge speed on 440
3951 3954
3952 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 17 Nov 2003: 3955 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 17 Nov 2003:
3953 Fix mismatched #ifdef / #endif in include/asm-arm/arch-pxa/hardware.h 3956 Fix mismatched #ifdef / #endif in include/asm-arm/arch-pxa/hardware.h
3954 3957
3955 * Patches by David Müller, 14 Nov 2003: 3958 * Patches by David Müller, 14 Nov 2003:
3956 - board/mpl/common/common_util.c 3959 - board/mpl/common/common_util.c
3957 * implement support for BZIP2 compressed images 3960 * implement support for BZIP2 compressed images
3958 * various cleanups (printf -> puts, ...) 3961 * various cleanups (printf -> puts, ...)
3959 - board/mpl/common/flash.c 3962 - board/mpl/common/flash.c
3960 * report correct errors to upper layers 3963 * report correct errors to upper layers
3961 * check the erase fail and VPP low bits in status reg 3964 * check the erase fail and VPP low bits in status reg
3962 - board/mpl/vcma9/cmd_vcma9.c 3965 - board/mpl/vcma9/cmd_vcma9.c
3963 - board/mpl/vcma9/flash.c 3966 - board/mpl/vcma9/flash.c
3964 * various cleanups (printf -> puts, ...) 3967 * various cleanups (printf -> puts, ...)
3965 - common/cmd_usb.c 3968 - common/cmd_usb.c
3966 * fix typo in comment 3969 * fix typo in comment
3967 - cpu/arm920t/usb_ohci.c 3970 - cpu/arm920t/usb_ohci.c
3968 * support for S3C2410 is missing in #if line 3971 * support for S3C2410 is missing in #if line
3969 - drivers/cs8900.c 3972 - drivers/cs8900.c
3970 * reinit some registers in case of error (cable missing, ...) 3973 * reinit some registers in case of error (cable missing, ...)
3971 - fs/fat/fat.c 3974 - fs/fat/fat.c
3972 * support for USB/MMC devices is missing in #if line 3975 * support for USB/MMC devices is missing in #if line
3973 - include/configs/MIP405.h 3976 - include/configs/MIP405.h
3974 - include/configs/PIP405.h 3977 - include/configs/PIP405.h
3975 * enable BZIP2 support 3978 * enable BZIP2 support
3976 * enlarge malloc space to 1MiB because of BZIP2 support 3979 * enlarge malloc space to 1MiB because of BZIP2 support
3977 - include/configs/VCMA9.h 3980 - include/configs/VCMA9.h
3978 * enable BZIP2 support 3981 * enable BZIP2 support
3979 * enlarge malloc space to 1MiB because of BZIP2 support 3982 * enlarge malloc space to 1MiB because of BZIP2 support
3980 * enable USB support 3983 * enable USB support
3981 - lib_arm/armlinux.c 3984 - lib_arm/armlinux.c
3982 * change calling convention of ARM Linux kernel as 3985 * change calling convention of ARM Linux kernel as
3983 described on http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/booting.php 3986 described on http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/booting.php
3984 3987
3985 * Patch by Thomas Lange, 14 Nov 2003: 3988 * Patch by Thomas Lange, 14 Nov 2003:
3986 Split dbau1x00 into dbau1000, dbau1100 and dbau1500 configs to 3989 Split dbau1x00 into dbau1000, dbau1100 and dbau1500 configs to
3987 support all these AMD boards. 3990 support all these AMD boards.
3988 3991
3989 * Patch by Thomas Lange, 14 Nov 2003: 3992 * Patch by Thomas Lange, 14 Nov 2003:
3990 Workaround for mips au1x00 physical memory accesses (the au1x00 3993 Workaround for mips au1x00 physical memory accesses (the au1x00
3991 uses a 36 bit bus internally and cannot access physical memory 3994 uses a 36 bit bus internally and cannot access physical memory
3992 directly. Use the uncached SDRAM address instead of the physical 3995 directly. Use the uncached SDRAM address instead of the physical
3993 one.) 3996 one.)
3994 3997
3995 * Patch by Xue Ligong (Joe), 13 Nov 2003: 3998 * Patch by Xue Ligong (Joe), 13 Nov 2003:
3996 add Realtek 8019 ethernet driver 3999 add Realtek 8019 ethernet driver
3997 4000
3998 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 13 Nov 2003: 4001 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 13 Nov 2003:
3999 MPC826xADS/PQ2FADS cleanup 4002 MPC826xADS/PQ2FADS cleanup
4000 4003
4001 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 12 Nov 2003: 4004 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 12 Nov 2003:
4002 Update README to mark the PORTIO commands non-standard 4005 Update README to mark the PORTIO commands non-standard
4003 4006
4004 * Patch by Nicolas Lacressonnière, 12 Nov 2003: 4007 * Patch by Nicolas Lacressonnière, 12 Nov 2003:
4005 update for for Atmel AT91RM9200DK development kit: 4008 update for for Atmel AT91RM9200DK development kit:
4006 - support for environment variables in DataFlash 4009 - support for environment variables in DataFlash
4007 - Atmel DataFlash AT45DB1282 support 4010 - Atmel DataFlash AT45DB1282 support
4008 4011
4009 * Patch by Jeff Carr, 11 Nov 2003: 4012 * Patch by Jeff Carr, 11 Nov 2003:
4010 add support for new version of 8270 processors 4013 add support for new version of 8270 processors
4011 4014
4012 * Patches by George G. Davis, 05 Nov 2003: 4015 * Patches by George G. Davis, 05 Nov 2003:
4013 - only pass the ARM linux initrd tag to the kernel when an initrd 4016 - only pass the ARM linux initrd tag to the kernel when an initrd
4014 is actually present 4017 is actually present
4015 - update omap1510inn configuration file 4018 - update omap1510inn configuration file
4016 4019
4017 * Patches by Stephan Linz, 3 Nov 2003: 4020 * Patches by Stephan Linz, 3 Nov 2003:
4018 - more endianess fixes for LAN91C111 driver 4021 - more endianess fixes for LAN91C111 driver
4019 - CFG_HZ configuration patch for NIOS Cyclone board 4022 - CFG_HZ configuration patch for NIOS Cyclone board
4020 4023
4021 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 28 Oct 2003: 4024 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 28 Oct 2003:
4022 fix PHY_INT_REG vs. PHY_MASK_REG bug in drivers/smc91111.c 4025 fix PHY_INT_REG vs. PHY_MASK_REG bug in drivers/smc91111.c
4023 4026
4024 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 20 Oct 2003: 4027 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 20 Oct 2003:
4025 - make "mii info <addr>" show infor for PHY at "addr" only 4028 - make "mii info <addr>" show infor for PHY at "addr" only
4026 - Endian fix for miiphy_info() 4029 - Endian fix for miiphy_info()
4027 4030
4028 * Patch by Gleb Natapov, 19 Sep 2003: 4031 * Patch by Gleb Natapov, 19 Sep 2003:
4029 Move most of the timer interrupt related PPC code to ppc_lib/interrupts.c 4032 Move most of the timer interrupt related PPC code to ppc_lib/interrupts.c
4030 4033
4031 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 17 Sep 2003: 4034 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 17 Sep 2003:
4032 Bring ARM memory layout in sync with the documentation: 4035 Bring ARM memory layout in sync with the documentation:
4033 stack and malloc-heap are now located _below_ the U-Boot code 4036 stack and malloc-heap are now located _below_ the U-Boot code
4034 4037
4035 * Accelerate booting on TRAB board: read and check autoupdate image 4038 * Accelerate booting on TRAB board: read and check autoupdate image
4036 headers first instead of always reading the whole images. 4039 headers first instead of always reading the whole images.
4037 4040
4038 * Fix type in MPC5XXX code (pointed out by Victor Wren) 4041 * Fix type in MPC5XXX code (pointed out by Victor Wren)
4039 4042
4040 * Enabled password check on RMU board 4043 * Enabled password check on RMU board
4041 4044
4042 * Fix configuration problem with IceCube in LOWBOOT configuration: 4045 * Fix configuration problem with IceCube in LOWBOOT configuration:
4043 envrionment got embedded, corrupting the image layout. 4046 envrionment got embedded, corrupting the image layout.
4044 4047
4045 * Fix NEC display names (it's 6440 [for 640x480], not 6640). 4048 * Fix NEC display names (it's 6440 [for 640x480], not 6640).
4046 4049
4047 * Added BMS2003 board 4050 * Added BMS2003 board
4048 add support for NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480 TFT display 4051 add support for NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480 TFT display
4049 4052
4050 * Fix flash driver for TRAB board (must use Unlock Bypass Reset 4053 * Fix flash driver for TRAB board (must use Unlock Bypass Reset
4051 command to exit Unlock Bypass Mode); adjust timings for flash, SRAM 4054 command to exit Unlock Bypass Mode); adjust timings for flash, SRAM
4052 and CPLD 4055 and CPLD
4053 4056
4054 * Use "-fPIC" instead of "-mrelocatable" to prevent problems with 4057 * Use "-fPIC" instead of "-mrelocatable" to prevent problems with
4055 recent tools 4058 recent tools
4056 4059
4057 * Add checksum verification to 'imls' command 4060 * Add checksum verification to 'imls' command
4058 4061
4059 * Add bd_info fields needed for 4xx Linux I2C driver 4062 * Add bd_info fields needed for 4xx Linux I2C driver
4060 4063
4061 * Patch by Martin Krause, 4 Nov. 2003: 4064 * Patch by Martin Krause, 4 Nov. 2003:
4062 Fix error in cmd_vfd.c (TRAB board: "vfd /1" shows now only one Bitmap) 4065 Fix error in cmd_vfd.c (TRAB board: "vfd /1" shows now only one Bitmap)
4063 4066
4064 * Print used network interface when CONFIG_NET_MULTI is set 4067 * Print used network interface when CONFIG_NET_MULTI is set
4065 4068
4066 * Patch by Bernhard Kuhn, 28 Oct 2003: 4069 * Patch by Bernhard Kuhn, 28 Oct 2003:
4067 Add low boot support for MPC5200 4070 Add low boot support for MPC5200
4068 4071
4069 * Fix problem with dual PCMCIA support (NSCU) 4072 * Fix problem with dual PCMCIA support (NSCU)
4070 4073
4071 * Fix MPC5200 I2C initialization function 4074 * Fix MPC5200 I2C initialization function
4072 4075
4073 ====================================================================== 4076 ======================================================================
4074 Changes for U-Boot 1.0.0: 4077 Changes for U-Boot 1.0.0:
4075 ====================================================================== 4078 ======================================================================
4076 4079
4077 * Fix parameter passing to standalone images with bootm command 4080 * Fix parameter passing to standalone images with bootm command
4078 4081
4079 * Patch by Kyle Harris, 30 Oct 2003: 4082 * Patch by Kyle Harris, 30 Oct 2003:
4080 Fix build errors for ixdp425 board 4083 Fix build errors for ixdp425 board
4081 4084
4082 * Patch by David M. Horn, 29 Oct 2003: 4085 * Patch by David M. Horn, 29 Oct 2003:
4083 Fixes to build under CYGWIN 4086 Fixes to build under CYGWIN
4084 4087
4085 * Get IceCube MGT5100 working (again) 4088 * Get IceCube MGT5100 working (again)
4086 4089
4087 * Fix problems in memory test on some boards (which was not 4090 * Fix problems in memory test on some boards (which was not
4088 non-destructive as intended) 4091 non-destructive as intended)
4089 4092
4090 * Patch by Gary Jennejohn, 28 Oct 2003: 4093 * Patch by Gary Jennejohn, 28 Oct 2003:
4091 Change fs/fat/fat.c to put I/O buffers in BSS instead on the stack 4094 Change fs/fat/fat.c to put I/O buffers in BSS instead on the stack
4092 to prevent stack overflow on ARM systems 4095 to prevent stack overflow on ARM systems
4093 4096
4094 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 28 Oct 2003: 4097 * Patch by Stephan Linz, 28 Oct 2003:
4095 fix init sequence error for NIOS port 4098 fix init sequence error for NIOS port
4096 4099
4097 * Allow lowercase spelling for IceCube_5200; support MPC5200LITE name 4100 * Allow lowercase spelling for IceCube_5200; support MPC5200LITE name
4098 4101
4099 * Add CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE to TRAB configuration 4102 * Add CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE to TRAB configuration
4100 4103
4101 * Patch by Xiao Xianghua, 23 Oct 2003: 4104 * Patch by Xiao Xianghua, 23 Oct 2003:
4102 small patch for mpc85xx 4105 small patch for mpc85xx
4103 4106
4104 * Fix small problem in MPC5200 I2C driver 4107 * Fix small problem in MPC5200 I2C driver
4105 4108
4106 * Fix FCC3 support on ATC board 4109 * Fix FCC3 support on ATC board
4107 4110
4108 * Correct header printing for multi-image files in do_bootm() 4111 * Correct header printing for multi-image files in do_bootm()
4109 4112
4110 * Make CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE work with CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED 4113 * Make CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE work with CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
4111 4114
4112 * Fix PCI problems on PPChameleon board 4115 * Fix PCI problems on PPChameleon board
4113 4116
4114 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 18 Oct 2003: 4117 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 18 Oct 2003:
4115 Fix AT91RM9200 ethernet driver 4118 Fix AT91RM9200 ethernet driver
4116 4119
4117 * Patch by Nye Liu, 17 Oct 2003: 4120 * Patch by Nye Liu, 17 Oct 2003:
4118 Fix typo in include/mpc8xx.h 4121 Fix typo in include/mpc8xx.h
4119 4122
4120 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 16 Oct 03: 4123 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 16 Oct 03:
4121 Fixes for cpu/arm925/interrupt.c 4124 Fixes for cpu/arm925/interrupt.c
4122 - Initialize timestamp & lastdec vars. 4125 - Initialize timestamp & lastdec vars.
4123 - fix timestamp overflows. 4126 - fix timestamp overflows.
4124 - fix lastdec overflow. 4127 - fix lastdec overflow.
4125 - smarter normalization to allow udelay() below 1ms to work. 4128 - smarter normalization to allow udelay() below 1ms to work.
4126 4129
4127 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 16 Oct 4130 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 16 Oct
4128 add networking support for the Altera Nios Development Kit, 4131 add networking support for the Altera Nios Development Kit,
4129 Cyclone Edition (DK-1C20) 4132 Cyclone Edition (DK-1C20)
4130 4133
4131 * Patch by Jon Diekema, 14 Oct 2003: 4134 * Patch by Jon Diekema, 14 Oct 2003:
4132 add hint about doc/README.silent to README file 4135 add hint about doc/README.silent to README file
4133 4136
4134 * Add CompactFlash support for NSCU 4137 * Add CompactFlash support for NSCU
4135 4138
4136 * Fix PCI problems on PPChameleonEVB 4139 * Fix PCI problems on PPChameleonEVB
4137 4140
4138 * TRAB auto-update: Base decision if we have to strip the image 4141 * TRAB auto-update: Base decision if we have to strip the image
4139 header on image type as encoded in the header 4142 header on image type as encoded in the header
4140 (include image type patch by Martin Krause, 17 Oct 2003) 4143 (include image type patch by Martin Krause, 17 Oct 2003)
4141 4144
4142 * Patches by Xianghua Xiao, 15 Oct 2003: 4145 * Patches by Xianghua Xiao, 15 Oct 2003:
4143 4146
4144 - Added Motorola CPU 8540/8560 support (cpu/85xx) 4147 - Added Motorola CPU 8540/8560 support (cpu/85xx)
4145 - Added Motorola MPC8540ADS board support (board/mpc8540ads) 4148 - Added Motorola MPC8540ADS board support (board/mpc8540ads)
4146 - Added Motorola MPC8560ADS board support (board/mpc8560ads) 4149 - Added Motorola MPC8560ADS board support (board/mpc8560ads)
4147 4150
4148 * Fix flash timings on TRAB board 4151 * Fix flash timings on TRAB board
4149 4152
4150 * Make sure HUSH is initialized for running auto-update scripts 4153 * Make sure HUSH is initialized for running auto-update scripts
4151 4154
4152 * Make 5200 reset command _really_ reset the board, without running 4155 * Make 5200 reset command _really_ reset the board, without running
4153 any other code after it 4156 any other code after it
4154 4157
4155 * Fix errors with flash erase when range spans across banks 4158 * Fix errors with flash erase when range spans across banks
4156 that are mapped in reverse order 4159 that are mapped in reverse order
4157 4160
4158 * Fix flash mapping and display on P3G4 board 4161 * Fix flash mapping and display on P3G4 board
4159 4162
4160 * Patch by Kyle Harris, 15 Jul 2003: 4163 * Patch by Kyle Harris, 15 Jul 2003:
4161 - add support for Intel IXP425 CPU 4164 - add support for Intel IXP425 CPU
4162 - add support for IXDP425 eval board 4165 - add support for IXDP425 eval board
4163 4166
4164 * Added config option CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE. See doc/README.silent 4167 * Added config option CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE. See doc/README.silent
4165 for more information 4168 for more information
4166 4169
4167 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 10 Oct 2003 4170 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 10 Oct 2003
4168 - Add support for Altera FPGA ACEX1K 4171 - Add support for Altera FPGA ACEX1K
4169 4172
4170 * Patches by Thomas Lange, 09 Oct 2003: 4173 * Patches by Thomas Lange, 09 Oct 2003:
4171 - fix cmd_ide.c for non ppc boards (read/write functions did not 4174 - fix cmd_ide.c for non ppc boards (read/write functions did not
4172 add ATA base address) 4175 add ATA base address)
4173 - fix for shannon board 4176 - fix for shannon board
4174 - #ifdef CONFIG_IDE_8xx_DIRECT some otherwise unused code 4177 - #ifdef CONFIG_IDE_8xx_DIRECT some otherwise unused code
4175 - Endian swap ATA identity for all big endian CPUs, not just PPC 4178 - Endian swap ATA identity for all big endian CPUs, not just PPC
4176 - MIPS only: New option CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES for passing memsize 4179 - MIPS only: New option CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES for passing memsize
4177 args to linux 4180 args to linux
4178 - add support for dbau1x00 board (MIPS32) 4181 - add support for dbau1x00 board (MIPS32)
4179 4182
4180 * Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 07 Oct 2003: 4183 * Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 07 Oct 2003:
4181 add support for debris board 4184 add support for debris board
4182 4185
4183 * Patch by Martin Krause, 09 Oct 2003: 4186 * Patch by Martin Krause, 09 Oct 2003:
4184 Fixes for TRAB board 4187 Fixes for TRAB board
4185 - /board/trab/rs485.c: correct baudrate 4188 - /board/trab/rs485.c: correct baudrate
4186 - /board/trab/cmd_trab.c: bug fix for problem with timer overflow in 4189 - /board/trab/cmd_trab.c: bug fix for problem with timer overflow in
4187 udelay(); fix some timing problems with adc controller 4190 udelay(); fix some timing problems with adc controller
4188 - /board/trab/trab_fkt.c: add new commands: gain, eeprom and power; 4191 - /board/trab/trab_fkt.c: add new commands: gain, eeprom and power;
4189 modify commands: touch and buzzer 4192 modify commands: touch and buzzer
4190 4193
4191 * Disable CONFIG_SUPPORT_VFAT when used with CONFIG_AUTO_UPDATE 4194 * Disable CONFIG_SUPPORT_VFAT when used with CONFIG_AUTO_UPDATE
4192 (quick & dirty workaround for rogue pointer problem in get_vfatname()); 4195 (quick & dirty workaround for rogue pointer problem in get_vfatname());
4193 Use direct function calls for auto_update instead of hush commands 4196 Use direct function calls for auto_update instead of hush commands
4194 4197
4195 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 04 Oct 2003: 4198 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 04 Oct 2003:
4196 - add support for Altera Nios-32 CPU 4199 - add support for Altera Nios-32 CPU
4197 - add support for Nios Cyclone Development Kit (DK-1C20) 4200 - add support for Nios Cyclone Development Kit (DK-1C20)
4198 4201
4199 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 29 Sep 2003: 4202 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 29 Sep 2003:
4200 - A second parameter for bootm overwrites the load address for 4203 - A second parameter for bootm overwrites the load address for
4201 "Standalone Application" images. 4204 "Standalone Application" images.
4202 - bootm sets environment variable "filesize" to the resulting 4205 - bootm sets environment variable "filesize" to the resulting
4203 (uncompressed) data length for "Standalone Application" images 4206 (uncompressed) data length for "Standalone Application" images
4204 when autostart is set to "no". Now you can do something like 4207 when autostart is set to "no". Now you can do something like
4205 if bootm $fpgadata $some_free_ram ; then 4208 if bootm $fpgadata $some_free_ram ; then
4206 fpga load 0 $some_free_ram $filesize 4209 fpga load 0 $some_free_ram $filesize
4207 fi 4210 fi
4208 4211
4209 * Patch by Denis Peter, 25 Sept 2003: 4212 * Patch by Denis Peter, 25 Sept 2003:
4210 add support for the MIP405 Rev. C board 4213 add support for the MIP405 Rev. C board
4211 4214
4212 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 25 Sep 2003: 4215 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 25 Sep 2003:
4213 add support for Zephyr Engineering ZPC.1900 board 4216 add support for Zephyr Engineering ZPC.1900 board
4214 4217
4215 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 23 Sep 2003: 4218 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 23 Sep 2003:
4216 add CMD_PORTIO to CFG_CMD_NONSTD (commands in question are only 4219 add CMD_PORTIO to CFG_CMD_NONSTD (commands in question are only
4217 implemented for the x86 architecture) 4220 implemented for the x86 architecture)
4218 4221
4219 * Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 23 Sep 2003: 4222 * Patch by Sangmoon Kim, 23 Sep 2003:
4220 fix pll_pci_to_mem_multiplier table for MPC8245 4223 fix pll_pci_to_mem_multiplier table for MPC8245
4221 4224
4222 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 22 Sep 2003: 4225 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 22 Sep 2003:
4223 enable timed autoboot on PXA 4226 enable timed autoboot on PXA
4224 4227
4225 * Patch by David Müller, 22 Sep 2003: 4228 * Patch by David Müller, 22 Sep 2003:
4226 - add $(CFLAGS) to "-print-libgcc-filename" so compiler driver 4229 - add $(CFLAGS) to "-print-libgcc-filename" so compiler driver
4227 returns correct libgcc file path 4230 returns correct libgcc file path
4228 - "latency" reduction of busy-loop waiting to improve "U-Boot" boot 4231 - "latency" reduction of busy-loop waiting to improve "U-Boot" boot
4229 time on s3c24x0 systems 4232 time on s3c24x0 systems
4230 4233
4231 * Patch by Jon Diekema, 19 Sep 2003: 4234 * Patch by Jon Diekema, 19 Sep 2003:
4232 - Add CFG_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN option to echo the inverted Ethernet 4235 - Add CFG_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN option to echo the inverted Ethernet
4233 link state to the fault LED. 4236 link state to the fault LED.
4234 - In NetLoop, make the Fault LED reflect the link status. The link 4237 - In NetLoop, make the Fault LED reflect the link status. The link
4235 status gets updated on entry, and on timeouts. 4238 status gets updated on entry, and on timeouts.
4236 4239
4237 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 18 Sep 2003: 4240 * Patch by Anders Larsen, 18 Sep 2003:
4238 allow mkimage to build and run on Cygwin-hosted systems 4241 allow mkimage to build and run on Cygwin-hosted systems
4239 4242
4240 * Patch by Frank Müller, 18 Sep 2003: 4243 * Patch by Frank Müller, 18 Sep 2003:
4241 use bi_intfreq instead of bi_busfreq to compute fec_mii_speed in 4244 use bi_intfreq instead of bi_busfreq to compute fec_mii_speed in
4242 cpu/mpc8xx/fec.c 4245 cpu/mpc8xx/fec.c
4243 4246
4244 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 16 Sep 2003: 4247 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 16 Sep 2003:
4245 add tool to compute fileds in the PLPRCR register for MPC86x 4248 add tool to compute fileds in the PLPRCR register for MPC86x
4246 4249
4247 * Use IH_TYPE_FILESYSTEM for TRAB "disk" images. 4250 * Use IH_TYPE_FILESYSTEM for TRAB "disk" images.
4248 4251
4249 * Fix build problems under FreeBSD 4252 * Fix build problems under FreeBSD
4250 4253
4251 * Add generic filesystem image type 4254 * Add generic filesystem image type
4252 4255
4253 * Make fatload set filesize environment variable 4256 * Make fatload set filesize environment variable
4254 4257
4255 * enable basic / medium / high-end configurations for PPChameleonEVB 4258 * enable basic / medium / high-end configurations for PPChameleonEVB
4256 board; fix NAND code 4259 board; fix NAND code
4257 4260
4258 * enable TFTP client code to specify to the server the desired 4261 * enable TFTP client code to specify to the server the desired
4259 timeout value (see RFC-2349) 4262 timeout value (see RFC-2349)
4260 4263
4261 * Improve SDRAM setup for TRAB board 4264 * Improve SDRAM setup for TRAB board
4262 4265
4263 * Suppress all output with splashscreen configured only if "splashimage" 4266 * Suppress all output with splashscreen configured only if "splashimage"
4264 is set 4267 is set
4265 4268
4266 * Fix problems with I2C support for mpc5200 4269 * Fix problems with I2C support for mpc5200
4267 4270
4268 * Adapt TRAB configuration and auto_update to new memory layout 4271 * Adapt TRAB configuration and auto_update to new memory layout
4269 4272
4270 * Add configuration for wtk board 4273 * Add configuration for wtk board
4271 4274
4272 * Add support for the Sharp LQ065T9DR51U LCD display 4275 * Add support for the Sharp LQ065T9DR51U LCD display
4273 4276
4274 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 17 Sep 2003: 4277 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 17 Sep 2003:
4275 - Fixes for MPC8266 default config 4278 - Fixes for MPC8266 default config
4276 - Allow eth_loopback_test() on 8260 to use a subset of the FCC's 4279 - Allow eth_loopback_test() on 8260 to use a subset of the FCC's
4277 4280
4278 * Patches by Jon Diekema, 17 Sep 2003: 4281 * Patches by Jon Diekema, 17 Sep 2003:
4279 - update README (SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS values for cmd_nand.c and 4282 - update README (SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS values for cmd_nand.c and
4280 env_common.c) 4283 env_common.c)
4281 - sbc8260 tweaks 4284 - sbc8260 tweaks
4282 - adjust "help" output 4285 - adjust "help" output
4283 4286
4284 * Patches by Anders Larsen, 17 Sep 2003: 4287 * Patches by Anders Larsen, 17 Sep 2003:
4285 - fix spelling errors 4288 - fix spelling errors
4286 - set GD_FLG_DEVINIT flag only after device function pointers 4289 - set GD_FLG_DEVINIT flag only after device function pointers
4287 are valid 4290 are valid
4288 - Allow CFG_ALT_MEMTEST on systems where address zero isn't 4291 - Allow CFG_ALT_MEMTEST on systems where address zero isn't
4289 writeable 4292 writeable
4290 - enable 3.rd UART (ST-UART) on PXA(XScale) CPUs 4293 - enable 3.rd UART (ST-UART) on PXA(XScale) CPUs
4291 - trigger watchdog while waiting in serial driver 4294 - trigger watchdog while waiting in serial driver
4292 4295
4293 * Add auto-update code for TRAB board using USB memory sticks, 4296 * Add auto-update code for TRAB board using USB memory sticks,
4294 support new configuration with more memory 4297 support new configuration with more memory
4295 4298
4296 * disable MPC5200 bus pipelining as workaround for bus contention 4299 * disable MPC5200 bus pipelining as workaround for bus contention
4297 4300
4298 * Modify XLB arbiter priorities on MPC5200 so all devices use same 4301 * Modify XLB arbiter priorities on MPC5200 so all devices use same
4299 priority; configure critical interrupts to be handled like external 4302 priority; configure critical interrupts to be handled like external
4300 interrupts 4303 interrupts
4301 4304
4302 * Make IPB clock on MGT5100/MPC5200 configurable in board config file; 4305 * Make IPB clock on MGT5100/MPC5200 configurable in board config file;
4303 go back to 66 MHz for stability 4306 go back to 66 MHz for stability
4304 4307
4305 * Patches by Jon Diekema, 15 Sep 2003: 4308 * Patches by Jon Diekema, 15 Sep 2003:
4306 - add description for missing CFG_CMD_* entries in the README file 4309 - add description for missing CFG_CMD_* entries in the README file
4307 - sacsng tweaks 4310 - sacsng tweaks
4308 4311
4309 * Patch by Gleb Natapov, 14 Sep 2003: 4312 * Patch by Gleb Natapov, 14 Sep 2003:
4310 enable watchdog support for all MPC824x boards that have a watchdog 4313 enable watchdog support for all MPC824x boards that have a watchdog
4311 4314
4312 * On MPC5200, restrict FEC to a maximum of 10 Mbps to work around the 4315 * On MPC5200, restrict FEC to a maximum of 10 Mbps to work around the
4313 "Non-octet Aligned Frame" errors we see at 100 Mbps 4316 "Non-octet Aligned Frame" errors we see at 100 Mbps
4314 4317
4315 * Patch by Sharad Gupta, 14 Sep 2003: 4318 * Patch by Sharad Gupta, 14 Sep 2003:
4316 fix SPR numbers for upper BAT register ([ID]BAT[4-7][UL]) 4319 fix SPR numbers for upper BAT register ([ID]BAT[4-7][UL])
4317 4320
4318 * Patch by llandre, 11 Sep 2003: 4321 * Patch by llandre, 11 Sep 2003:
4319 update configuration for PPChameleonEVB board 4322 update configuration for PPChameleonEVB board
4320 4323
4321 * Patch by David Müller, 13 Sep 2003: 4324 * Patch by David Müller, 13 Sep 2003:
4322 various changes to VCMA9 board specific files 4325 various changes to VCMA9 board specific files
4323 4326
4324 * Add I2C support for MGT5100 / MPC5200 4327 * Add I2C support for MGT5100 / MPC5200
4325 4328
4326 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 11 Sep 2003: 4329 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 11 Sep 2003:
4327 Changed default memory option on MPC8266ADS to NOT be Page Based 4330 Changed default memory option on MPC8266ADS to NOT be Page Based
4328 Interleave, since this doesn't work very well with the standard 4331 Interleave, since this doesn't work very well with the standard
4329 16MB DIMM 4332 16MB DIMM
4330 4333
4331 * Patch by George G. Davis, 12 Sep 2003: 4334 * Patch by George G. Davis, 12 Sep 2003:
4332 fix Makefile settings for sk98 driver 4335 fix Makefile settings for sk98 driver
4333 4336
4334 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 12 Sep 2003: 4337 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 12 Sep 2003:
4335 - new boards added: DP405, HUB405, PLU405, VOH405 4338 - new boards added: DP405, HUB405, PLU405, VOH405
4336 - some esd boards updated 4339 - some esd boards updated
4337 - cpu/ppc4xx/sdram.c: disable memory controller before setting 4340 - cpu/ppc4xx/sdram.c: disable memory controller before setting
4338 first values 4341 first values
4339 - cpu/ppc4xx/405_pci.c: set vendor id on PPC405EP systems 4342 - cpu/ppc4xx/405_pci.c: set vendor id on PPC405EP systems
4340 4343
4341 * Patch by Martin Krause, 11 Sep 2003: 4344 * Patch by Martin Krause, 11 Sep 2003:
4342 add burn-in tests for TRAB board 4345 add burn-in tests for TRAB board
4343 4346
4344 * Enable instruction cache on MPC5200 board 4347 * Enable instruction cache on MPC5200 board
4345 4348
4346 * Patch by Denis Peter, 11 Sep 2003: 4349 * Patch by Denis Peter, 11 Sep 2003:
4347 - fix USB data pointer assignment for bulk only transfer. 4350 - fix USB data pointer assignment for bulk only transfer.
4348 - prevent to display erased directories in FAT filesystem. 4351 - prevent to display erased directories in FAT filesystem.
4349 4352
4350 * Change output format for NAND flash - make it look like for other 4353 * Change output format for NAND flash - make it look like for other
4351 memory, too 4354 memory, too
4352 4355
4353 ====================================================================== 4356 ======================================================================
4354 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.8: 4357 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.8:
4355 ====================================================================== 4358 ======================================================================
4356 4359
4357 * Add I2C and RTC support for RMU board 4360 * Add I2C and RTC support for RMU board
4358 4361
4359 * Patches by Denis Peter, 9 Sep 2003: 4362 * Patches by Denis Peter, 9 Sep 2003:
4360 add FAT support for IDE, SCSI and USB 4363 add FAT support for IDE, SCSI and USB
4361 4364
4362 * Patches by Gleb Natapov, 2 Sep 2003: 4365 * Patches by Gleb Natapov, 2 Sep 2003:
4363 - cleanup of POST code for unsupported architectures 4366 - cleanup of POST code for unsupported architectures
4364 - MPC824x locks way0 of data cache for use as initial RAM; 4367 - MPC824x locks way0 of data cache for use as initial RAM;
4365 this patch unlocks it after relocation to RAM and invalidates 4368 this patch unlocks it after relocation to RAM and invalidates
4366 the locked entries. 4369 the locked entries.
4367 4370
4368 * Patch by Gleb Natapov, 30 Aug 2003: 4371 * Patch by Gleb Natapov, 30 Aug 2003:
4369 new I2C driver for mpc107 bridge. Now works from flash. 4372 new I2C driver for mpc107 bridge. Now works from flash.
4370 4373
4371 * Patch by Dave Ellis, 11 Aug 2003: 4374 * Patch by Dave Ellis, 11 Aug 2003:
4372 - JFFS2: fix typo in common/cmd_jffs2.c 4375 - JFFS2: fix typo in common/cmd_jffs2.c
4373 - JFFS2: fix CFG_JFFS2_SORT_FRAGMENTS option 4376 - JFFS2: fix CFG_JFFS2_SORT_FRAGMENTS option
4374 - JFFS2: remove node version 0 warning 4377 - JFFS2: remove node version 0 warning
4375 - JFFS2: accept JFFS2 PADDING nodes 4378 - JFFS2: accept JFFS2 PADDING nodes
4376 - SXNI855T: add AM29LV800 support 4379 - SXNI855T: add AM29LV800 support
4377 - SXNI855T: move environment from EEPROM to flash 4380 - SXNI855T: move environment from EEPROM to flash
4378 - SXNI855T: boot from JFFS2 in NOR or NAND flash 4381 - SXNI855T: boot from JFFS2 in NOR or NAND flash
4379 4382
4380 * Patch by Bill Hargen, 11 Aug 2003: 4383 * Patch by Bill Hargen, 11 Aug 2003:
4381 fixes for I2C on MPC8240 4384 fixes for I2C on MPC8240
4382 - fix i2c_write routine 4385 - fix i2c_write routine
4383 - fix iprobe command 4386 - fix iprobe command
4384 - eliminates use of global variables, plus dead code, cleanup. 4387 - eliminates use of global variables, plus dead code, cleanup.
4385 4388
4386 * Add support for USB Mass Storage Devices (BBB) 4389 * Add support for USB Mass Storage Devices (BBB)
4387 (tested with USB memory sticks only) 4390 (tested with USB memory sticks only)
4388 4391
4389 * Avoid flicker on TRAB's VFD 4392 * Avoid flicker on TRAB's VFD
4390 4393
4391 * Add support for SK98xx driver 4394 * Add support for SK98xx driver
4392 4395
4393 * Add PCI support for SL8245 board 4396 * Add PCI support for SL8245 board
4394 4397
4395 * Support IceCube board configurations with 1 x AMD AM29LV065 (8 MB) 4398 * Support IceCube board configurations with 1 x AMD AM29LV065 (8 MB)
4396 or 1 x AM29LV652 (two LV065 in one chip = 16 MB); 4399 or 1 x AM29LV652 (two LV065 in one chip = 16 MB);
4397 Run IPB at 133 Mhz; adjust the MII clock frequency accordingly 4400 Run IPB at 133 Mhz; adjust the MII clock frequency accordingly
4398 4401
4399 * Set BRG_CLK on PM825/826 to 64MHz (VCO_OUT / 4, instead of 16 MHz) 4402 * Set BRG_CLK on PM825/826 to 64MHz (VCO_OUT / 4, instead of 16 MHz)
4400 to allow for more accurate baudrate settings 4403 to allow for more accurate baudrate settings
4401 (error now 0.7% at 115 kbps, instead of 3.5% before) 4404 (error now 0.7% at 115 kbps, instead of 3.5% before)
4402 4405
4403 * Patch by Andreas Mohr, 4 Sep 2003: 4406 * Patch by Andreas Mohr, 4 Sep 2003:
4404 Fix a lot of spelling errors 4407 Fix a lot of spelling errors
4405 4408
4406 * Add support for PPChameleon Eval Board 4409 * Add support for PPChameleon Eval Board
4407 4410
4408 * Add support for P3G4 board 4411 * Add support for P3G4 board
4409 4412
4410 * Fix problem with MGT5100 FEC driver: add "early" MAC address 4413 * Fix problem with MGT5100 FEC driver: add "early" MAC address
4411 initialization 4414 initialization
4412 4415
4413 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 7 Aug 2003: 4416 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 7 Aug 2003:
4414 check BCSR to detect if the board is configured in PCI mode 4417 check BCSR to detect if the board is configured in PCI mode
4415 4418
4416 ====================================================================== 4419 ======================================================================
4417 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.7: 4420 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.7:
4418 ====================================================================== 4421 ======================================================================
4419 4422
4420 * Patch by Raghu Krishnaprasad, 7 Aug 2003: 4423 * Patch by Raghu Krishnaprasad, 7 Aug 2003:
4421 add support for Adder II MPC852T module 4424 add support for Adder II MPC852T module
4422 4425
4423 * Patch by George G. Davis, 19 Aug 2003: 4426 * Patch by George G. Davis, 19 Aug 2003:
4424 fix TI Innovator/OMAP1510 pin configs 4427 fix TI Innovator/OMAP1510 pin configs
4425 4428
4426 * Patches by Kshitij, 18 Aug 2003 4429 * Patches by Kshitij, 18 Aug 2003
4427 - add support for arm926ejs cpu core 4430 - add support for arm926ejs cpu core
4428 - add support for TI OMAP 1610 Innovator Board 4431 - add support for TI OMAP 1610 Innovator Board
4429 4432
4430 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 14 Aug 2003: 4433 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 14 Aug 2003:
4431 add support for bzip2 uncompression 4434 add support for bzip2 uncompression
4432 4435
4433 * Add GCC library to examples/Makefile so GCC utility functions will 4436 * Add GCC library to examples/Makefile so GCC utility functions will
4434 be resolved, too 4437 be resolved, too
4435 4438
4436 * Add I2C and RTC support for RMU board using software I2C driver 4439 * Add I2C and RTC support for RMU board using software I2C driver
4437 (because of better response to iprobe command); fix problem with 4440 (because of better response to iprobe command); fix problem with
4438 "reset" command 4441 "reset" command
4439 4442
4440 * Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 28 Aug 2003: 4443 * Patch by Matthias Fuchs, 28 Aug 2003:
4441 Added CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 and CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME to 4444 Added CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 and CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME to
4442 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAKS (see README). 4445 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAKS (see README).
4443 4446
4444 * Fix ICU862 environment problem 4447 * Fix ICU862 environment problem
4445 4448
4446 * Fix RAM size detection for RMU board 4449 * Fix RAM size detection for RMU board
4447 4450
4448 * Implement "reset" for MGT5100/MPC5200 systems 4451 * Implement "reset" for MGT5100/MPC5200 systems
4449 4452
4450 ====================================================================== 4453 ======================================================================
4451 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.6: 4454 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.6:
4452 ====================================================================== 4455 ======================================================================
4453 4456
4454 * Make Ethernet autonegotiation on INCA-IP work for all clock rates; 4457 * Make Ethernet autonegotiation on INCA-IP work for all clock rates;
4455 allow selection of clock frequency as "make" target 4458 allow selection of clock frequency as "make" target
4456 4459
4457 * Implement memory autosizing code for IceCube boards 4460 * Implement memory autosizing code for IceCube boards
4458 4461
4459 * Configure network port on INCA-IP for autonegotiation 4462 * Configure network port on INCA-IP for autonegotiation
4460 4463
4461 * Fix overflow problem in network timeout code 4464 * Fix overflow problem in network timeout code
4462 4465
4463 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 8 Aug 2003: 4466 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 8 Aug 2003:
4464 Allow crc32 to be used at address 0x000 (crc32_no_comp, too). 4467 Allow crc32 to be used at address 0x000 (crc32_no_comp, too).
4465 4468
4466 ====================================================================== 4469 ======================================================================
4467 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.5: 4470 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.5:
4468 ====================================================================== 4471 ======================================================================
4469 4472
4470 * Update for TQM board defaults: 4473 * Update for TQM board defaults:
4471 disable clocks_in_mhz, enable boot count limit 4474 disable clocks_in_mhz, enable boot count limit
4472 4475
4473 * Removed tools/gdb from "make all" target. Added make target "gdbtools" 4476 * Removed tools/gdb from "make all" target. Added make target "gdbtools"
4474 in toplevel directory instead. Removed astest.c from tools/gdb because 4477 in toplevel directory instead. Removed astest.c from tools/gdb because
4475 it is no longer relevant. 4478 it is no longer relevant.
4476 4479
4477 * Fix PCI support for MPC5200 / IceCube Board 4480 * Fix PCI support for MPC5200 / IceCube Board
4478 4481
4479 * Map ISP1362 USB OTG controller for NSCU board 4482 * Map ISP1362 USB OTG controller for NSCU board
4480 4483
4481 * Patch by Brad Parker, 02 Aug 2003: 4484 * Patch by Brad Parker, 02 Aug 2003:
4482 fix sc520_cdp problems 4485 fix sc520_cdp problems
4483 4486
4484 * Implement Boot Cycle Detection (Req. 2.3 of OSDL CGL Reqirements) 4487 * Implement Boot Cycle Detection (Req. 2.3 of OSDL CGL Reqirements)
4485 4488
4486 * Allow erase command to cross flash bank boundaries 4489 * Allow erase command to cross flash bank boundaries
4487 4490
4488 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 21 Jul 2003: 4491 * Patch by Scott McNutt, 21 Jul 2003:
4489 Add support for LynuxWorks Kernel Downloadable Images (KDIs). 4492 Add support for LynuxWorks Kernel Downloadable Images (KDIs).
4490 Both LynxOS and BlueCat linux KDIs are supported. 4493 Both LynxOS and BlueCat linux KDIs are supported.
4491 4494
4492 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 25 Jul 2003: 4495 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 25 Jul 2003:
4493 use more reliable reset for OMAP/925T 4496 use more reliable reset for OMAP/925T
4494 4497
4495 * Patch by Nye Liu, 25 Jul 2003: 4498 * Patch by Nye Liu, 25 Jul 2003:
4496 fix typo in mpc8xx.h 4499 fix typo in mpc8xx.h
4497 4500
4498 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 24 Jul 2003: 4501 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 24 Jul 2003:
4499 Fixes for cmd_nand.c: 4502 Fixes for cmd_nand.c:
4500 - Fixed null dereferece which could result in incorrect ECC values. 4503 - Fixed null dereferece which could result in incorrect ECC values.
4501 - Added support for devices with no Ready/Busy signal hooked up. 4504 - Added support for devices with no Ready/Busy signal hooked up.
4502 - Added OMAP1510 read/write protect handling. 4505 - Added OMAP1510 read/write protect handling.
4503 - Fixed nand.h's ECCPOS. A conflict existed with POS5 and badblock 4506 - Fixed nand.h's ECCPOS. A conflict existed with POS5 and badblock
4504 for non-JFFS2. 4507 for non-JFFS2.
4505 - Switched default ECC to be JFFS2. 4508 - Switched default ECC to be JFFS2.
4506 4509
4507 * Allow crc32 to be used at address 0x000 4510 * Allow crc32 to be used at address 0x000
4508 4511
4509 * Provide consistent interface to standalone applications to access 4512 * Provide consistent interface to standalone applications to access
4510 the 'global_data' structure 4513 the 'global_data' structure
4511 Provide a doc/README.standalone more useful to users/developers. 4514 Provide a doc/README.standalone more useful to users/developers.
4512 4515
4513 * Make IceCube MGT5100 FEC driver work 4516 * Make IceCube MGT5100 FEC driver work
4514 4517
4515 * Implement new mechanism to export U-Boot's functions to standalone 4518 * Implement new mechanism to export U-Boot's functions to standalone
4516 applications: instead of using (PPC-specific) system calls we now 4519 applications: instead of using (PPC-specific) system calls we now
4517 use a jump table; please see doc/README.standalone for details 4520 use a jump table; please see doc/README.standalone for details
4518 4521
4519 * Patch by Dave Westwood, 24 Jul 2003: 4522 * Patch by Dave Westwood, 24 Jul 2003:
4520 added support for Unity OS (a proprietary OS) 4523 added support for Unity OS (a proprietary OS)
4521 4524
4522 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 23 Jul 2003: 4525 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 23 Jul 2003:
4523 add "imls" command to print flash table of contents 4526 add "imls" command to print flash table of contents
4524 4527
4525 * Fix cold boot detection for log buffer reset 4528 * Fix cold boot detection for log buffer reset
4526 4529
4527 * Return error for invalid length specifiers with "cp.X" etc. 4530 * Return error for invalid length specifiers with "cp.X" etc.
4528 4531
4529 * Fix startup problem on MIPS 4532 * Fix startup problem on MIPS
4530 4533
4531 * Allow for CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN even when no explicit 4534 * Allow for CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN even when no explicit
4532 bitmap support is configured 4535 bitmap support is configured
4533 4536
4534 * Patch by Bill Hargen, 18 Jul 2003: 4537 * Patch by Bill Hargen, 18 Jul 2003:
4535 - fix endinaness problem in cpu/mpc824x/drivers/i2c/i2c1.c 4538 - fix endinaness problem in cpu/mpc824x/drivers/i2c/i2c1.c
4536 4539
4537 * Patch by Denis Peter, 18 Jul 2003: 4540 * Patch by Denis Peter, 18 Jul 2003:
4538 - fix memory configuration for MIP405T 4541 - fix memory configuration for MIP405T
4539 - fix printout of baudrate for "loadb <loadaddr> <baudrate>" 4542 - fix printout of baudrate for "loadb <loadaddr> <baudrate>"
4540 4543
4541 * Cleanup of TQM82xx configurations; use "official" board types 4544 * Cleanup of TQM82xx configurations; use "official" board types
4542 to make selection easier. 4545 to make selection easier.
4543 4546
4544 * Patch by Martin Krause, 17 Jul 2003: 4547 * Patch by Martin Krause, 17 Jul 2003:
4545 add delay to get I2C working with "imm" command and s3c24x0_i2c.c 4548 add delay to get I2C working with "imm" command and s3c24x0_i2c.c
4546 4549
4547 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 17 July 03: 4550 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 17 July 03:
4548 - Fixed bug in OMAP1510 baud rate divisor settings. 4551 - Fixed bug in OMAP1510 baud rate divisor settings.
4549 4552
4550 * Patch by Nye Liu, 16 July 2003: 4553 * Patch by Nye Liu, 16 July 2003:
4551 MPC860FADS fixes: 4554 MPC860FADS fixes:
4552 - add MPC86xADS support (uses MPC86xADS.h) 4555 - add MPC86xADS support (uses MPC86xADS.h)
4553 - add 866P/T core support (also MPC859T/MPC859DSL/MPC852T) 4556 - add 866P/T core support (also MPC859T/MPC859DSL/MPC852T)
4554 o PLPRCR changes 4557 o PLPRCR changes
4555 o BRG changes (EXTAL/XTAL restricted to 10MHz) 4558 o BRG changes (EXTAL/XTAL restricted to 10MHz)
4556 o don't trust gclk() software measurement by default, depend on 4559 o don't trust gclk() software measurement by default, depend on
4557 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ 4560 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ
4558 - add DRAM SIMM not installed detection 4561 - add DRAM SIMM not installed detection
4559 - use more "correct" SDRAM initialization sequence 4562 - use more "correct" SDRAM initialization sequence
4560 - allow different SDRAM sizes (8xxADS has 8M) 4563 - allow different SDRAM sizes (8xxADS has 8M)
4561 - default DER is 0 4564 - default DER is 0
4562 - remove unused MAMR defines from FADS860T.h (all done in fads.c) 4565 - remove unused MAMR defines from FADS860T.h (all done in fads.c)
4563 - rename MAMR/MBMR defines to be more consistent. Should eventually 4566 - rename MAMR/MBMR defines to be more consistent. Should eventually
4564 be merged into MxMR to better reflect the PowerQUICC datasheet. 4567 be merged into MxMR to better reflect the PowerQUICC datasheet.
4565 4568
4566 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 16 Jul 2003: 4569 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 16 Jul 2003:
4567 support new Motorola PQ2FADS-ZU evaluation board which replaced 4570 support new Motorola PQ2FADS-ZU evaluation board which replaced
4568 MPC8260ADS and MPC8266ADS 4571 MPC8260ADS and MPC8266ADS
4569 4572
4570 ====================================================================== 4573 ======================================================================
4571 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.4: 4574 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.4:
4572 ====================================================================== 4575 ======================================================================
4573 4576
4574 * Add support for IceCube board (with MGT5100 and MPC5200 CPUs) 4577 * Add support for IceCube board (with MGT5100 and MPC5200 CPUs)
4575 4578
4576 * Add support for MGT5100 and MPC5200 processors 4579 * Add support for MGT5100 and MPC5200 processors
4577 4580
4578 * Patch by Lutz Dennig, 15 Jul 2003: 4581 * Patch by Lutz Dennig, 15 Jul 2003:
4579 update for R360MPI board 4582 update for R360MPI board
4580 4583
4581 ====================================================================== 4584 ======================================================================
4582 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.3: 4585 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.3:
4583 ====================================================================== 4586 ======================================================================
4584 4587
4585 * Patches by Kshitij, 04 Jul 2003 4588 * Patches by Kshitij, 04 Jul 2003
4586 - added support for arm925t cpu core 4589 - added support for arm925t cpu core
4587 - added support for TI OMAP 1510 Innovator Board 4590 - added support for TI OMAP 1510 Innovator Board
4588 4591
4589 * Patches by Martin Krause, 14 Jul 2003: 4592 * Patches by Martin Krause, 14 Jul 2003:
4590 - add I2C support for s3c2400 systems (trab board) 4593 - add I2C support for s3c2400 systems (trab board)
4591 - (re-) add "ping" to command table 4594 - (re-) add "ping" to command table
4592 4595
4593 * Fix handling of "slow" POST routines 4596 * Fix handling of "slow" POST routines
4594 4597
4595 * Patches by Yuli Barcohen, 13 Jul 2003: 4598 * Patches by Yuli Barcohen, 13 Jul 2003:
4596 - Correct flash and JFFS2 support for MPC8260ADS 4599 - Correct flash and JFFS2 support for MPC8260ADS
4597 - fix PVR values and clock generation for PowerQUICC II family 4600 - fix PVR values and clock generation for PowerQUICC II family
4598 (8270/8275/8280) 4601 (8270/8275/8280)
4599 4602
4600 * Patch by Bernhard Kuhn, 08 Jul 2003: 4603 * Patch by Bernhard Kuhn, 08 Jul 2003:
4601 - add support for M68K targets 4604 - add support for M68K targets
4602 4605
4603 * Patch by Ken Chou, 3 Jul: 4606 * Patch by Ken Chou, 3 Jul:
4604 - Fix PCI config table for A3000 4607 - Fix PCI config table for A3000
4605 - Fix iobase for natsemi.c 4608 - Fix iobase for natsemi.c
4606 (PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_0 is the IO base register for DP83815) 4609 (PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_0 is the IO base register for DP83815)
4607 4610
4608 * Allow to enable "slow" POST routines by key press on power-on 4611 * Allow to enable "slow" POST routines by key press on power-on
4609 * Fix temperature dependend switching of LCD backlight on LWMON 4612 * Fix temperature dependend switching of LCD backlight on LWMON
4610 * Tweak output format for LWMON 4613 * Tweak output format for LWMON
4611 4614
4612 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 11 Jul 2003: 4615 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 11 Jul 2003:
4613 - Fix bug in CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE. 4616 - Fix bug in CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE.
4614 - AR405 config updated. 4617 - AR405 config updated.
4615 - OCRTC/ORSG: bsp command added. 4618 - OCRTC/ORSG: bsp command added.
4616 - ASH405 bsp update. 4619 - ASH405 bsp update.
4617 4620
4618 ====================================================================== 4621 ======================================================================
4619 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.2: 4622 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.2:
4620 ====================================================================== 4623 ======================================================================
4621 4624
4622 * Add support for NSCU board 4625 * Add support for NSCU board
4623 4626
4624 * Add support for TQM823M, TQM850M, TQM855M and TQM860M modules 4627 * Add support for TQM823M, TQM850M, TQM855M and TQM860M modules
4625 4628
4626 * Add support for Am29LV160ML, Am29LV320ML, and Am29LV640ML 4629 * Add support for Am29LV160ML, Am29LV320ML, and Am29LV640ML
4627 mirror bit flash on TQM8xxM modules 4630 mirror bit flash on TQM8xxM modules
4628 4631
4629 * Patch by Kenneth Johansson, 30 Jun 2003: 4632 * Patch by Kenneth Johansson, 30 Jun 2003:
4630 get rid of MK_CMD_ENTRY macro; update doc/README.command 4633 get rid of MK_CMD_ENTRY macro; update doc/README.command
4631 4634
4632 * Patch by Seb James, 30 Jun 2003: 4635 * Patch by Seb James, 30 Jun 2003:
4633 Improve documentation of I2C configuration in README 4636 Improve documentation of I2C configuration in README
4634 4637
4635 * Fix problems with previous log buffer "fixes" 4638 * Fix problems with previous log buffer "fixes"
4636 4639
4637 * Fix minor help text issues 4640 * Fix minor help text issues
4638 4641
4639 * "log append" did not append a newline 4642 * "log append" did not append a newline
4640 4643
4641 ====================================================================== 4644 ======================================================================
4642 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.1: 4645 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.1:
4643 ====================================================================== 4646 ======================================================================
4644 4647
4645 * Fix some missing commands, cleanup header files 4648 * Fix some missing commands, cleanup header files
4646 (autoscript, bmp, bsp, fat, mmc, nand, portio, ...) 4649 (autoscript, bmp, bsp, fat, mmc, nand, portio, ...)
4647 4650
4648 * Rewrite command lookup and help command (fix problems with bubble 4651 * Rewrite command lookup and help command (fix problems with bubble
4649 sort when sorting command name list). Minor cleanup here and there. 4652 sort when sorting command name list). Minor cleanup here and there.
4650 4653
4651 * Merge from "stable branch", tag LABEL_2003_06_28_1800-stable: 4654 * Merge from "stable branch", tag LABEL_2003_06_28_1800-stable:
4652 - Allow to call sysmon function interactively 4655 - Allow to call sysmon function interactively
4653 - PIC on LWMON board needs delay after power-on 4656 - PIC on LWMON board needs delay after power-on
4654 - Add missing RSR definitions for MPC8xx 4657 - Add missing RSR definitions for MPC8xx
4655 - Improve log buffer handling: guarantee clean reset after power-on 4658 - Improve log buffer handling: guarantee clean reset after power-on
4656 - Add support for EXBITGEN board (aka "genie") 4659 - Add support for EXBITGEN board (aka "genie")
4657 - Add support for SL8245 board 4660 - Add support for SL8245 board
4658 4661
4659 * Code cleanup: 4662 * Code cleanup:
4660 - remove trailing white space, trailing empty lines, C++ comments, etc. 4663 - remove trailing white space, trailing empty lines, C++ comments, etc.
4661 - split cmd_boot.c (separate cmd_bdinfo.c and cmd_load.c) 4664 - split cmd_boot.c (separate cmd_bdinfo.c and cmd_load.c)
4662 4665
4663 * Patches by Kenneth Johansson, 25 Jun 2003: 4666 * Patches by Kenneth Johansson, 25 Jun 2003:
4664 - major rework of command structure 4667 - major rework of command structure
4665 (work done mostly by Michal Cendrowski and Joakim Kristiansen) 4668 (work done mostly by Michal Cendrowski and Joakim Kristiansen)
4666 4669
4667 ====================================================================== 4670 ======================================================================
4668 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.0: 4671 Changes for U-Boot 0.4.0:
4669 ====================================================================== 4672 ======================================================================
4670 4673
4671 * Patches by Robert Schwebel, 26 Jun 2003: 4674 * Patches by Robert Schwebel, 26 Jun 2003:
4672 - csb226 configuration updated 4675 - csb226 configuration updated
4673 - credits for logodl port updated 4676 - credits for logodl port updated
4674 - innokom configuration updated 4677 - innokom configuration updated
4675 - logodl tree update, still with coding style inconsistencies 4678 - logodl tree update, still with coding style inconsistencies
4676 - added OCM for ppc405 warning to README 4679 - added OCM for ppc405 warning to README
4677 4680
4678 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 25 Jun 2003: 4681 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 25 Jun 2003:
4679 update NetVia with V2 board support 4682 update NetVia with V2 board support
4680 4683
4681 * Header file cleanup for ARM 4684 * Header file cleanup for ARM
4682 4685
4683 * Patch by Murray Jensen, 24 Jun 2003: 4686 * Patch by Murray Jensen, 24 Jun 2003:
4684 - make sure to use only U-boot provided header files 4687 - make sure to use only U-boot provided header files
4685 - fix problems with ".rodata.str1.4" section as used by GCC-3.x 4688 - fix problems with ".rodata.str1.4" section as used by GCC-3.x
4686 4689
4687 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 24 Jun 2003: 4690 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 24 Jun 2003:
4688 - Update esd ASH405 board files. 4691 - Update esd ASH405 board files.
4689 - Update esd DASA_SIM config file. 4692 - Update esd DASA_SIM config file.
4690 - Add ping command to some esd boards. 4693 - Add ping command to some esd boards.
4691 4694
4692 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 23 Jun 2003: 4695 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 23 Jun 2003:
4693 Update for MPC8260ADS board 4696 Update for MPC8260ADS board
4694 4697
4695 * Patch by Murray Jensen, 23 Jun 2003: 4698 * Patch by Murray Jensen, 23 Jun 2003:
4696 - cleanup of GCC 3.x compiler warnings 4699 - cleanup of GCC 3.x compiler warnings
4697 4700
4698 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 4 Jun 2003: 4701 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 4 Jun 2003:
4699 add large memory support for MPC8266ADS board 4702 add large memory support for MPC8266ADS board
4700 4703
4701 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 19 June 03: 4704 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 19 June 03:
4702 - Enabled standard u-boot device abstraction for ARM 4705 - Enabled standard u-boot device abstraction for ARM
4703 - Enabled console device for ARM 4706 - Enabled console device for ARM
4704 - Initilized bi_baudrate for ARM 4707 - Initilized bi_baudrate for ARM
4705 4708
4706 * Patch by Bill Hargen, 23 Apr 2003: 4709 * Patch by Bill Hargen, 23 Apr 2003:
4707 fix byte order for 824x I2C addresses (write op) 4710 fix byte order for 824x I2C addresses (write op)
4708 4711
4709 * Patch by Murray Jensen, 20 Jun 2003: 4712 * Patch by Murray Jensen, 20 Jun 2003:
4710 - hymod update 4713 - hymod update
4711 - cleanup (especially for gcc-3.x compilers) 4714 - cleanup (especially for gcc-3.x compilers)
4712 4715
4713 * Patch by Tom Guilliams, 20 Jun 2003: 4716 * Patch by Tom Guilliams, 20 Jun 2003:
4714 added CONFIG_750FX support for IBM 750FX processors 4717 added CONFIG_750FX support for IBM 750FX processors
4715 4718
4716 * Patch by Devin Crumb, 02 Apr 2003: 4719 * Patch by Devin Crumb, 02 Apr 2003:
4717 Fix clock divider rounding problem in drivers/serial.c 4720 Fix clock divider rounding problem in drivers/serial.c
4718 4721
4719 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 19 June 03: 4722 * Patch by Richard Woodruff, 19 June 03:
4720 - Fixed smc91c111 driver to sync with the u-boot environment 4723 - Fixed smc91c111 driver to sync with the u-boot environment
4721 (driver/smc91c111.c). 4724 (driver/smc91c111.c).
4722 - Added eth_init error return check in NetLoop (net/net.c). 4725 - Added eth_init error return check in NetLoop (net/net.c).
4723 4726
4724 * Patch by Ken Chou, 19 June 2003: 4727 * Patch by Ken Chou, 19 June 2003:
4725 Added support for A3000 SBC board (Artis Microsystems Inc.) 4728 Added support for A3000 SBC board (Artis Microsystems Inc.)
4726 4729
4727 * Patches by Murray Jensen, 17 Jun 2003: 4730 * Patches by Murray Jensen, 17 Jun 2003:
4728 - Hymod board database mods: add "who" field and new xilinx chip types 4731 - Hymod board database mods: add "who" field and new xilinx chip types
4729 - provide new "init_cmd_timeout()" function so code external to 4732 - provide new "init_cmd_timeout()" function so code external to
4730 "common/main.c" can use the "reset_cmd_timeout()" function before 4733 "common/main.c" can use the "reset_cmd_timeout()" function before
4731 entering the main loop 4734 entering the main loop
4732 - add DTT support for adm1021 (new file dtt/adm1021.c; config 4735 - add DTT support for adm1021 (new file dtt/adm1021.c; config
4733 slightly different. see include/configs/hymod.h for an example 4736 slightly different. see include/configs/hymod.h for an example
4734 (requires CONFIG_DTT_ADM1021, CONFIG_DTT_SENSORS, and 4737 (requires CONFIG_DTT_ADM1021, CONFIG_DTT_SENSORS, and
4735 CFG_DTT_ADM1021 defined) 4738 CFG_DTT_ADM1021 defined)
4736 - add new "eeprom_probe()" function which has similar args and 4739 - add new "eeprom_probe()" function which has similar args and
4737 behaves in a similar way to "eeprom_read()" etc. 4740 behaves in a similar way to "eeprom_read()" etc.
4738 - add 8260 FCC ethernet loopback code (new "eth_loopback_test()" 4741 - add 8260 FCC ethernet loopback code (new "eth_loopback_test()"
4739 function which is enabled by defining CONFIG_ETHER_LOOPBACK_TEST) 4742 function which is enabled by defining CONFIG_ETHER_LOOPBACK_TEST)
4740 - gdbtools copyright update 4743 - gdbtools copyright update
4741 - ensure that set_msr() executes the "sync" and "isync" instructions 4744 - ensure that set_msr() executes the "sync" and "isync" instructions
4742 after the "mtmsr" instruction in cpu/mpc8260/interrupts.c 4745 after the "mtmsr" instruction in cpu/mpc8260/interrupts.c
4743 - 8260 I/O ports fix: Open Drain should be set last when configuring 4746 - 8260 I/O ports fix: Open Drain should be set last when configuring
4744 - add SIU IRQ defines for 8260 4747 - add SIU IRQ defines for 8260
4745 - allow LDSCRIPT override and OBJCFLAGS initialization: change to 4748 - allow LDSCRIPT override and OBJCFLAGS initialization: change to
4746 config.mk to allow board configurations to override the GNU 4749 config.mk to allow board configurations to override the GNU
4747 linker script, selected via the LDSCRIPT, make variable, and to 4750 linker script, selected via the LDSCRIPT, make variable, and to
4748 give an initial value to the OBJCFLAGS make variable 4751 give an initial value to the OBJCFLAGS make variable
4749 - 8260 i2c enhancement: 4752 - 8260 i2c enhancement:
4750 o correctly extends the timeout depending on the size of all 4753 o correctly extends the timeout depending on the size of all
4751 queued messages for both transmit and receive 4754 queued messages for both transmit and receive
4752 o will not continue with receive if transmit times out 4755 o will not continue with receive if transmit times out
4753 o ensures that the error callback is done for all queued tx 4756 o ensures that the error callback is done for all queued tx
4754 and rx messages 4757 and rx messages
4755 o correctly detects both tx and rx timeouts, only delivers one to 4758 o correctly detects both tx and rx timeouts, only delivers one to
4756 the callback, and does not overwrite an earlier error 4759 the callback, and does not overwrite an earlier error
4757 o logic in i2c_probe now correct 4760 o logic in i2c_probe now correct
4758 - add "vprintf()" function so that "panic()" function can be 4761 - add "vprintf()" function so that "panic()" function can be
4759 technically correct 4762 technically correct
4760 - many Hymod board changes 4763 - many Hymod board changes
4761 4764
4762 * Patches by Robert Schwebel, 14 Jun 2003: 4765 * Patches by Robert Schwebel, 14 Jun 2003:
4763 - add support for Logotronic DL datalogger board 4766 - add support for Logotronic DL datalogger board
4764 - cleanup serial line after kermit binary download 4767 - cleanup serial line after kermit binary download
4765 - add debugX macro (debug level support) 4768 - add debugX macro (debug level support)
4766 - update mach-types.h to latest arm.linux.org.uk master list. 4769 - update mach-types.h to latest arm.linux.org.uk master list.
4767 4770
4768 * Patches by David Müller, 12 Jun 2003: 4771 * Patches by David Müller, 12 Jun 2003:
4769 - rewrite of the S3C24X0 register definitions stuff 4772 - rewrite of the S3C24X0 register definitions stuff
4770 - "driver" for the built-in S3C24X0 RTC 4773 - "driver" for the built-in S3C24X0 RTC
4771 4774
4772 * Patches by Yuli Barcohen, 12 Jun 2003: 4775 * Patches by Yuli Barcohen, 12 Jun 2003:
4773 - Add MII support and Ethernet PHY initialization for MPC8260ADS board 4776 - Add MII support and Ethernet PHY initialization for MPC8260ADS board
4774 - Fix incorrect SIUMCR initialisation caused by wrong Hard Reset 4777 - Fix incorrect SIUMCR initialisation caused by wrong Hard Reset
4775 configuration word supplied by FPGA on some MPC8260ADS boards 4778 configuration word supplied by FPGA on some MPC8260ADS boards
4776 4779
4777 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 10 Jun 2003: 4780 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 10 Jun 2003:
4778 Unify status LED interface 4781 Unify status LED interface
4779 4782
4780 * Add support for DS12887 RTC; add RTC support for ATC board 4783 * Add support for DS12887 RTC; add RTC support for ATC board
4781 4784
4782 * Patch by Nicolas Lacressonniere, 11 Jun 2003: 4785 * Patch by Nicolas Lacressonniere, 11 Jun 2003:
4783 Modifications for Atmel AT91RM9200DK ARM920T based development kit 4786 Modifications for Atmel AT91RM9200DK ARM920T based development kit
4784 - Add Atmel DataFlash support for reading and writing. 4787 - Add Atmel DataFlash support for reading and writing.
4785 - Add possibility to boot a Linux from DataFlash with BOOTM command. 4788 - Add possibility to boot a Linux from DataFlash with BOOTM command.
4786 - Add Flash detection on Atmel AT91RM9200DK 4789 - Add Flash detection on Atmel AT91RM9200DK
4787 (between Atmel AT49BV1614 and AT49BV1614A flashes) 4790 (between Atmel AT49BV1614 and AT49BV1614A flashes)
4788 - Replace old Ethernet PHY layer functions 4791 - Replace old Ethernet PHY layer functions
4789 - Change link address 4792 - Change link address
4790 4793
4791 * Patch by Frank Smith, 9 Jun 2003: 4794 * Patch by Frank Smith, 9 Jun 2003:
4792 use CRIT_EXCEPTION for machine check on 4xx 4795 use CRIT_EXCEPTION for machine check on 4xx
4793 4796
4794 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 13 Jun 2003: 4797 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 13 Jun 2003:
4795 added implementation of the "carinfo" command in cmd_immap.c 4798 added implementation of the "carinfo" command in cmd_immap.c
4796 4799
4797 * Fix CONFIG_NET_MULTI support in include/net.h 4800 * Fix CONFIG_NET_MULTI support in include/net.h
4798 4801
4799 * Patches by Kyle Harris, 13 Mar 2003: 4802 * Patches by Kyle Harris, 13 Mar 2003:
4800 - Add FAT partition support 4803 - Add FAT partition support
4801 - Add command support for FAT 4804 - Add command support for FAT
4802 - Add command support for MMC 4805 - Add command support for MMC
4803 ---- 4806 ----
4804 - Add Intel PXA support for video 4807 - Add Intel PXA support for video
4805 - Add Intel PXA support for MMC 4808 - Add Intel PXA support for MMC
4806 ---- 4809 ----
4807 - Enable MMC and FAT for lubbock board 4810 - Enable MMC and FAT for lubbock board
4808 - Other misc changes for lubbock board 4811 - Other misc changes for lubbock board
4809 4812
4810 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, April 02, 2003: 4813 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, April 02, 2003:
4811 fix for SMSC91111 driver 4814 fix for SMSC91111 driver
4812 4815
4813 * Patch by Vladimir Gurevich, 04 Jun 2003: 4816 * Patch by Vladimir Gurevich, 04 Jun 2003:
4814 make ppc405 ethernet driver compatible with CONFIG_NET_MULTI option 4817 make ppc405 ethernet driver compatible with CONFIG_NET_MULTI option
4815 4818
4816 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 05 Jun 2003: 4819 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 05 Jun 2003:
4817 - PPC4xx: Fix bug for initial stack in data cache as pointed out by 4820 - PPC4xx: Fix bug for initial stack in data cache as pointed out by
4818 Thomas Schaefer (tschaefer@giga-stream.de). Now inital stack in 4821 Thomas Schaefer (tschaefer@giga-stream.de). Now inital stack in
4819 data cache can be used even if the chip select is in use. 4822 data cache can be used even if the chip select is in use.
4820 - CFG_RX_ETH_BUFFER added to set the ethernet receive buffer count 4823 - CFG_RX_ETH_BUFFER added to set the ethernet receive buffer count
4821 (see README for further description). 4824 (see README for further description).
4822 - Changed config files of CONFIG_EEPRO100 boards to use the 4825 - Changed config files of CONFIG_EEPRO100 boards to use the
4823 CFG_RX_ETH_BUFFER define. 4826 CFG_RX_ETH_BUFFER define.
4824 4827
4825 * Add support for RMU board 4828 * Add support for RMU board
4826 4829
4827 * Add support for TQM862L at 100/50 MHz 4830 * Add support for TQM862L at 100/50 MHz
4828 4831
4829 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 02 Jun 2003: 4832 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 02 Jun 2003:
4830 major reconstruction of networking code; 4833 major reconstruction of networking code;
4831 add "ping" support (outgoing only!) 4834 add "ping" support (outgoing only!)
4832 4835
4833 * Patch by Denis Peter, 04 June 2003: 4836 * Patch by Denis Peter, 04 June 2003:
4834 add support for the MIP405T board 4837 add support for the MIP405T board
4835 4838
4836 * Patches by Udi Finkelstein, 2 June 2003: 4839 * Patches by Udi Finkelstein, 2 June 2003:
4837 - Added support for custom keyboards, initialized by defining a 4840 - Added support for custom keyboards, initialized by defining a
4838 board-specific drv_keyboard_init as well as defining CONFIG_KEYBOARD . 4841 board-specific drv_keyboard_init as well as defining CONFIG_KEYBOARD .
4839 - Added support for the RBC823 board. 4842 - Added support for the RBC823 board.
4840 - cpu/mpc8xx/lcd.c now automatically calculates the 4843 - cpu/mpc8xx/lcd.c now automatically calculates the
4841 Horizontal Pixel Count field. 4844 Horizontal Pixel Count field.
4842 4845
4843 * Fix alignment problem in BOOTP (dhcp_leasetime option) 4846 * Fix alignment problem in BOOTP (dhcp_leasetime option)
4844 [pointed out by Nicolas Lacressonnière, 2 Jun 2003] 4847 [pointed out by Nicolas Lacressonnière, 2 Jun 2003]
4845 4848
4846 * Patch by Mark Rakes, 14 May 2003: 4849 * Patch by Mark Rakes, 14 May 2003:
4847 add support for Intel e1000 gig cards. 4850 add support for Intel e1000 gig cards.
4848 4851
4849 * Patch by Nye Liu, 3 Jun 2003: 4852 * Patch by Nye Liu, 3 Jun 2003:
4850 fix critical typo in MAMR definition (include/mpc8xx.h) 4853 fix critical typo in MAMR definition (include/mpc8xx.h)
4851 4854
4852 * Fix requirement to align U-Boot image on 16 kB boundaries on PPC. 4855 * Fix requirement to align U-Boot image on 16 kB boundaries on PPC.
4853 4856
4854 * Patch by Klaus Heydeck, 2 Jun 2003 4857 * Patch by Klaus Heydeck, 2 Jun 2003
4855 Minor changes for KUP4K configuration 4858 Minor changes for KUP4K configuration
4856 4859
4857 * Patch by Marc Singer, 29 May 2003: 4860 * Patch by Marc Singer, 29 May 2003:
4858 Fixed rarp boot method for IA32 and other little-endian CPUs. 4861 Fixed rarp boot method for IA32 and other little-endian CPUs.
4859 4862
4860 * Patch by Marc Singer, 28 May 2003: 4863 * Patch by Marc Singer, 28 May 2003:
4861 Added port I/O commands. 4864 Added port I/O commands.
4862 4865
4863 * Patch by Matthew McClintock, 28 May 2003 4866 * Patch by Matthew McClintock, 28 May 2003
4864 - cpu/mpc824x/start.S: fix relocation code when booting from RAM 4867 - cpu/mpc824x/start.S: fix relocation code when booting from RAM
4865 - minor patches for utx8245 4868 - minor patches for utx8245
4866 4869
4867 * Patch by Daniel Engström, 28 May 2003: 4870 * Patch by Daniel Engström, 28 May 2003:
4868 x86 update 4871 x86 update
4869 4872
4870 * Patch by Dave Ellis, 9 May 2003 + 27 May 2003: 4873 * Patch by Dave Ellis, 9 May 2003 + 27 May 2003:
4871 add nand flash support to SXNI855T configuration 4874 add nand flash support to SXNI855T configuration
4872 fix/extend nand flash support: 4875 fix/extend nand flash support:
4873 - fix 'nand erase' command so does not erase bad blocks 4876 - fix 'nand erase' command so does not erase bad blocks
4874 - fix 'nand write' command so does not write to bad blocks 4877 - fix 'nand write' command so does not write to bad blocks
4875 - fix nand_probe() so handles no flash detected properly 4878 - fix nand_probe() so handles no flash detected properly
4876 - add doc/README.nand 4879 - add doc/README.nand
4877 - add .jffs2 and .oob options to nand read/write 4880 - add .jffs2 and .oob options to nand read/write
4878 - add 'nand bad' command to list bad blocks 4881 - add 'nand bad' command to list bad blocks
4879 - add 'clean' option to 'nand erase' to write JFFS2 clean markers 4882 - add 'clean' option to 'nand erase' to write JFFS2 clean markers
4880 - make NAND read/write faster 4883 - make NAND read/write faster
4881 4884
4882 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 23 May 2003: 4885 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 23 May 2003:
4883 Update for MPC8266ADS board 4886 Update for MPC8266ADS board
4884 4887
4885 * Get (mostly) rid of CFG_MONITOR_LEN definition; compute real length 4888 * Get (mostly) rid of CFG_MONITOR_LEN definition; compute real length
4886 instead CFG_MONITOR_LEN is now only used to determine _at_compile_ 4889 instead CFG_MONITOR_LEN is now only used to determine _at_compile_
4887 _time_ (!) if the environment is embedded within the U-Boot image, 4890 _time_ (!) if the environment is embedded within the U-Boot image,
4888 or in a separate flash sector. 4891 or in a separate flash sector.
4889 4892
4890 * Cleanup CFG_DER #defines in config files (wd maintained only) 4893 * Cleanup CFG_DER #defines in config files (wd maintained only)
4891 4894
4892 * Fix data abort exception handling for arm920t CPU 4895 * Fix data abort exception handling for arm920t CPU
4893 4896
4894 * Fix alignment problems with flash driver for TRAB board 4897 * Fix alignment problems with flash driver for TRAB board
4895 4898
4896 * Patch by Donald White, 21 May 2003: 4899 * Patch by Donald White, 21 May 2003:
4897 fix calculation of base address in pci_hose_config_device() 4900 fix calculation of base address in pci_hose_config_device()
4898 4901
4899 * Fix bug in command line parsing: "cmd1;cmd2" is supposed to always 4902 * Fix bug in command line parsing: "cmd1;cmd2" is supposed to always
4900 execute "cmd2", even if "cmd1" fails. Note that this is different 4903 execute "cmd2", even if "cmd1" fails. Note that this is different
4901 to "run var1 var2" where the contents of "var2" will NOT be 4904 to "run var1 var2" where the contents of "var2" will NOT be
4902 executed when a command in "var1" fails. 4905 executed when a command in "var1" fails.
4903 4906
4904 * Add zero-copy ramdisk support (requires corresponding kernel support!) 4907 * Add zero-copy ramdisk support (requires corresponding kernel support!)
4905 4908
4906 * Patch by Kyle Harris, 20 May 2003: 4909 * Patch by Kyle Harris, 20 May 2003:
4907 In preparation for an ixp port, rename cpu/xscale and arch-xscale 4910 In preparation for an ixp port, rename cpu/xscale and arch-xscale
4908 into cpu/pxa and arch-pxa. 4911 into cpu/pxa and arch-pxa.
4909 4912
4910 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 23 May 2003: 4913 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 23 May 2003:
4911 - IBM PPC405EP port added. 4914 - IBM PPC405EP port added.
4912 - CONFIG_UART1_CONSOLE added. If defined internal UART1 (and not 4915 - CONFIG_UART1_CONSOLE added. If defined internal UART1 (and not
4913 UART0) is used as default U-Boot console. PPC4xx only! 4916 UART0) is used as default U-Boot console. PPC4xx only!
4914 - esd ASH405 board added (PPC405EP based). 4917 - esd ASH405 board added (PPC405EP based).
4915 - BUBINGA405EP board added (PPC405EP based - IBM Eval Board). 4918 - BUBINGA405EP board added (PPC405EP based - IBM Eval Board).
4916 - esd CPCI405AB board added. 4919 - esd CPCI405AB board added.
4917 - esd PMC405 board added. 4920 - esd PMC405 board added.
4918 - Update of some esd boards. 4921 - Update of some esd boards.
4919 4922
4920 * Patch by Denis Peter, 19 Mai 2003: 4923 * Patch by Denis Peter, 19 Mai 2003:
4921 add support for the MIP405-3 board 4924 add support for the MIP405-3 board
4922 4925
4923 * Patch by Dave Ellis, 22 May 2003: 4926 * Patch by Dave Ellis, 22 May 2003:
4924 Fix problem with only partially cleared .bss segment 4927 Fix problem with only partially cleared .bss segment
4925 4928
4926 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 12 May 2003: 4929 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 12 May 2003:
4927 get PCI to work on a MPC8266ADS board; incorporate change to 4930 get PCI to work on a MPC8266ADS board; incorporate change to
4928 cpu/mpc8260/pci.c to enable overrides of PCI memory parameters 4931 cpu/mpc8260/pci.c to enable overrides of PCI memory parameters
4929 4932
4930 * Patch by Nye Liu, 1 May 2003: 4933 * Patch by Nye Liu, 1 May 2003:
4931 minor patches for the FADS8xx 4934 minor patches for the FADS8xx
4932 4935
4933 * Patch by Thomas Schäfer, 28 Apr 2003: 4936 * Patch by Thomas Schäfer, 28 Apr 2003:
4934 Fix SPD handling for 256 ECC DIMM on Walnut 4937 Fix SPD handling for 256 ECC DIMM on Walnut
4935 4938
4936 * Add support for arbitrary bitmaps for TRAB's VFD command; 4939 * Add support for arbitrary bitmaps for TRAB's VFD command;
4937 allow to pass boot bitmap addresses in environment variables; 4940 allow to pass boot bitmap addresses in environment variables;
4938 allow for zero boot delay 4941 allow for zero boot delay
4939 4942
4940 * Patch by Christian Geißinger, 19 May 2002: 4943 * Patch by Christian Geißinger, 19 May 2002:
4941 On TRAB: wait until the dummy byte has been completely sent 4944 On TRAB: wait until the dummy byte has been completely sent
4942 4945
4943 * Patch by David Updegraff, 22 Apr 2003: 4946 * Patch by David Updegraff, 22 Apr 2003:
4944 update for CrayL1 board 4947 update for CrayL1 board
4945 4948
4946 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 21 Apr 2003: 4949 * Patch by Pantelis Antoniou, 21 Apr 2003:
4947 add boot support for ARTOS (a proprietary OS) 4950 add boot support for ARTOS (a proprietary OS)
4948 4951
4949 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 11 Apr 2003: 4952 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 11 Apr 2003:
4950 Add support for RTC DS1338 4953 Add support for RTC DS1338
4951 4954
4952 * Patch by Rod Boyce, 24 Jan 2003: 4955 * Patch by Rod Boyce, 24 Jan 2003:
4953 Fix counting of extended partitions in diskboot command 4956 Fix counting of extended partitions in diskboot command
4954 4957
4955 * Patch by Christophe Lindheimer, 20 May 2003: 4958 * Patch by Christophe Lindheimer, 20 May 2003:
4956 allow the use of CFG_LOADS when CFG_NO_FLASH is set 4959 allow the use of CFG_LOADS when CFG_NO_FLASH is set
4957 4960
4958 * Fix SDRAM timing on Purple board 4961 * Fix SDRAM timing on Purple board
4959 4962
4960 * Add support for CompactFlash on ATC board 4963 * Add support for CompactFlash on ATC board
4961 (includes support for Intel 82365 and compatible PC Card controllers, 4964 (includes support for Intel 82365 and compatible PC Card controllers,
4962 and Yenta-compatible PCI-to-CardBus controllers) 4965 and Yenta-compatible PCI-to-CardBus controllers)
4963 4966
4964 * Patch by Mathijs Haarman, 08 May 2003: 4967 * Patch by Mathijs Haarman, 08 May 2003:
4965 Add lan91c96 driver (tested on Lubbock and custom PXA250 board only) 4968 Add lan91c96 driver (tested on Lubbock and custom PXA250 board only)
4966 4969
4967 * Fix problem with usage of "true" (undefined in current versions of bfd.h) 4970 * Fix problem with usage of "true" (undefined in current versions of bfd.h)
4968 4971
4969 * Add support for Promess ATC board 4972 * Add support for Promess ATC board
4970 4973
4971 * Patch by Keith Outwater, 28 Apr 2003: 4974 * Patch by Keith Outwater, 28 Apr 2003:
4972 - Miscellaneous corrections and additions to GEN860T board specific code. 4975 - Miscellaneous corrections and additions to GEN860T board specific code.
4973 - Added GEN860_SC variant to GEN860T. 4976 - Added GEN860_SC variant to GEN860T.
4974 - Miscellaneous corrections to GEN860T documentation. 4977 - Miscellaneous corrections to GEN860T documentation.
4975 - Correct duplicate entry in U-Boot CREDITS file. 4978 - Correct duplicate entry in U-Boot CREDITS file.
4976 - Add GEN860T_SC entry in MAINTAINERS file. 4979 - Add GEN860T_SC entry in MAINTAINERS file.
4977 - Update CREDITS file with GEN860T_SC info. 4980 - Update CREDITS file with GEN860T_SC info.
4978 4981
4979 * Update Smiths Aerospace addresses in MAINTAINERS file 4982 * Update Smiths Aerospace addresses in MAINTAINERS file
4980 4983
4981 * Fix error handling in hush's version of "run" command 4984 * Fix error handling in hush's version of "run" command
4982 4985
4983 * LWMON extensions: 4986 * LWMON extensions:
4984 - Splashscreen support 4987 - Splashscreen support
4985 - modem support 4988 - modem support
4986 - sysmon support 4989 - sysmon support
4987 - temperature dependend enabling of LCD 4990 - temperature dependend enabling of LCD
4988 4991
4989 * Allow booting from old "PPCBoot" disk partitions 4992 * Allow booting from old "PPCBoot" disk partitions
4990 4993
4991 * Add support for TQM8255 Board / MPC8255 CPU 4994 * Add support for TQM8255 Board / MPC8255 CPU
4992 4995
4993 ====================================================================== 4996 ======================================================================
4994 Changes for U-Boot 0.3.1: 4997 Changes for U-Boot 0.3.1:
4995 ====================================================================== 4998 ======================================================================
4996 4999
4997 * Make sure Block Lock Bits get cleared in R360MPI flash driver 5000 * Make sure Block Lock Bits get cleared in R360MPI flash driver
4998 5001
4999 * MPC823 LCD driver: Fill color map backwards, to allow for steady 5002 * MPC823 LCD driver: Fill color map backwards, to allow for steady
5000 display when Linux takes over 5003 display when Linux takes over
5001 5004
5002 * Patch by Erwin Rol, 27 Feb 2003: 5005 * Patch by Erwin Rol, 27 Feb 2003:
5003 Add support for RTEMS (this time for real). 5006 Add support for RTEMS (this time for real).
5004 5007
5005 * Add support for "bmp info" and "bmp display" commands to load 5008 * Add support for "bmp info" and "bmp display" commands to load
5006 bitmap images; this can be used (for example in a "preboot" 5009 bitmap images; this can be used (for example in a "preboot"
5007 command) to display a splash screen very quickly after poweron. 5010 command) to display a splash screen very quickly after poweron.
5008 5011
5009 * Add support for 133 MHz clock on INCA-IP board 5012 * Add support for 133 MHz clock on INCA-IP board
5010 5013
5011 * Patch by Lutz Dennig, 10 Apr 2003: 5014 * Patch by Lutz Dennig, 10 Apr 2003:
5012 Update for R360MPI board 5015 Update for R360MPI board
5013 5016
5014 * Add new meaning to "autostart" environment variable: 5017 * Add new meaning to "autostart" environment variable:
5015 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 5018 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5016 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 5019 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5017 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 5020 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5018 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 5021 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5019 data. 5022 data.
5020 5023
5021 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 Apr 2003: 5024 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 Apr 2003:
5022 Changed DHCP client to use IP address from server option field #54 5025 Changed DHCP client to use IP address from server option field #54
5023 from the OFFER packet in the server option field #54 in the REQUEST 5026 from the OFFER packet in the server option field #54 in the REQUEST
5024 packet. This fixes a problem using a Windows 2000 DHCP server, 5027 packet. This fixes a problem using a Windows 2000 DHCP server,
5025 where the DHCP-server is not the TFTP-server. 5028 where the DHCP-server is not the TFTP-server.
5026 5029
5027 * Set max brightness for MN11236 displays on TRAB board 5030 * Set max brightness for MN11236 displays on TRAB board
5028 5031
5029 * Add support for TQM862L modules 5032 * Add support for TQM862L modules
5030 5033
5031 ====================================================================== 5034 ======================================================================
5032 Changes for U-Boot 0.3.0: 5035 Changes for U-Boot 0.3.0:
5033 ====================================================================== 5036 ======================================================================
5034 5037
5035 * Patch by Arun Dharankar, 4 Apr 2003: 5038 * Patch by Arun Dharankar, 4 Apr 2003:
5036 Add IDMA example code (tested on 8260 only) 5039 Add IDMA example code (tested on 8260 only)
5037 5040
5038 * Add support for Purple Board (MIPS64 5Kc) 5041 * Add support for Purple Board (MIPS64 5Kc)
5039 5042
5040 * Add support for MIPS64 5Kc CPUs 5043 * Add support for MIPS64 5Kc CPUs
5041 5044
5042 * Fix missing setting of "loadaddr" and "bootfile" on ARM and MIPS 5045 * Fix missing setting of "loadaddr" and "bootfile" on ARM and MIPS
5043 5046
5044 * Patch by Denis Peter, 04 Apr 2003: 5047 * Patch by Denis Peter, 04 Apr 2003:
5045 - update MIP405-4 board 5048 - update MIP405-4 board
5046 5049
5047 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 4 Apr 2003: 5050 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 4 Apr 2003:
5048 - U-Boot version environment variable "ver" added 5051 - U-Boot version environment variable "ver" added
5049 (CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 5052 (CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
5050 - Changed PPC405GPr version from A to B. 5053 - Changed PPC405GPr version from A to B.
5051 - Changed CPCI405 to use CTS instead of DSR on PPC405 UART1. 5054 - Changed CPCI405 to use CTS instead of DSR on PPC405 UART1.
5052 5055
5053 * Patches by Denis Peter, 03 April 2003: 5056 * Patches by Denis Peter, 03 April 2003:
5054 - fix PCI IRQs on MPL boards 5057 - fix PCI IRQs on MPL boards
5055 - fix two more un-relocated pointer problems 5058 - fix two more un-relocated pointer problems
5056 5059
5057 * Fix behaviour of "run" command: 5060 * Fix behaviour of "run" command:
5058 - print error message iv variable does not exist 5061 - print error message iv variable does not exist
5059 - terminate processing of arguments in case of error 5062 - terminate processing of arguments in case of error
5060 5063
5061 * Patches by Peter Figuli, 10 Mar 2003 5064 * Patches by Peter Figuli, 10 Mar 2003
5062 - Add support for BTUART on PXA platform 5065 - Add support for BTUART on PXA platform
5063 - Add support for WEP EP250 (PXA) board 5066 - Add support for WEP EP250 (PXA) board
5064 5067
5065 * Fix flash problems on INCA-IP; add tool to allow bruning images to 5068 * Fix flash problems on INCA-IP; add tool to allow bruning images to
5066 flash using a BDI2000 5069 flash using a BDI2000
5067 5070
5068 * Implement fix for I2C Edge Conditions problem for all boards that 5071 * Implement fix for I2C Edge Conditions problem for all boards that
5069 use the bit-banging driver (common/soft_i2c.c) 5072 use the bit-banging driver (common/soft_i2c.c)
5070 5073
5071 * Patch by Martin Winistoerfer, 23 Mar 2003 5074 * Patch by Martin Winistoerfer, 23 Mar 2003
5072 - Add port to MPC555/556 microcontrollers 5075 - Add port to MPC555/556 microcontrollers
5073 - Add support for cmi customer board with 5076 - Add support for cmi customer board with
5074 Intel 28F128J3A, 28F320J3A or 28F640J3A flash. 5077 Intel 28F128J3A, 28F320J3A or 28F640J3A flash.
5075 5078
5076 * Patch by Rick Bronson, 28 Mar 2003: 5079 * Patch by Rick Bronson, 28 Mar 2003:
5077 - fix common/cmd_nand.c 5080 - fix common/cmd_nand.c
5078 5081
5079 * Patch by Arun Dharankar, 24 Mar 2003: 5082 * Patch by Arun Dharankar, 24 Mar 2003:
5080 - add threads / scheduler example code 5083 - add threads / scheduler example code
5081 5084
5082 * Add patches by Robert Schwebel, 31 Mar 2003: 5085 * Add patches by Robert Schwebel, 31 Mar 2003:
5083 - add ctrl-c support for kermit download 5086 - add ctrl-c support for kermit download
5084 - align bdinfo output on ARM 5087 - align bdinfo output on ARM
5085 - csb226 board: bring in sync with innokom/memsetup.S 5088 - csb226 board: bring in sync with innokom/memsetup.S
5086 - csb226 board: fix MDREFR handling 5089 - csb226 board: fix MDREFR handling
5087 - misc doc fixes / extensions 5090 - misc doc fixes / extensions
5088 - innokom board: cleanup, MDREFR fix in memsetup.S, config update 5091 - innokom board: cleanup, MDREFR fix in memsetup.S, config update
5089 - add BOOT_PROGRESS to armlinux.c 5092 - add BOOT_PROGRESS to armlinux.c
5090 5093
5091 * Add CPU ID, version, and clock speed for INCA-IP 5094 * Add CPU ID, version, and clock speed for INCA-IP
5092 5095
5093 * Patches by Dave Ellis, 18 Mar 2003 for SXNI855T board: 5096 * Patches by Dave Ellis, 18 Mar 2003 for SXNI855T board:
5094 - fix SRAM and SDRAM memory sizing 5097 - fix SRAM and SDRAM memory sizing
5095 - add status LED support 5098 - add status LED support
5096 - add MAC address for second (SCC1) ethernet port 5099 - add MAC address for second (SCC1) ethernet port
5097 5100
5098 * Update default environment for TQM8260 board 5101 * Update default environment for TQM8260 board
5099 5102
5100 * Patch by Rick Bronson, 16 Mar 2003: 5103 * Patch by Rick Bronson, 16 Mar 2003:
5101 - Add NAND flash support for reading, writing, and erasing NAND 5104 - Add NAND flash support for reading, writing, and erasing NAND
5102 flash (certain forms of which are called SmartMedia). 5105 flash (certain forms of which are called SmartMedia).
5103 - Add support for Atmel AT91RM9200DK ARM920T based development kit. 5106 - Add support for Atmel AT91RM9200DK ARM920T based development kit.
5104 5107
5105 * Patches by Robert Schwebel, 19 Mar 2003: 5108 * Patches by Robert Schwebel, 19 Mar 2003:
5106 - use arm-linux-gcc as default compiler for ARM 5109 - use arm-linux-gcc as default compiler for ARM
5107 - fix i2c fixup code 5110 - fix i2c fixup code
5108 - fix missing baudrate setting 5111 - fix missing baudrate setting
5109 - added $loadaddr / CFG_LOAD_ADDR support to loadb 5112 - added $loadaddr / CFG_LOAD_ADDR support to loadb
5110 - moved "ignoring trailing characters" _before_ u-boot wants to 5113 - moved "ignoring trailing characters" _before_ u-boot wants to
5111 print out diagnostics messages; removes bogus characters at the 5114 print out diagnostics messages; removes bogus characters at the
5112 end of transmission 5115 end of transmission
5113 5116
5114 * Patch by John Zhan, 18 Mar 2003: 5117 * Patch by John Zhan, 18 Mar 2003:
5115 Add support for SinoVee Microsystems SC8xx boards 5118 Add support for SinoVee Microsystems SC8xx boards
5116 5119
5117 * Patch by Rolf Offermanns, 21 Mar 2003: 5120 * Patch by Rolf Offermanns, 21 Mar 2003:
5118 ported the dnp1110 related changes from the current armboot cvs to 5121 ported the dnp1110 related changes from the current armboot cvs to
5119 current u-boot cvs. smc91111 does not work. problem marked in 5122 current u-boot cvs. smc91111 does not work. problem marked in
5120 smc91111.c, grep for "FIXME". 5123 smc91111.c, grep for "FIXME".
5121 5124
5122 * Patch by Brian Auld, 25 Mar 2003: 5125 * Patch by Brian Auld, 25 Mar 2003:
5123 Add support for STM flash chips on ebony board 5126 Add support for STM flash chips on ebony board
5124 5127
5125 * Add PCI support for MPC8250 Boards (PM825 module) 5128 * Add PCI support for MPC8250 Boards (PM825 module)
5126 5129
5127 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 25 Mar 2003: 5130 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 25 Mar 2003:
5128 - PCI405 update. 5131 - PCI405 update.
5129 5132
5130 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 20 Mar 2003: 5133 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 20 Mar 2003:
5131 - CPCI4052 update (support for revision 3). 5134 - CPCI4052 update (support for revision 3).
5132 - Set edge conditioning circuitry on PPC405GPr for compatibility 5135 - Set edge conditioning circuitry on PPC405GPr for compatibility
5133 to existing PPC405GP designs. 5136 to existing PPC405GP designs.
5134 - Clip udiv to 5 bits on PPC405 (serial.c). 5137 - Clip udiv to 5 bits on PPC405 (serial.c).
5135 5138
5136 * Extend INCAIP board support: 5139 * Extend INCAIP board support:
5137 - add automatic RAM size detection 5140 - add automatic RAM size detection
5138 - add "bdinfo" command 5141 - add "bdinfo" command
5139 - pass flash address and size to Linux kernel 5142 - pass flash address and size to Linux kernel
5140 - switch to 150 MHz clock 5143 - switch to 150 MHz clock
5141 5144
5142 * Avoid flicker on the TRAB's VFD by synchronizing the enable with 5145 * Avoid flicker on the TRAB's VFD by synchronizing the enable with
5143 the HSYNC/VSYNC. Requires new CPLD code (Version 101 for Rev. 100 5146 the HSYNC/VSYNC. Requires new CPLD code (Version 101 for Rev. 100
5144 boards, version 153 for Rev. 200 boards). 5147 boards, version 153 for Rev. 200 boards).
5145 5148
5146 * Patch by Vladimir Gurevich, 12 Mar 2003: 5149 * Patch by Vladimir Gurevich, 12 Mar 2003:
5147 Fix relocation problem of statically initialized string pointers 5150 Fix relocation problem of statically initialized string pointers
5148 in common/cmd_pci.c 5151 in common/cmd_pci.c
5149 5152
5150 * Patch by Kai-Uwe Blöm, 12 Mar 2003: 5153 * Patch by Kai-Uwe Blöm, 12 Mar 2003:
5151 Cleanup & bug fixes for JFFS2 code: 5154 Cleanup & bug fixes for JFFS2 code:
5152 - the memory mangement was broken. It caused havoc on malloc by 5155 - the memory mangement was broken. It caused havoc on malloc by
5153 writing beyond the block boundaries. 5156 writing beyond the block boundaries.
5154 - the length calculation for files was wrong, sometimes resulting 5157 - the length calculation for files was wrong, sometimes resulting
5155 in short file reads. 5158 in short file reads.
5156 - data copying now optionally takes fragment version numbers into 5159 - data copying now optionally takes fragment version numbers into
5157 account, to avoid copying from older data. 5160 account, to avoid copying from older data.
5158 See doc/README.JFFS2 for details. 5161 See doc/README.JFFS2 for details.
5159 5162
5160 * Patch by Josef Wagner, 12 Mar 2003: 5163 * Patch by Josef Wagner, 12 Mar 2003:
5161 - 16/32 MB and 50/80 MHz support with auto-detection for IP860 5164 - 16/32 MB and 50/80 MHz support with auto-detection for IP860
5162 - ETH05 and BEDBUG support for CU824 5165 - ETH05 and BEDBUG support for CU824
5163 - added support for MicroSys CPC45 5166 - added support for MicroSys CPC45
5164 - new BOOTROM/FLASH0 and DOC base for PM826 5167 - new BOOTROM/FLASH0 and DOC base for PM826
5165 5168
5166 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 12 Mar 2003: 5169 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 12 Mar 2003:
5167 Fix the chpart command on innokom board 5170 Fix the chpart command on innokom board
5168 5171
5169 * Name cleanup: 5172 * Name cleanup:
5170 mv include/asm-i386/ppcboot-i386.h include/asm-i386/u-boot-i386.h 5173 mv include/asm-i386/ppcboot-i386.h include/asm-i386/u-boot-i386.h
5171 s/PPCBoot/U-Boot/ in some files 5174 s/PPCBoot/U-Boot/ in some files
5172 s/pImage/uImage/ in some files 5175 s/pImage/uImage/ in some files
5173 5176
5174 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 15 Jan 2003: 5177 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 15 Jan 2003:
5175 Fix '' command line quoting 5178 Fix '' command line quoting
5176 5179
5177 * Patch by The LEOX team, 19 Jan 2003: 5180 * Patch by The LEOX team, 19 Jan 2003:
5178 - add support for the ELPT860 board 5181 - add support for the ELPT860 board
5179 - add support for Dallas ds164x RTC 5182 - add support for Dallas ds164x RTC
5180 5183
5181 * Patches by David Müller, 31 Jan 2003: 5184 * Patches by David Müller, 31 Jan 2003:
5182 - minimal setup for CardBus bridges 5185 - minimal setup for CardBus bridges
5183 - add EEPROM read/write support in the CS8900 driver 5186 - add EEPROM read/write support in the CS8900 driver
5184 - add support for the builtin I2C controller in the Samsung s3c24x0 chips 5187 - add support for the builtin I2C controller in the Samsung s3c24x0 chips
5185 - add support for MPL's VCMA9 (Samsung s3c2410 based) board 5188 - add support for MPL's VCMA9 (Samsung s3c2410 based) board
5186 5189
5187 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 04 Feb 2003: 5190 * Patch by Steven Scholz, 04 Feb 2003:
5188 add support for RTC DS1307 5191 add support for RTC DS1307
5189 5192
5190 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 5 Feb 2003: 5193 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 5 Feb 2003:
5191 fix PLPRCR/SCCR init sequence on 8xx to allow for 5194 fix PLPRCR/SCCR init sequence on 8xx to allow for
5192 changes of EBDF by software 5195 changes of EBDF by software
5193 5196
5194 * Patch by Vladimir Gurevich, 07 Feb 2003: 5197 * Patch by Vladimir Gurevich, 07 Feb 2003:
5195 "API-compatibility patch" for 4xx I2C driver 5198 "API-compatibility patch" for 4xx I2C driver
5196 5199
5197 * TRAB fixes / extensions: 5200 * TRAB fixes / extensions:
5198 - Restore VFD brightness as saved in environment 5201 - Restore VFD brightness as saved in environment
5199 - add support for Fujitsu flashes 5202 - add support for Fujitsu flashes
5200 - make sure both buzzers are turned off (drive low level) 5203 - make sure both buzzers are turned off (drive low level)
5201 5204
5202 * Patches by Robert Schwebel, 06 Mar 2003: 5205 * Patches by Robert Schwebel, 06 Mar 2003:
5203 - fix bug in BOOTP code (must use NetCopyIP) 5206 - fix bug in BOOTP code (must use NetCopyIP)
5204 - update of CSB226 port 5207 - update of CSB226 port
5205 - clear BSS segment on XScale 5208 - clear BSS segment on XScale
5206 - added support for i2c_init_board() function 5209 - added support for i2c_init_board() function
5207 - update to the Innokom plattform 5210 - update to the Innokom plattform
5208 5211
5209 * Extend support for redundand environments for configurations where 5212 * Extend support for redundand environments for configurations where
5210 environment size < sector size 5213 environment size < sector size
5211 5214
5212 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 13 Feb 2003: 5215 * Patch by Rune Torgersen, 13 Feb 2003:
5213 Add support for Motorola MPC8266ADS board 5216 Add support for Motorola MPC8266ADS board
5214 5217
5215 * Patch by Kyle Harris, 19 Feb 2003: 5218 * Patch by Kyle Harris, 19 Feb 2003:
5216 patches for the Intel lubbock board: 5219 patches for the Intel lubbock board:
5217 memsetup.S - general cleanup (based on Robert's csb226 code) 5220 memsetup.S - general cleanup (based on Robert's csb226 code)
5218 flash.c - overhaul, actually works now 5221 flash.c - overhaul, actually works now
5219 lubbock.c - fix init funcs to return proper value 5222 lubbock.c - fix init funcs to return proper value
5220 5223
5221 * Patch by Kenneth Johansson, 26 Feb 2003: 5224 * Patch by Kenneth Johansson, 26 Feb 2003:
5222 - Fixed off by one in RFTA calculation. 5225 - Fixed off by one in RFTA calculation.
5223 - No need to abort when LDF is lower than we can program it's only 5226 - No need to abort when LDF is lower than we can program it's only
5224 minimum timing so clamp it to what we can do. 5227 minimum timing so clamp it to what we can do.
5225 - Takes function pointer to function for reading the spd_nvram. Usefull 5228 - Takes function pointer to function for reading the spd_nvram. Usefull
5226 for faking data or hardcode a module without the nvram. 5229 for faking data or hardcode a module without the nvram.
5227 - fix other user for above change 5230 - fix other user for above change
5228 - fix some comments. 5231 - fix some comments.
5229 5232
5230 * Patches by Brian Waite, 26 Feb 2003: 5233 * Patches by Brian Waite, 26 Feb 2003:
5231 - fix port for evb64260 board 5234 - fix port for evb64260 board
5232 - fix PCI for evb64260 board 5235 - fix PCI for evb64260 board
5233 - fix PCI scan 5236 - fix PCI scan
5234 5237
5235 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 1 Mar 2003: 5238 * Patch by Reinhard Meyer, 1 Mar 2003:
5236 Add support for EMK TOP860 Module 5239 Add support for EMK TOP860 Module
5237 5240
5238 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 02 Mar 2003: 5241 * Patch by Yuli Barcohen, 02 Mar 2003:
5239 Add SPD EEPROM support for MPC8260ADS board 5242 Add SPD EEPROM support for MPC8260ADS board
5240 5243
5241 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 21 Jan 2003: 5244 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 21 Jan 2003:
5242 - Add support for Innokom board 5245 - Add support for Innokom board
5243 - Don't complain if "install" fails 5246 - Don't complain if "install" fails
5244 - README cleanup (remove duplicated lines) 5247 - README cleanup (remove duplicated lines)
5245 - Update PXA header files 5248 - Update PXA header files
5246 5249
5247 * Add documentation for existing POST code (doc/README.POST) 5250 * Add documentation for existing POST code (doc/README.POST)
5248 5251
5249 * Patch by Laudney Ren, 15 Jan 2003: 5252 * Patch by Laudney Ren, 15 Jan 2003:
5250 Fix handling of redundand environment in "tools/envcrc.c" 5253 Fix handling of redundand environment in "tools/envcrc.c"
5251 5254
5252 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 28 Feb 2003: 5255 * Patch by Detlev Zundel, 28 Feb 2003:
5253 Add bedbug support for 824x systems 5256 Add bedbug support for 824x systems
5254 5257
5255 * Add support for 16 MB flash configuration of TRAB board 5258 * Add support for 16 MB flash configuration of TRAB board
5256 5259
5257 * Patch by Erwin Rol, 27 Feb 2003: 5260 * Patch by Erwin Rol, 27 Feb 2003:
5258 Add support for RTEMS 5261 Add support for RTEMS
5259 5262
5260 * Add image information to README 5263 * Add image information to README
5261 5264
5262 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 18 Feb 2003: 5265 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 18 Feb 2003:
5263 CPCIISER4 configuration updated. 5266 CPCIISER4 configuration updated.
5264 5267
5265 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 17 Feb 2003: 5268 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 17 Feb 2003:
5266 Fixed bug in ext. serial clock setup on PPC405 (since PPC440 port). 5269 Fixed bug in ext. serial clock setup on PPC405 (since PPC440 port).
5267 5270
5268 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 13 Feb 2003: 5271 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 13 Feb 2003:
5269 Add "pcidelay" environment variable (in ms, enabled via 5272 Add "pcidelay" environment variable (in ms, enabled via
5270 CONFIG_PCI_BOOTDELAY). 5273 CONFIG_PCI_BOOTDELAY).
5271 PCI spec 2.2 defines, that a pci target has 2^25 pci clocks after 5274 PCI spec 2.2 defines, that a pci target has 2^25 pci clocks after
5272 RST# to respond to configuration cycles (33MHz -> 1s). 5275 RST# to respond to configuration cycles (33MHz -> 1s).
5273 5276
5274 * Fix dual PCMCIA slot support (when running with just one 5277 * Fix dual PCMCIA slot support (when running with just one
5275 slot populated) 5278 slot populated)
5276 5279
5277 * Add VFD type detection to trab board 5280 * Add VFD type detection to trab board
5278 5281
5279 * extend drivers/cs8900.c driver to synchronize ethaddr environment 5282 * extend drivers/cs8900.c driver to synchronize ethaddr environment
5280 variable with value in the EEPROM 5283 variable with value in the EEPROM
5281 5284
5282 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 Feb 2003: 5285 * Patch by Stefan Roese, 10 Feb 2003:
5283 Add support for 4MB and 128MB onboard SDRAM (cpu/ppc4xx/sdram.c) 5286 Add support for 4MB and 128MB onboard SDRAM (cpu/ppc4xx/sdram.c)
5284 5287
5285 * Add support for MIPS32 4Kc CPUs 5288 * Add support for MIPS32 4Kc CPUs
5286 5289
5287 * Add support for INCA-IP Board 5290 * Add support for INCA-IP Board
5288 5291
5289 ====================================================================== 5292 ======================================================================
5290 Changes for U-Boot 0.2.2: 5293 Changes for U-Boot 0.2.2:
5291 ====================================================================== 5294 ======================================================================
5292 5295
5293 * Add dual ethernet support on PM826 5296 * Add dual ethernet support on PM826
5294 5297
5295 * Add support for LXT971 PHY on PM826 5298 * Add support for LXT971 PHY on PM826
5296 5299
5297 * Patch by Tord Andersson, 16 Jan 2003: 5300 * Patch by Tord Andersson, 16 Jan 2003:
5298 Fix flash sector count for TQM8xxL 5301 Fix flash sector count for TQM8xxL
5299 5302
5300 * Fix I2C EEPROM problem on ICU862 board (would only write the first 5303 * Fix I2C EEPROM problem on ICU862 board (would only write the first
5301 16 bytes out of each 32 byte block) 5304 16 bytes out of each 32 byte block)
5302 5305
5303 ====================================================================== 5306 ======================================================================
5304 Changes for U-Boot 0.2.1: 5307 Changes for U-Boot 0.2.1:
5305 ====================================================================== 5308 ======================================================================
5306 5309
5307 * Add support for V37 board 5310 * Add support for V37 board
5308 (patch by Jón Benediktsson, 11 Dec 2002) 5311 (patch by Jón Benediktsson, 11 Dec 2002)
5309 5312
5310 * Update baudrate in bd_info when it gets changed 5313 * Update baudrate in bd_info when it gets changed
5311 5314
5312 * Add watchdog trigger points while waiting for serial port 5315 * Add watchdog trigger points while waiting for serial port
5313 (so far only 8xx -- needed on LWMON with 100ms watchdog) 5316 (so far only 8xx -- needed on LWMON with 100ms watchdog)
5314 5317
5315 * Improve command line tool to access the U-Boot's environment 5318 * Improve command line tool to access the U-Boot's environment
5316 (figuration of the utility, using a config file) 5319 (figuration of the utility, using a config file)
5317 5320
5318 * Add single quote support for (old) command line parser 5321 * Add single quote support for (old) command line parser
5319 5322
5320 * Switch LWMON board default config from FRAM to EEPROM; 5323 * Switch LWMON board default config from FRAM to EEPROM;
5321 in POST, EEPROM shows up on 8 addresses 5324 in POST, EEPROM shows up on 8 addresses
5322 5325
5323 ====================================================================== 5326 ======================================================================
5324 Changes for U-Boot 0.2.0: 5327 Changes for U-Boot 0.2.0:
5325 ====================================================================== 5328 ======================================================================
5326 5329
5327 * Use 1-byte-read instead of -write for iprobe() function 5330 * Use 1-byte-read instead of -write for iprobe() function
5328 Add i2c commands to PM826 config 5331 Add i2c commands to PM826 config
5329 5332
5330 * extend I2C POST code: check for list on known addresses 5333 * extend I2C POST code: check for list on known addresses
5331 5334
5332 * Improve log buffer code; use "loglevel" to decide which messages 5335 * Improve log buffer code; use "loglevel" to decide which messages
5333 to log on the console, too (like in Linux); get rid of "logstart" 5336 to log on the console, too (like in Linux); get rid of "logstart"
5334 5337
5335 * Add command line tool to access the U-Boot's environment 5338 * Add command line tool to access the U-Boot's environment
5336 (board-specific for TRAB now, to be fixed later) 5339 (board-specific for TRAB now, to be fixed later)
5337 5340
5338 * Patch by Hans-Joerg Frieden, 06 Dec 2002 5341 * Patch by Hans-Joerg Frieden, 06 Dec 2002
5339 Fix misc problems with AmigaOne support 5342 Fix misc problems with AmigaOne support
5340 5343
5341 * Patch by Chris Hallinan, 3 Dec 2002: 5344 * Patch by Chris Hallinan, 3 Dec 2002:
5342 minor cleanup to the MPC8245 EPIC driver 5345 minor cleanup to the MPC8245 EPIC driver
5343 5346
5344 * Patch by Pierre Aubert , 28 Nov 2002 5347 * Patch by Pierre Aubert , 28 Nov 2002
5345 Add support for external (SIU) interrupts on MPC8xx 5348 Add support for external (SIU) interrupts on MPC8xx
5346 5349
5347 * Patch by Pierre Aubert , 28 Nov 2002 5350 * Patch by Pierre Aubert , 28 Nov 2002
5348 Fix nested syscalls bug in standalone applications 5351 Fix nested syscalls bug in standalone applications
5349 5352
5350 * Patch by David Müller, 27 Nov 2002: 5353 * Patch by David Müller, 27 Nov 2002:
5351 fix output of "pciinfo" command for CardBus bridge devices. 5354 fix output of "pciinfo" command for CardBus bridge devices.
5352 5355
5353 * Fix bug in TQM8260 board detection - boards got stuck when board ID 5356 * Fix bug in TQM8260 board detection - boards got stuck when board ID
5354 was not readable 5357 was not readable
5355 5358
5356 * Add LED indication for IDE activity on KUP4K board 5359 * Add LED indication for IDE activity on KUP4K board
5357 5360
5358 * Fix startup problems with VFD display on TRAB 5361 * Fix startup problems with VFD display on TRAB
5359 5362
5360 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 20 Nov 2002 5363 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 20 Nov 2002
5361 Add driver for Epson SED13806 graphic controller. 5364 Add driver for Epson SED13806 graphic controller.
5362 Add support for BMP logos in cfb_console driver. 5365 Add support for BMP logos in cfb_console driver.
5363 5366
5364 * Added support for both PCMCIA slots (at the same time!) on MPC8xx 5367 * Added support for both PCMCIA slots (at the same time!) on MPC8xx
5365 5368
5366 * Patch by Rod Boyce, 21 Nov 2002: 5369 * Patch by Rod Boyce, 21 Nov 2002:
5367 fix PCMCIA on MBX8xx board 5370 fix PCMCIA on MBX8xx board
5368 5371
5369 * Patch by Pierre Aubert , 21 Nov 2002 5372 * Patch by Pierre Aubert , 21 Nov 2002
5370 Add CFG_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR to make the offset of the 5373 Add CFG_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR to make the offset of the
5371 bootmode word in DPRAM configurable 5374 bootmode word in DPRAM configurable
5372 5375
5373 * Patch by Daniel Engström, 18 Nov 2002: 5376 * Patch by Daniel Engström, 18 Nov 2002:
5374 Fixes for x86 port (mostly strings issues) 5377 Fixes for x86 port (mostly strings issues)
5375 5378
5376 * Patch by Ken Chou, 18 Nov 2002: 5379 * Patch by Ken Chou, 18 Nov 2002:
5377 Fix for natsemi NIC cards (DP83815) 5380 Fix for natsemi NIC cards (DP83815)
5378 5381
5379 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 19 Nov 2002: 5382 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 19 Nov 2002:
5380 fix a bug for the MII configuration, and some warnings 5383 fix a bug for the MII configuration, and some warnings
5381 5384
5382 * Patch by Thomas Frieden, 13 Nov 2002: 5385 * Patch by Thomas Frieden, 13 Nov 2002:
5383 Add code for AmigaOne board 5386 Add code for AmigaOne board
5384 (preliminary merge to U-Boot, still WIP) 5387 (preliminary merge to U-Boot, still WIP)
5385 5388
5386 * Patch by Jon Diekema, 12 Nov 2002: 5389 * Patch by Jon Diekema, 12 Nov 2002:
5387 - Adding URL for IEEE OUI lookup 5390 - Adding URL for IEEE OUI lookup
5388 - Making the autoboot #defines dependent on CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED 5391 - Making the autoboot #defines dependent on CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
5389 being defined. 5392 being defined.
5390 - In the CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS #define, the root-on-initrd and 5393 - In the CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS #define, the root-on-initrd and
5391 root-on-nfs macros are designed to switch how the default boot 5394 root-on-nfs macros are designed to switch how the default boot
5392 method gets defined. 5395 method gets defined.
5393 5396
5394 * Patch by Daniel Engström, 13 Nov 2002: 5397 * Patch by Daniel Engström, 13 Nov 2002:
5395 Add support for i386 architecture and AMD SC520 board 5398 Add support for i386 architecture and AMD SC520 board
5396 5399
5397 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 12 Nov 2002: 5400 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 12 Nov 2002:
5398 Add support for DOS filesystem and booting from DOS floppy disk 5401 Add support for DOS filesystem and booting from DOS floppy disk
5399 5402
5400 * Patch by Jim Sandoz, 07 Nov 2002: 5403 * Patch by Jim Sandoz, 07 Nov 2002:
5401 Increase number of network RX buffers (PKTBUFSRX in 5404 Increase number of network RX buffers (PKTBUFSRX in
5402 "include/net.h") for EEPRO100 based boards (especially SP8240) 5405 "include/net.h") for EEPRO100 based boards (especially SP8240)
5403 which showed "Receiver is not ready" errors when U-Boot was 5406 which showed "Receiver is not ready" errors when U-Boot was
5404 processing the receive buffers slower than the network controller 5407 processing the receive buffers slower than the network controller
5405 was filling them. 5408 was filling them.
5406 5409
5407 * Patch by Andreas Oberritter, 09 Nov 2002: 5410 * Patch by Andreas Oberritter, 09 Nov 2002:
5408 Change behaviour of NetLoop(): return -1 for errors, filesize 5411 Change behaviour of NetLoop(): return -1 for errors, filesize
5409 otherwise; return code 0 is valid an means no file loaded - in this 5412 otherwise; return code 0 is valid an means no file loaded - in this
5410 case the environment still gets updated! 5413 case the environment still gets updated!
5411 5414
5412 * Patches by Jon Diekema, 9 Nov 2002: 5415 * Patches by Jon Diekema, 9 Nov 2002:
5413 - improve ADC/DAC clocking on the SACSng board to align 5416 - improve ADC/DAC clocking on the SACSng board to align
5414 the failing edges of LRCLK and SCLK 5417 the failing edges of LRCLK and SCLK
5415 - sbc8260 configuration tweaks 5418 - sbc8260 configuration tweaks
5416 - add status LED support for 82xx systems 5419 - add status LED support for 82xx systems
5417 - wire sspi/sspo commands into command handler; improved error 5420 - wire sspi/sspo commands into command handler; improved error
5418 handlering 5421 handlering
5419 - add timestamp support and alternate memory test to the 5422 - add timestamp support and alternate memory test to the
5420 SACSng configuration 5423 SACSng configuration
5421 5424
5422 * Patch by Vince Husovsky, 7 Nov 2002: 5425 * Patch by Vince Husovsky, 7 Nov 2002:
5423 Add "-n" to linker options to get rid of "Not enough room for 5426 Add "-n" to linker options to get rid of "Not enough room for
5424 program headers" problem 5427 program headers" problem
5425 5428
5426 * Patch by David Müller, 05 Nov 2002 5429 * Patch by David Müller, 05 Nov 2002
5427 Rename CONFIG_PLL_INPUT_FREQ to CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ 5430 Rename CONFIG_PLL_INPUT_FREQ to CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ
5428 so we can use an already existing name 5431 so we can use an already existing name
5429 5432
5430 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 05 Nov 2002 5433 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 05 Nov 2002
5431 Hardware relatied improvments in FDC boot code 5434 Hardware relatied improvments in FDC boot code
5432 5435
5433 * Patch by Holger Schurig, 5 Nov 2002: 5436 * Patch by Holger Schurig, 5 Nov 2002:
5434 Make the PXA really change it's frequency 5437 Make the PXA really change it's frequency
5435 5438
5436 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 05 Nov 2002 5439 * Patch by Pierre Aubert, 05 Nov 2002
5437 Add support for slave serial Spartan 2 FPGAs 5440 Add support for slave serial Spartan 2 FPGAs
5438 5441
5439 * Fix uninitialized memory (MAC address) in 8xx SCC/FEC ethernet 5442 * Fix uninitialized memory (MAC address) in 8xx SCC/FEC ethernet
5440 drivers 5443 drivers
5441 5444
5442 * Add support for log buffer which can be passed to Linux kernel's 5445 * Add support for log buffer which can be passed to Linux kernel's
5443 syslog mechanism; used especially for POST results. 5446 syslog mechanism; used especially for POST results.
5444 5447
5445 * Patch by Klaus Heydeck, 31 Oct 2002: 5448 * Patch by Klaus Heydeck, 31 Oct 2002:
5446 Add initial support for kup4k board 5449 Add initial support for kup4k board
5447 5450
5448 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 04 Nov 2002: 5451 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 04 Nov 2002:
5449 - use watchdog to reset PXA250 systems 5452 - use watchdog to reset PXA250 systems
5450 - added progress callbacks to (some of the) ARM code 5453 - added progress callbacks to (some of the) ARM code
5451 - update for Cogent CSB226 board 5454 - update for Cogent CSB226 board
5452 5455
5453 * Add support for FPS860 board 5456 * Add support for FPS860 board
5454 5457
5455 * Patch by Guillaume Alexandre,, 04 Nov 2002: 5458 * Patch by Guillaume Alexandre,, 04 Nov 2002:
5456 Improve PCI access on 32-bits Compact PCI bus 5459 Improve PCI access on 32-bits Compact PCI bus
5457 5460
5458 * Fix mdelay() on TRAB - this was still the debugging version with 5461 * Fix mdelay() on TRAB - this was still the debugging version with
5459 seconds instead of ms. 5462 seconds instead of ms.
5460 5463
5461 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 1 Nov 2002: 5464 * Patch by Robert Schwebel, 1 Nov 2002:
5462 XScale related cleanup (affects all ARM boards) 5465 XScale related cleanup (affects all ARM boards)
5463 5466
5464 * Cleanup of names and README. 5467 * Cleanup of names and README.
5465 5468
5466 ====================================================================== 5469 ======================================================================
5467 Notes for U-Boot 0.1.0: 5470 Notes for U-Boot 0.1.0:
5468 ====================================================================== 5471 ======================================================================
5469 5472
5470 This is the initial version of "Das U-Boot", the Universal Boot Loader. 5473 This is the initial version of "Das U-Boot", the Universal Boot Loader.
5471 5474
5472 It is based on version 2.0.0 (the "Halloween Release") of PPCBoot. 5475 It is based on version 2.0.0 (the "Halloween Release") of PPCBoot.
5473 For information about the history of the project please see the 5476 For information about the history of the project please see the
5474 PPCBoot project page at http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot 5477 PPCBoot project page at http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot
5475 5478
5476 ====================================================================== 5479 ======================================================================
5477 5480
1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2005 2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2005
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this 5 # See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6 # project. 6 # project.
7 # 7 #
8 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or 8 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9 # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as 9 # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10 # published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of 10 # published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11 # the License, or (at your option) any later version. 11 # the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12 # 12 #
13 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 # GNU General Public License for more details. 16 # GNU General Public License for more details.
17 # 17 #
18 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 19 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, 20 # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21 # MA 02111-1307 USA 21 # MA 02111-1307 USA
22 # 22 #
23 23
24 Summary: 24 Summary:
25 ======== 25 ========
26 26
27 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for 27 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
28 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other 28 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to 29 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application 30 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31 code. 31 code.
32 32
33 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of 33 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
34 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some 34 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35 header files in common, and special provision has been made to 35 header files in common, and special provision has been made to
36 support booting of Linux images. 36 support booting of Linux images.
37 37
38 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily 38 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are 39 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to 40 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used 41 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can 42 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43 load and run it dynamically. 43 load and run it dynamically.
44 44
45 45
46 Status: 46 Status:
47 ======= 47 =======
48 48
49 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the 49 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
50 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered 50 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
51 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. 51 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52 52
53 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out 53 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
54 who contributed the specific port. 54 who contributed the specific port.
55 55
56 56
57 Where to get help: 57 Where to get help:
58 ================== 58 ==================
59 59
60 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for 60 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
61 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at 61 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
62 <u-boot-users@lists.sourceforge.net>. There is also an archive of 62 <u-boot-users@lists.sourceforge.net>. There is also an archive of
63 previous traffic on the mailing list - please search the archive 63 previous traffic on the mailing list - please search the archive
64 before asking FAQ's. Please see 64 before asking FAQ's. Please see
65 http://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/u-boot-users/ 65 http://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/u-boot-users/
66 66
67 67
68 Where we come from: 68 Where we come from:
69 =================== 69 ===================
70 70
71 - start from 8xxrom sources 71 - start from 8xxrom sources
72 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) 72 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
73 - clean up code 73 - clean up code
74 - make it easier to add custom boards 74 - make it easier to add custom boards
75 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs 75 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
76 - extend functions, especially: 76 - extend functions, especially:
77 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader 77 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
78 * S-Record download 78 * S-Record download
79 * network boot 79 * network boot
80 * PCMCIA / CompactFLash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot 80 * PCMCIA / CompactFLash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
81 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) 81 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
82 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) 82 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
83 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) 83 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
84 84
85 85
86 Names and Spelling: 86 Names and Spelling:
87 =================== 87 ===================
88 88
89 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling 89 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
90 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments 90 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
91 in source files etc.). Example: 91 in source files etc.). Example:
92 92
93 This is the README file for the U-Boot project. 93 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
94 94
95 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: 95 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
96 96
97 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h 97 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
98 98
99 #include <asm/u-boot.h> 99 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
100 100
101 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on 101 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
102 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: 102 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
103 103
104 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo 104 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
105 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start 105 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
106 106
107 107
108 Versioning: 108 Versioning:
109 =========== 109 ===========
110 110
111 U-Boot uses a 3 level version number containing a version, a 111 U-Boot uses a 3 level version number containing a version, a
112 sub-version, and a patchlevel: "U-Boot-2.34.5" means version "2", 112 sub-version, and a patchlevel: "U-Boot-2.34.5" means version "2",
113 sub-version "34", and patchlevel "4". 113 sub-version "34", and patchlevel "4".
114 114
115 The patchlevel is used to indicate certain stages of development 115 The patchlevel is used to indicate certain stages of development
116 between released versions, i. e. officially released versions of 116 between released versions, i. e. officially released versions of
117 U-Boot will always have a patchlevel of "0". 117 U-Boot will always have a patchlevel of "0".
118 118
119 119
120 Directory Hierarchy: 120 Directory Hierarchy:
121 ==================== 121 ====================
122 122
123 - board Board dependent files 123 - board Board dependent files
124 - common Misc architecture independent functions 124 - common Misc architecture independent functions
125 - cpu CPU specific files 125 - cpu CPU specific files
126 - 74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs 126 - 74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
127 - arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs 127 - arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
128 - arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs 128 - arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
129 - at91rm9200 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU 129 - at91rm9200 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
130 - imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs 130 - imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
131 - s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs 131 - s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
132 - arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs 132 - arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
133 - arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs 133 - arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
134 - arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs 134 - arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
135 - i386 Files specific to i386 CPUs 135 - i386 Files specific to i386 CPUs
136 - ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs 136 - ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
137 - mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs 137 - mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
138 - mips Files specific to MIPS CPUs 138 - mips Files specific to MIPS CPUs
139 - mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs 139 - mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
140 - mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs 140 - mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
141 - mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs 141 - mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
142 - mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs 142 - mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
143 - mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs 143 - mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
144 - mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs 144 - mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
145 - mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs 145 - mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
146 - nios Files specific to Altera NIOS CPUs 146 - nios Files specific to Altera NIOS CPUs
147 - nios2 Files specific to Altera Nios-II CPUs 147 - nios2 Files specific to Altera Nios-II CPUs
148 - ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs 148 - ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
149 - pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs 149 - pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
150 - s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs 150 - s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
151 - sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs 151 - sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
152 - disk Code for disk drive partition handling 152 - disk Code for disk drive partition handling
153 - doc Documentation (don't expect too much) 153 - doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
154 - drivers Commonly used device drivers 154 - drivers Commonly used device drivers
155 - dtt Digital Thermometer and Thermostat drivers 155 - dtt Digital Thermometer and Thermostat drivers
156 - examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. 156 - examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
157 - include Header Files 157 - include Header Files
158 - lib_arm Files generic to ARM architecture 158 - lib_arm Files generic to ARM architecture
159 - lib_generic Files generic to all architectures 159 - lib_generic Files generic to all architectures
160 - lib_i386 Files generic to i386 architecture 160 - lib_i386 Files generic to i386 architecture
161 - lib_m68k Files generic to m68k architecture 161 - lib_m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
162 - lib_mips Files generic to MIPS architecture 162 - lib_mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
163 - lib_nios Files generic to NIOS architecture 163 - lib_nios Files generic to NIOS architecture
164 - lib_ppc Files generic to PowerPC architecture 164 - lib_ppc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
165 - net Networking code 165 - net Networking code
166 - post Power On Self Test 166 - post Power On Self Test
167 - rtc Real Time Clock drivers 167 - rtc Real Time Clock drivers
168 - tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. 168 - tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
169 169
170 Software Configuration: 170 Software Configuration:
171 ======================= 171 =======================
172 172
173 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the 173 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
174 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. 174 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
175 175
176 There are two classes of configuration variables: 176 There are two classes of configuration variables:
177 177
178 * Configuration _OPTIONS_: 178 * Configuration _OPTIONS_:
179 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with 179 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
180 "CONFIG_". 180 "CONFIG_".
181 181
182 * Configuration _SETTINGS_: 182 * Configuration _SETTINGS_:
183 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if 183 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
184 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with 184 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
185 "CFG_". 185 "CFG_".
186 186
187 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even 187 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
188 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to 188 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
189 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic 189 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
190 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards 190 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
191 as an example here. 191 as an example here.
192 192
193 193
194 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: 194 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
195 --------------------------------------------------- 195 ---------------------------------------------------
196 196
197 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default 197 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
198 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". 198 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
199 199
200 Example: For a TQM823L module type: 200 Example: For a TQM823L module type:
201 201
202 cd u-boot 202 cd u-boot
203 make TQM823L_config 203 make TQM823L_config
204 204
205 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the cpu type as well; 205 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the cpu type as well;
206 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent 206 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
207 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. 207 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
208 208
209 209
210 Configuration Options: 210 Configuration Options:
211 ---------------------- 211 ----------------------
212 212
213 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all 213 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
214 such information is kept in a configuration file 214 such information is kept in a configuration file
215 "include/configs/<board_name>.h". 215 "include/configs/<board_name>.h".
216 216
217 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in 217 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
218 "include/configs/TQM823L.h". 218 "include/configs/TQM823L.h".
219 219
220 220
221 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux 221 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
222 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to 222 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
223 build a config tool - later. 223 build a config tool - later.
224 224
225 225
226 The following options need to be configured: 226 The following options need to be configured:
227 227
228 - CPU Type: Define exactly one of 228 - CPU Type: Define exactly one of
229 229
230 PowerPC based CPUs: 230 PowerPC based CPUs:
231 ------------------- 231 -------------------
232 CONFIG_MPC823, CONFIG_MPC850, CONFIG_MPC855, CONFIG_MPC860 232 CONFIG_MPC823, CONFIG_MPC850, CONFIG_MPC855, CONFIG_MPC860
233 or CONFIG_MPC5xx 233 or CONFIG_MPC5xx
234 or CONFIG_MPC8220 234 or CONFIG_MPC8220
235 or CONFIG_MPC824X, CONFIG_MPC8260 235 or CONFIG_MPC824X, CONFIG_MPC8260
236 or CONFIG_MPC85xx 236 or CONFIG_MPC85xx
237 or CONFIG_IOP480 237 or CONFIG_IOP480
238 or CONFIG_405GP 238 or CONFIG_405GP
239 or CONFIG_405EP 239 or CONFIG_405EP
240 or CONFIG_440 240 or CONFIG_440
241 or CONFIG_MPC74xx 241 or CONFIG_MPC74xx
242 or CONFIG_750FX 242 or CONFIG_750FX
243 243
244 ARM based CPUs: 244 ARM based CPUs:
245 --------------- 245 ---------------
246 CONFIG_SA1110 246 CONFIG_SA1110
247 CONFIG_ARM7 247 CONFIG_ARM7
248 CONFIG_PXA250 248 CONFIG_PXA250
249 CONFIG_CPU_MONAHANS 249 CONFIG_CPU_MONAHANS
250 250
251 MicroBlaze based CPUs: 251 MicroBlaze based CPUs:
252 ---------------------- 252 ----------------------
253 CONFIG_MICROBLAZE 253 CONFIG_MICROBLAZE
254 254
255 Nios-2 based CPUs: 255 Nios-2 based CPUs:
256 ---------------------- 256 ----------------------
257 CONFIG_NIOS2 257 CONFIG_NIOS2
258 258
259 259
260 - Board Type: Define exactly one of 260 - Board Type: Define exactly one of
261 261
262 PowerPC based boards: 262 PowerPC based boards:
263 --------------------- 263 ---------------------
264 264
265 CONFIG_ADCIOP CONFIG_FPS860L CONFIG_OXC 265 CONFIG_ADCIOP CONFIG_FPS860L CONFIG_OXC
266 CONFIG_ADS860 CONFIG_GEN860T CONFIG_PCI405 266 CONFIG_ADS860 CONFIG_GEN860T CONFIG_PCI405
267 CONFIG_AMX860 CONFIG_GENIETV CONFIG_PCIPPC2 267 CONFIG_AMX860 CONFIG_GENIETV CONFIG_PCIPPC2
268 CONFIG_AP1000 CONFIG_GTH CONFIG_PCIPPC6 268 CONFIG_AP1000 CONFIG_GTH CONFIG_PCIPPC6
269 CONFIG_AR405 CONFIG_gw8260 CONFIG_pcu_e 269 CONFIG_AR405 CONFIG_gw8260 CONFIG_pcu_e
270 CONFIG_BAB7xx CONFIG_hermes CONFIG_PIP405 270 CONFIG_BAB7xx CONFIG_hermes CONFIG_PIP405
271 CONFIG_BC3450 CONFIG_hymod CONFIG_PM826 271 CONFIG_BC3450 CONFIG_hymod CONFIG_PM826
272 CONFIG_c2mon CONFIG_IAD210 CONFIG_ppmc8260 272 CONFIG_c2mon CONFIG_IAD210 CONFIG_ppmc8260
273 CONFIG_CANBT CONFIG_ICU862 CONFIG_QS823 273 CONFIG_CANBT CONFIG_ICU862 CONFIG_QS823
274 CONFIG_CCM CONFIG_IP860 CONFIG_QS850 274 CONFIG_CCM CONFIG_IP860 CONFIG_QS850
275 CONFIG_CMI CONFIG_IPHASE4539 CONFIG_QS860T 275 CONFIG_CMI CONFIG_IPHASE4539 CONFIG_QS860T
276 CONFIG_cogent_mpc8260 CONFIG_IVML24 CONFIG_RBC823 276 CONFIG_cogent_mpc8260 CONFIG_IVML24 CONFIG_RBC823
277 CONFIG_cogent_mpc8xx CONFIG_IVML24_128 CONFIG_RPXClassic 277 CONFIG_cogent_mpc8xx CONFIG_IVML24_128 CONFIG_RPXClassic
278 CONFIG_CPCI405 CONFIG_IVML24_256 CONFIG_RPXlite 278 CONFIG_CPCI405 CONFIG_IVML24_256 CONFIG_RPXlite
279 CONFIG_CPCI4052 CONFIG_IVMS8 CONFIG_RPXsuper 279 CONFIG_CPCI4052 CONFIG_IVMS8 CONFIG_RPXsuper
280 CONFIG_CPCIISER4 CONFIG_IVMS8_128 CONFIG_rsdproto 280 CONFIG_CPCIISER4 CONFIG_IVMS8_128 CONFIG_rsdproto
281 CONFIG_CPU86 CONFIG_IVMS8_256 CONFIG_sacsng 281 CONFIG_CPU86 CONFIG_IVMS8_256 CONFIG_sacsng
282 CONFIG_CRAYL1 CONFIG_JSE CONFIG_Sandpoint8240 282 CONFIG_CRAYL1 CONFIG_JSE CONFIG_Sandpoint8240
283 CONFIG_CSB272 CONFIG_LANTEC CONFIG_Sandpoint8245 283 CONFIG_CSB272 CONFIG_LANTEC CONFIG_Sandpoint8245
284 CONFIG_CU824 CONFIG_LITE5200B CONFIG_sbc8260 284 CONFIG_CU824 CONFIG_LITE5200B CONFIG_sbc8260
285 CONFIG_DASA_SIM CONFIG_lwmon CONFIG_sbc8560 285 CONFIG_DASA_SIM CONFIG_lwmon CONFIG_sbc8560
286 CONFIG_DB64360 CONFIG_MBX CONFIG_SM850 286 CONFIG_DB64360 CONFIG_MBX CONFIG_SM850
287 CONFIG_DB64460 CONFIG_MBX860T CONFIG_SPD823TS 287 CONFIG_DB64460 CONFIG_MBX860T CONFIG_SPD823TS
288 CONFIG_DU405 CONFIG_MHPC CONFIG_STXGP3 288 CONFIG_DU405 CONFIG_MHPC CONFIG_STXGP3
289 CONFIG_DUET_ADS CONFIG_MIP405 CONFIG_SXNI855T 289 CONFIG_DUET_ADS CONFIG_MIP405 CONFIG_SXNI855T
290 CONFIG_EBONY CONFIG_MOUSSE CONFIG_TQM823L 290 CONFIG_EBONY CONFIG_MOUSSE CONFIG_TQM823L
291 CONFIG_ELPPC CONFIG_MPC8260ADS CONFIG_TQM8260 291 CONFIG_ELPPC CONFIG_MPC8260ADS CONFIG_TQM8260
292 CONFIG_ELPT860 CONFIG_MPC8540ADS CONFIG_TQM850L 292 CONFIG_ELPT860 CONFIG_MPC8540ADS CONFIG_TQM850L
293 CONFIG_ep8260 CONFIG_MPC8540EVAL CONFIG_TQM855L 293 CONFIG_ep8260 CONFIG_MPC8540EVAL CONFIG_TQM855L
294 CONFIG_ERIC CONFIG_MPC8560ADS CONFIG_TQM860L 294 CONFIG_ERIC CONFIG_MPC8560ADS CONFIG_TQM860L
295 CONFIG_ESTEEM192E CONFIG_MUSENKI CONFIG_TTTech 295 CONFIG_ESTEEM192E CONFIG_MUSENKI CONFIG_TTTech
296 CONFIG_ETX094 CONFIG_MVS1 CONFIG_UTX8245 296 CONFIG_ETX094 CONFIG_MVS1 CONFIG_UTX8245
297 CONFIG_EVB64260 CONFIG_NETPHONE CONFIG_V37 297 CONFIG_EVB64260 CONFIG_NETPHONE CONFIG_V37
298 CONFIG_FADS823 CONFIG_NETTA CONFIG_W7OLMC 298 CONFIG_FADS823 CONFIG_NETTA CONFIG_W7OLMC
299 CONFIG_FADS850SAR CONFIG_NETVIA CONFIG_W7OLMG 299 CONFIG_FADS850SAR CONFIG_NETVIA CONFIG_W7OLMG
300 CONFIG_FADS860T CONFIG_NX823 CONFIG_WALNUT 300 CONFIG_FADS860T CONFIG_NX823 CONFIG_WALNUT
301 CONFIG_FLAGADM CONFIG_OCRTC CONFIG_ZPC1900 301 CONFIG_FLAGADM CONFIG_OCRTC CONFIG_ZPC1900
302 CONFIG_FPS850L CONFIG_ORSG CONFIG_ZUMA 302 CONFIG_FPS850L CONFIG_ORSG CONFIG_ZUMA
303 303
304 ARM based boards: 304 ARM based boards:
305 ----------------- 305 -----------------
306 306
307 CONFIG_ARMADILLO, CONFIG_AT91RM9200DK, CONFIG_CERF250, 307 CONFIG_ARMADILLO, CONFIG_AT91RM9200DK, CONFIG_CERF250,
308 CONFIG_CSB637, CONFIG_DELTA, CONFIG_DNP1110, 308 CONFIG_CSB637, CONFIG_DELTA, CONFIG_DNP1110,
309 CONFIG_EP7312, CONFIG_H2_OMAP1610, CONFIG_HHP_CRADLE, 309 CONFIG_EP7312, CONFIG_H2_OMAP1610, CONFIG_HHP_CRADLE,
310 CONFIG_IMPA7, CONFIG_INNOVATOROMAP1510, CONFIG_INNOVATOROMAP1610, 310 CONFIG_IMPA7, CONFIG_INNOVATOROMAP1510, CONFIG_INNOVATOROMAP1610,
311 CONFIG_KB9202, CONFIG_LART, CONFIG_LPD7A400, 311 CONFIG_KB9202, CONFIG_LART, CONFIG_LPD7A400,
312 CONFIG_LUBBOCK, CONFIG_OSK_OMAP5912, CONFIG_OMAP2420H4, 312 CONFIG_LUBBOCK, CONFIG_OSK_OMAP5912, CONFIG_OMAP2420H4,
313 CONFIG_PLEB2, CONFIG_SHANNON, CONFIG_P2_OMAP730, 313 CONFIG_PLEB2, CONFIG_SHANNON, CONFIG_P2_OMAP730,
314 CONFIG_SMDK2400, CONFIG_SMDK2410, CONFIG_TRAB, 314 CONFIG_SMDK2400, CONFIG_SMDK2410, CONFIG_TRAB,
315 CONFIG_VCMA9 315 CONFIG_VCMA9
316 316
317 MicroBlaze based boards: 317 MicroBlaze based boards:
318 ------------------------ 318 ------------------------
319 319
320 CONFIG_SUZAKU 320 CONFIG_SUZAKU
321 321
322 Nios-2 based boards: 322 Nios-2 based boards:
323 ------------------------ 323 ------------------------
324 324
325 CONFIG_PCI5441 CONFIG_PK1C20 325 CONFIG_PCI5441 CONFIG_PK1C20
326 CONFIG_EP1C20 CONFIG_EP1S10 CONFIG_EP1S40 326 CONFIG_EP1C20 CONFIG_EP1S10 CONFIG_EP1S40
327 327
328 328
329 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 329 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
330 Define exactly one of 330 Define exactly one of
331 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD 331 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
332 --- FIXME --- not tested yet: 332 --- FIXME --- not tested yet:
333 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, 333 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
334 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 334 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
335 335
336 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 336 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
337 Define exactly one of 337 Define exactly one of
338 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 338 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
339 339
340 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 340 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
341 Define one or more of 341 Define one or more of
342 CONFIG_CMA302 342 CONFIG_CMA302
343 343
344 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) 344 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
345 Define one or more of 345 Define one or more of
346 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on 346 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
347 the lcd display every second with 347 the lcd display every second with
348 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ 348 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
349 349
350 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) 350 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
351 CONFIG_ADSTYPE 351 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
352 Possible values are: 352 Possible values are:
353 CFG_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS 353 CFG_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
354 CFG_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS 354 CFG_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
355 CFG_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR 355 CFG_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
356 CFG_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS 356 CFG_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
357 357
358 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) 358 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
359 Define exactly one of 359 Define exactly one of
360 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 360 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
361 361
362 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx cpu) 362 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx cpu)
363 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if 363 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
364 get_gclk_freq() cannot work 364 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
365 e.g. if there is no 32KHz 365 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
366 reference PIT/RTC clock 366 reference PIT/RTC clock
367 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK 367 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
368 or XTAL/EXTAL) 368 or XTAL/EXTAL)
369 369
370 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): 370 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
371 CFG_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN 371 CFG_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
372 CFG_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX 372 CFG_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
373 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT 373 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
374 See doc/README.MPC866 374 See doc/README.MPC866
375 375
376 CFG_MEASURE_CPUCLK 376 CFG_MEASURE_CPUCLK
377 377
378 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead 378 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
379 of relying on the correctness of the configured 379 of relying on the correctness of the configured
380 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure 380 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
381 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note 381 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
382 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz 382 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
383 RTC clock or CFG_8XX_XIN) 383 RTC clock or CFG_8XX_XIN)
384 384
385 - Intel Monahans options: 385 - Intel Monahans options:
386 CFG_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO 386 CFG_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
387 387
388 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator 388 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
389 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core 389 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
390 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. 390 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
391 391
392 CFG_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO 392 CFG_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
393 393
394 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator 394 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
395 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and 395 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
396 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied 396 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
397 by this value. 397 by this value.
398 398
399 - Linux Kernel Interface: 399 - Linux Kernel Interface:
400 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ 400 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
401 401
402 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz 402 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
403 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux 403 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
404 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the 404 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
405 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable 405 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
406 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot 406 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
407 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the 407 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
408 Linux kernel. 408 Linux kernel.
409 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of 409 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
410 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the 410 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
411 default environment. 411 default environment.
412 412
413 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] 413 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
414 414
415 When transfering memsize parameter to linux, some versions 415 When transfering memsize parameter to linux, some versions
416 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. 416 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
417 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. 417 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
418 418
419 CONFIG_OF_FLAT_TREE 419 CONFIG_OF_FLAT_TREE
420 420
421 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be 421 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
422 passed using flat open firmware trees. 422 passed using flat open firmware trees.
423 The environment variable "disable_of", when set, disables this 423 The environment variable "disable_of", when set, disables this
424 functionality. 424 functionality.
425 425
426 CONFIG_OF_FLAT_TREE_MAX_SIZE 426 CONFIG_OF_FLAT_TREE_MAX_SIZE
427 427
428 The maximum size of the constructed OF tree. 428 The maximum size of the constructed OF tree.
429 429
430 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node. 430 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node.
431 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node. 431 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node.
432 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. 432 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
433 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device 433 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
434 434
435 CONFIG_OF_HAS_BD_T 435 CONFIG_OF_HAS_BD_T
436 436
437 The resulting flat device tree will have a copy of the bd_t. 437 The resulting flat device tree will have a copy of the bd_t.
438 Space should be pre-allocated in the dts for the bd_t. 438 Space should be pre-allocated in the dts for the bd_t.
439 439
440 CONFIG_OF_HAS_UBOOT_ENV 440 CONFIG_OF_HAS_UBOOT_ENV
441 441
442 The resulting flat device tree will have a copy of u-boot's 442 The resulting flat device tree will have a copy of u-boot's
443 environment variables 443 environment variables
444 444
445 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP 445 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
446 446
447 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make 447 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
448 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel 448 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
449 449
450 - Serial Ports: 450 - Serial Ports:
451 CFG_PL010_SERIAL 451 CFG_PL010_SERIAL
452 452
453 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. 453 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
454 454
455 CFG_PL011_SERIAL 455 CFG_PL011_SERIAL
456 456
457 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. 457 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
458 458
459 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK 459 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
460 460
461 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to 461 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
462 the clock speed of the UARTs. 462 the clock speed of the UARTs.
463 463
464 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS 464 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
465 465
466 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, 466 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
467 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) 467 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
468 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h 468 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
469 469
470 470
471 - Console Interface: 471 - Console Interface:
472 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port 472 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
473 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, 473 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
474 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial 474 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
475 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE 475 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
476 476
477 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial 477 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
478 port routines must be defined elsewhere 478 port routines must be defined elsewhere
479 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) 479 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
480 480
481 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 481 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
482 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following 482 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
483 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042, board/eltec/bab7xx) 483 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042, board/eltec/bab7xx)
484 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation 484 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
485 (default big endian) 485 (default big endian)
486 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports 486 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
487 rectangle fill 487 rectangle fill
488 (cf. smiLynxEM) 488 (cf. smiLynxEM)
489 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports 489 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
490 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) 490 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
491 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns 491 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
492 (cols=pitch) 492 (cols=pitch)
493 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows 493 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
494 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel 494 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
495 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format 495 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
496 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) 496 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
497 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address 497 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
498 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct 498 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
499 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) 499 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
500 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct 500 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
501 (i.e. i8042_tstc) 501 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
502 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct 502 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
503 (i.e. i8042_getc) 503 (i.e. i8042_getc)
504 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off 504 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
505 (requires blink timer 505 (requires blink timer
506 cf. i8042.c) 506 cf. i8042.c)
507 CFG_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) 507 CFG_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
508 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in 508 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
509 upper right corner 509 upper right corner
510 (requires CFG_CMD_DATE) 510 (requires CFG_CMD_DATE)
511 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in 511 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
512 upper left corner 512 upper left corner
513 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of 513 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
514 linux_logo.h for logo. 514 linux_logo.h for logo.
515 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 515 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
516 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO 516 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
517 addional board info beside 517 addional board info beside
518 the logo 518 the logo
519 519
520 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is 520 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
521 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with 521 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
522 environment 'console=serial'. 522 environment 'console=serial'.
523 523
524 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console 524 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
525 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with 525 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
526 the "silent" environment variable. See 526 the "silent" environment variable. See
527 doc/README.silent for more information. 527 doc/README.silent for more information.
528 528
529 - Console Baudrate: 529 - Console Baudrate:
530 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps 530 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
531 Select one of the baudrates listed in 531 Select one of the baudrates listed in
532 CFG_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 532 CFG_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
533 CFG_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale 533 CFG_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
534 534
535 - Interrupt driven serial port input: 535 - Interrupt driven serial port input:
536 CONFIG_SERIAL_SOFTWARE_FIFO 536 CONFIG_SERIAL_SOFTWARE_FIFO
537 537
538 PPC405GP only. 538 PPC405GP only.
539 Use an interrupt handler for receiving data on the 539 Use an interrupt handler for receiving data on the
540 serial port. It also enables using hardware handshake 540 serial port. It also enables using hardware handshake
541 (RTS/CTS) and UART's built-in FIFO. Set the number of 541 (RTS/CTS) and UART's built-in FIFO. Set the number of
542 bytes the interrupt driven input buffer should have. 542 bytes the interrupt driven input buffer should have.
543 543
544 Leave undefined to disable this feature, including 544 Leave undefined to disable this feature, including
545 disable the buffer and hardware handshake. 545 disable the buffer and hardware handshake.
546 546
547 - Console UART Number: 547 - Console UART Number:
548 CONFIG_UART1_CONSOLE 548 CONFIG_UART1_CONSOLE
549 549
550 AMCC PPC4xx only. 550 AMCC PPC4xx only.
551 If defined internal UART1 (and not UART0) is used 551 If defined internal UART1 (and not UART0) is used
552 as default U-Boot console. 552 as default U-Boot console.
553 553
554 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds 554 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
555 Delay before automatically booting the default image; 555 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
556 set to -1 to disable autoboot. 556 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
557 557
558 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that 558 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
559 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. 559 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
560 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 560 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
561 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN 561 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
562 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED 562 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
563 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT 563 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
564 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 564 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
565 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 565 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
566 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 566 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
567 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 567 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
568 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK 568 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
569 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY 569 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
570 570
571 - Autoboot Command: 571 - Autoboot Command:
572 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 572 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
573 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; 573 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
574 define a command string that is automatically executed 574 define a command string that is automatically executed
575 when no character is read on the console interface 575 when no character is read on the console interface
576 within "Boot Delay" after reset. 576 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
577 577
578 CONFIG_BOOTARGS 578 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
579 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm 579 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
580 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the 580 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
581 environment value "bootargs". 581 environment value "bootargs".
582 582
583 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT 583 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
584 The value of these goes into the environment as 584 The value of these goes into the environment as
585 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used 585 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
586 as a convenience, when switching between booting from 586 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
587 ram and nfs. 587 ram and nfs.
588 588
589 - Pre-Boot Commands: 589 - Pre-Boot Commands:
590 CONFIG_PREBOOT 590 CONFIG_PREBOOT
591 591
592 When this option is #defined, the existence of the 592 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
593 environment variable "preboot" will be checked 593 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
594 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 594 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
595 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. 595 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
596 entering interactive mode. 596 entering interactive mode.
597 597
598 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is 598 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
599 automatically generated or modified. For an example 599 automatically generated or modified. For an example
600 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is 600 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
601 modified when the user holds down a certain 601 modified when the user holds down a certain
602 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when 602 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
603 booting the systems 603 booting the systems
604 604
605 - Serial Download Echo Mode: 605 - Serial Download Echo Mode:
606 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 606 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
607 If defined to 1, all characters received during a 607 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
608 serial download (using the "loads" command) are 608 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
609 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal 609 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
610 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take 610 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
611 time on others. This setting #define's the initial 611 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
612 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. 612 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
613 613
614 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CFG_CMD_KGDB is defined) 614 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CFG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
615 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE 615 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
616 Select one of the baudrates listed in 616 Select one of the baudrates listed in
617 CFG_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 617 CFG_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
618 618
619 - Monitor Functions: 619 - Monitor Functions:
620 CONFIG_COMMANDS 620 CONFIG_COMMANDS
621 Most monitor functions can be selected (or 621 Most monitor functions can be selected (or
622 de-selected) by adjusting the definition of 622 de-selected) by adjusting the definition of
623 CONFIG_COMMANDS; to select individual functions, 623 CONFIG_COMMANDS; to select individual functions,
624 #define CONFIG_COMMANDS by "OR"ing any of the 624 #define CONFIG_COMMANDS by "OR"ing any of the
625 following values: 625 following values:
626 626
627 #define enables commands: 627 #define enables commands:
628 ------------------------- 628 -------------------------
629 CFG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable 629 CFG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
630 CFG_CMD_AUTOSCRIPT Autoscript Support 630 CFG_CMD_AUTOSCRIPT Autoscript Support
631 CFG_CMD_BDI bdinfo 631 CFG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
632 CFG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger 632 CFG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
633 CFG_CMD_BMP * BMP support 633 CFG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
634 CFG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands 634 CFG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
635 CFG_CMD_BOOTD bootd 635 CFG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
636 CFG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache 636 CFG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
637 CFG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo 637 CFG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
638 CFG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... 638 CFG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
639 CFG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support 639 CFG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
640 CFG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics 640 CFG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
641 CFG_CMD_DOC * Disk-On-Chip Support 641 CFG_CMD_DOC * Disk-On-Chip Support
642 CFG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat 642 CFG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
643 CFG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments 643 CFG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
644 CFG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support 644 CFG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
645 CFG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx 645 CFG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
646 CFG_CMD_ENV saveenv 646 CFG_CMD_ENV saveenv
647 CFG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support 647 CFG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
648 CFG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support 648 CFG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
649 CFG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support 649 CFG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
650 CFG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect 650 CFG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
651 CFG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support 651 CFG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
652 CFG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control 652 CFG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
653 CFG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support 653 CFG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
654 CFG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support 654 CFG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
655 CFG_CMD_IMI iminfo 655 CFG_CMD_IMI iminfo
656 CFG_CMD_IMLS List all found images 656 CFG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
657 CFG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support 657 CFG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
658 CFG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo 658 CFG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
659 CFG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values 659 CFG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
660 CFG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support 660 CFG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
661 CFG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb 661 CFG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
662 CFG_CMD_LOADB loadb 662 CFG_CMD_LOADB loadb
663 CFG_CMD_LOADS loads 663 CFG_CMD_LOADS loads
664 CFG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, 664 CFG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
665 loop, loopw, mtest 665 loop, loopw, mtest
666 CFG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc 666 CFG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
667 CFG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support 667 CFG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
668 CFG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands 668 CFG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
669 CFG_CMD_NAND * NAND support 669 CFG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
670 CFG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot 670 CFG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
671 CFG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo 671 CFG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
672 CFG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support 672 CFG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
673 CFG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network host 673 CFG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network host
674 CFG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O 674 CFG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
675 CFG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump 675 CFG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
676 CFG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable 676 CFG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
677 CFG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump 677 CFG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
678 CFG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support 678 CFG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
679 CFG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information 679 CFG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
680 (requires CFG_CMD_I2C) 680 (requires CFG_CMD_I2C)
681 CFG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access (4xx only) 681 CFG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access (4xx only)
682 CFG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support 682 CFG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
683 CFG_CMD_USB * USB support 683 CFG_CMD_USB * USB support
684 CFG_CMD_VFD * VFD support (TRAB) 684 CFG_CMD_VFD * VFD support (TRAB)
685 CFG_CMD_BSP * Board SPecific functions 685 CFG_CMD_BSP * Board SPecific functions
686 CFG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support 686 CFG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
687 ----------------------------------------------- 687 -----------------------------------------------
688 CFG_CMD_ALL all 688 CFG_CMD_ALL all
689 689
690 CONFIG_CMD_DFL Default configuration; at the moment 690 CONFIG_CMD_DFL Default configuration; at the moment
691 this is includes all commands, except 691 this is includes all commands, except
692 the ones marked with "*" in the list 692 the ones marked with "*" in the list
693 above. 693 above.
694 694
695 If you don't define CONFIG_COMMANDS it defaults to 695 If you don't define CONFIG_COMMANDS it defaults to
696 CONFIG_CMD_DFL in include/cmd_confdefs.h. A board can 696 CONFIG_CMD_DFL in include/cmd_confdefs.h. A board can
697 override the default settings in the respective 697 override the default settings in the respective
698 include file. 698 include file.
699 699
700 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network 700 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
701 support you can write: 701 support you can write:
702 702
703 #define CONFIG_COMMANDS (CFG_CMD_ALL & ~CFG_CMD_NET) 703 #define CONFIG_COMMANDS (CFG_CMD_ALL & ~CFG_CMD_NET)
704 704
705 705
706 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands 706 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
707 (configuration option CFG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know 707 (configuration option CFG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
708 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data 708 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
709 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or 709 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
710 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be 710 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
711 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other 711 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
712 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an 712 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
713 initial stack and some data. 713 initial stack and some data.
714 714
715 715
716 XXX - this list needs to get updated! 716 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
717 717
718 - Watchdog: 718 - Watchdog:
719 CONFIG_WATCHDOG 719 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
720 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog 720 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
721 support. There must be support in the platform specific 721 support. There must be support in the platform specific
722 code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 CPUs, the 722 code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 CPUs, the
723 SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR 723 SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
724 register. 724 register.
725 725
726 - U-Boot Version: 726 - U-Boot Version:
727 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE 727 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
728 If this variable is defined, an environment variable 728 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
729 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot 729 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
730 version as printed by the "version" command. 730 version as printed by the "version" command.
731 This variable is readonly. 731 This variable is readonly.
732 732
733 - Real-Time Clock: 733 - Real-Time Clock:
734 734
735 When CFG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC 735 When CFG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
736 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the 736 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
737 following options: 737 following options:
738 738
739 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx 739 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
740 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC 740 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
741 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC 741 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
742 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC 742 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
743 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC 743 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
744 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC 744 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
745 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC 745 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
746 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC 746 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
747 747
748 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface 748 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
749 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 749 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
750 750
751 - Timestamp Support: 751 - Timestamp Support:
752 752
753 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp 753 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
754 (date and time) of an image is printed by image 754 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
755 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is 755 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
756 automatically enabled when you select CFG_CMD_DATE . 756 automatically enabled when you select CFG_CMD_DATE .
757 757
758 - Partition Support: 758 - Partition Support:
759 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION 759 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
760 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION 760 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION
761 761
762 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CFG_CMD_IDE or 762 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CFG_CMD_IDE or
763 CFG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at least 763 CFG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at least
764 one partition type as well. 764 one partition type as well.
765 765
766 - IDE Reset method: 766 - IDE Reset method:
767 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several 767 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
768 board configurations files but used nowhere! 768 board configurations files but used nowhere!
769 769
770 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will 770 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
771 be performed by calling the function 771 be performed by calling the function
772 ide_set_reset(int reset) 772 ide_set_reset(int reset)
773 which has to be defined in a board specific file 773 which has to be defined in a board specific file
774 774
775 - ATAPI Support: 775 - ATAPI Support:
776 CONFIG_ATAPI 776 CONFIG_ATAPI
777 777
778 Set this to enable ATAPI support. 778 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
779 779
780 - LBA48 Support 780 - LBA48 Support
781 CONFIG_LBA48 781 CONFIG_LBA48
782 782
783 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB 783 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
784 Also look at CFG_64BIT_LBA ,CFG_64BIT_VSPRINTF and CFG_64BIT_STRTOUL 784 Also look at CFG_64BIT_LBA ,CFG_64BIT_VSPRINTF and CFG_64BIT_STRTOUL
785 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' 785 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
786 support disks up to 2.1TB. 786 support disks up to 2.1TB.
787 787
788 CFG_64BIT_LBA: 788 CFG_64BIT_LBA:
789 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. 789 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
790 Default is 32bit. 790 Default is 32bit.
791 791
792 - SCSI Support: 792 - SCSI Support:
793 At the moment only there is only support for the 793 At the moment only there is only support for the
794 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define 794 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
795 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. 795 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
796 796
797 CFG_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CFG_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and 797 CFG_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CFG_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
798 CFG_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CFG_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * 798 CFG_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CFG_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
799 CFG_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the 799 CFG_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
800 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target 800 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
801 devices. 801 devices.
802 CFG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) 802 CFG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
803 803
804 - NETWORK Support (PCI): 804 - NETWORK Support (PCI):
805 CONFIG_E1000 805 CONFIG_E1000
806 Support for Intel 8254x gigabit chips. 806 Support for Intel 8254x gigabit chips.
807 807
808 CONFIG_EEPRO100 808 CONFIG_EEPRO100
809 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. 809 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
810 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables eeprom 810 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables eeprom
811 write routine for first time initialisation. 811 write routine for first time initialisation.
812 812
813 CONFIG_TULIP 813 CONFIG_TULIP
814 Support for Digital 2114x chips. 814 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
815 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific 815 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
816 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). 816 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
817 817
818 CONFIG_NATSEMI 818 CONFIG_NATSEMI
819 Support for National dp83815 chips. 819 Support for National dp83815 chips.
820 820
821 CONFIG_NS8382X 821 CONFIG_NS8382X
822 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. 822 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
823 823
824 - NETWORK Support (other): 824 - NETWORK Support (other):
825 825
826 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96 826 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
827 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. 827 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
828 828
829 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE 829 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
830 Define this to hold the physical address 830 Define this to hold the physical address
831 of the LAN91C96's I/O space 831 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
832 832
833 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT 833 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
834 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing 834 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
835 835
836 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111 836 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
837 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip 837 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
838 838
839 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE 839 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
840 Define this to hold the physical address 840 Define this to hold the physical address
841 of the device (I/O space) 841 of the device (I/O space)
842 842
843 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT 843 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
844 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 844 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
845 845
846 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS 846 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
847 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros 847 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
848 (some hardware wont work with macros) 848 (some hardware wont work with macros)
849 849
850 - USB Support: 850 - USB Support:
851 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is 851 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
852 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define 852 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
853 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. 853 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
854 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard 854 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
855 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB 855 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
856 storage devices. 856 storage devices.
857 Note: 857 Note:
858 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives 858 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
859 (TEAC FD-05PUB). 859 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
860 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: 860 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
861 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK 861 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
862 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb 862 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
863 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG 863 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
864 for differential drivers: 0x00001000 864 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
865 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 865 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
866 866
867 867
868 - MMC Support: 868 - MMC Support:
869 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To 869 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
870 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be 870 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
871 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device 871 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
872 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is 872 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
873 enabled with CFG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with 873 enabled with CFG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
874 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CFG_CMD_FAT. 874 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CFG_CMD_FAT.
875 875
876 - Journaling Flash filesystem support: 876 - Journaling Flash filesystem support:
877 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, 877 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
878 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV 878 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
879 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device 879 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
880 880
881 CFG_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, 881 CFG_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
882 CFG_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CFG_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS 882 CFG_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CFG_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
883 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device 883 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
884 884
885 CFG_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART 885 CFG_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
886 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a 886 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
887 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) 887 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
888 888
889 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to 889 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
890 #define CFG_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 890 #define CFG_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
891 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you 891 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
892 have not defined a custom partition 892 have not defined a custom partition
893 893
894 - Keyboard Support: 894 - Keyboard Support:
895 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD 895 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
896 896
897 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard 897 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
898 support 898 support
899 899
900 CONFIG_I8042_KBD 900 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
901 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and 901 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
902 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. 902 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
903 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc 903 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
904 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. 904 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
905 905
906 - Video support: 906 - Video support:
907 CONFIG_VIDEO 907 CONFIG_VIDEO
908 908
909 Define this to enable video support (for output to 909 Define this to enable video support (for output to
910 video). 910 video).
911 911
912 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 912 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
913 913
914 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip 914 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
915 915
916 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM 916 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
917 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The 917 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
918 video output is selected via environment 'videoout' 918 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
919 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is 919 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
920 assumed. 920 assumed.
921 921
922 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is 922 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
923 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two diferent ways 923 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two diferent ways
924 are possible: 924 are possible:
925 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. 925 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
926 Following standard modes are supported (* is default): 926 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
927 927
928 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 928 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
929 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 929 -------------+---------------------------------------------
930 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 930 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
931 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 931 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
932 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A 932 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
933 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B 933 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
934 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 934 -------------+---------------------------------------------
935 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) 935 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
936 936
937 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed 937 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
938 from the bootargs. (See drivers/videomodes.c) 938 from the bootargs. (See drivers/videomodes.c)
939 939
940 940
941 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 941 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
942 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp 942 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
943 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP 943 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
944 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP 944 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
945 945
946 - Keyboard Support: 946 - Keyboard Support:
947 CONFIG_KEYBOARD 947 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
948 948
949 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. 949 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
950 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be 950 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
951 defined in your board-specific files. 951 defined in your board-specific files.
952 The only board using this so far is RBC823. 952 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
953 953
954 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD 954 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
955 955
956 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD 956 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
957 display); also select one of the supported displays 957 display); also select one of the supported displays
958 by defining one of these: 958 by defining one of these:
959 959
960 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: 960 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
961 961
962 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. 962 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
963 963
964 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 964 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
965 965
966 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. 966 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
967 Active, color, single scan. 967 Active, color, single scan.
968 968
969 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 969 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
970 970
971 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. 971 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
972 Active, color, single scan. 972 Active, color, single scan.
973 973
974 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 974 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
975 975
976 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. 976 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
977 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. 977 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
978 978
979 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 979 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
980 980
981 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. 981 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
982 Active, color, single scan. 982 Active, color, single scan.
983 983
984 CONFIG_HLD1045 984 CONFIG_HLD1045
985 985
986 HLD1045 display, 640x480. 986 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
987 Active, color, single scan. 987 Active, color, single scan.
988 988
989 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW 989 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
990 990
991 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 991 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
992 or 992 or
993 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T 993 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
994 or 994 or
995 Hitachi SP14Q002 995 Hitachi SP14Q002
996 996
997 320x240. Black & white. 997 320x240. Black & white.
998 998
999 Normally display is black on white background; define 999 Normally display is black on white background; define
1000 CFG_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. 1000 CFG_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
1001 1001
1002 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN 1002 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
1003 1003
1004 If this option is set, the environment is checked for 1004 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1005 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display 1005 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1006 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD 1006 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
1007 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address 1007 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
1008 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The 1008 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1009 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This 1009 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1010 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is 1010 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1011 loaded very quickly after power-on. 1011 loaded very quickly after power-on.
1012 1012
1013 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP 1013 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1014 1014
1015 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP 1015 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1016 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the 1016 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1017 splashscreen support or the bmp command. 1017 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1018 1018
1019 - Compression support: 1019 - Compression support:
1020 CONFIG_BZIP2 1020 CONFIG_BZIP2
1021 1021
1022 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed 1022 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1023 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip 1023 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1024 compressed images are supported. 1024 compressed images are supported.
1025 1025
1026 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so 1026 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
1027 the malloc area (as defined by CFG_MALLOC_LEN) should 1027 the malloc area (as defined by CFG_MALLOC_LEN) should
1028 be at least 4MB. 1028 be at least 4MB.
1029 1029
1030 - MII/PHY support: 1030 - MII/PHY support:
1031 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 1031 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1032 1032
1033 The address of PHY on MII bus. 1033 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1034 1034
1035 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) 1035 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1036 1036
1037 The clock frequency of the MII bus 1037 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1038 1038
1039 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE 1039 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1040 1040
1041 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex 1041 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
1042 detection of Gigabit PHY is included. 1042 detection of Gigabit PHY is included.
1043 1043
1044 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY 1044 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1045 1045
1046 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1046 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1047 reset before any MII register access is possible. 1047 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1048 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay 1048 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1049 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) 1049 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1050 1050
1051 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) 1051 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1052 1052
1053 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1053 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1054 command issued before MII status register can be read 1054 command issued before MII status register can be read
1055 1055
1056 - Ethernet address: 1056 - Ethernet address:
1057 CONFIG_ETHADDR 1057 CONFIG_ETHADDR
1058 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR 1058 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1059 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR 1059 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
1060 1060
1061 Define a default value for ethernet address to use 1061 Define a default value for ethernet address to use
1062 for the respective ethernet interface, in case this 1062 for the respective ethernet interface, in case this
1063 is not determined automatically. 1063 is not determined automatically.
1064 1064
1065 - IP address: 1065 - IP address:
1066 CONFIG_IPADDR 1066 CONFIG_IPADDR
1067 1067
1068 Define a default value for the IP address to use for 1068 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
1069 the default ethernet interface, in case this is not 1069 the default ethernet interface, in case this is not
1070 determined through e.g. bootp. 1070 determined through e.g. bootp.
1071 1071
1072 - Server IP address: 1072 - Server IP address:
1073 CONFIG_SERVERIP 1073 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1074 1074
1075 Defines a default value for theIP address of a TFTP 1075 Defines a default value for theIP address of a TFTP
1076 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. 1076 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1077 1077
1078 - BOOTP Recovery Mode: 1078 - BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1079 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY 1079 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1080 1080
1081 If you have many targets in a network that try to 1081 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1082 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all 1082 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1083 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same 1083 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1084 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery 1084 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1085 from a power failure, when all systems will try to 1085 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1086 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining 1086 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1087 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be 1087 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1088 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The 1088 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
1089 following delays are insterted then: 1089 following delays are insterted then:
1090 1090
1091 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec 1091 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1092 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec 1092 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1093 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec 1093 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1094 4th and following 1094 4th and following
1095 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec 1095 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1096 1096
1097 - DHCP Advanced Options: 1097 - DHCP Advanced Options:
1098 CONFIG_BOOTP_MASK 1098 CONFIG_BOOTP_MASK
1099 1099
1100 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by adding 1100 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by adding
1101 these flags to the CONFIG_BOOTP_MASK define: 1101 these flags to the CONFIG_BOOTP_MASK define:
1102 1102
1103 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS 1103 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1104 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more 1104 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1105 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. 1105 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1106 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS 1106 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1107 serverip will be stored in the additional environment 1107 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1108 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always 1108 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1109 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1109 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1110 is added to the CONFIG_BOOTP_MASK. 1110 is added to the CONFIG_BOOTP_MASK.
1111 1111
1112 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable 1112 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1113 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they 1113 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1114 need the hostname of the DHCP requester. 1114 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
1115 If CONFIG_BOOP_SEND_HOSTNAME is added to the 1115 If CONFIG_BOOP_SEND_HOSTNAME is added to the
1116 CONFIG_BOOTP_MASK, the content of the "hostname" 1116 CONFIG_BOOTP_MASK, the content of the "hostname"
1117 environment variable is passed as option 12 to 1117 environment variable is passed as option 12 to
1118 the DHCP server. 1118 the DHCP server.
1119 1119
1120 - CDP Options: 1120 - CDP Options:
1121 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID 1121 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
1122 1122
1123 The device id used in CDP trigger frames. 1123 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1124 1124
1125 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX 1125 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1126 1126
1127 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address 1127 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1128 of the device. 1128 of the device.
1129 1129
1130 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID 1130 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1131 1131
1132 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of 1132 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1133 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets 1133 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
1134 eth0 for the first ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. 1134 eth0 for the first ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
1135 1135
1136 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES 1136 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1137 1137
1138 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; 1138 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1139 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. 1139 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1140 1140
1141 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION 1141 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1142 1142
1143 An ascii string containing the version of the software. 1143 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1144 1144
1145 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM 1145 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1146 1146
1147 An ascii string containing the name of the platform. 1147 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1148 1148
1149 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER 1149 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1150 1150
1151 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. 1151 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1152 1152
1153 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION 1153 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1154 1154
1155 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the 1155 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1156 device in .1 of milliwatts. 1156 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1157 1157
1158 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE 1158 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1159 1159
1160 A byte containing the id of the VLAN. 1160 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1161 1161
1162 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED 1162 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1163 1163
1164 Several configurations allow to display the current 1164 Several configurations allow to display the current
1165 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink 1165 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1166 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as 1166 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1167 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and 1167 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1168 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running 1168 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1169 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux 1169 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1170 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this 1170 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1171 feature in U-Boot. 1171 feature in U-Boot.
1172 1172
1173 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER 1173 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1174 1174
1175 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support 1175 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1176 on those systems that support this (optional) 1176 on those systems that support this (optional)
1177 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. 1177 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1178 1178
1179 - I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C 1179 - I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1180 1180
1181 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of 1181 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
1182 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will 1182 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
1183 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected cpu. 1183 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected cpu.
1184 1184
1185 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot 1185 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
1186 command line (as long as you set CFG_CMD_I2C in 1186 command line (as long as you set CFG_CMD_I2C in
1187 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime 1187 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1188 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the 1188 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
1189 command line interface. 1189 command line interface.
1190 1190
1191 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects the CPM hardware driver for I2C. 1191 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects the CPM hardware driver for I2C.
1192 1192
1193 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka 1193 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
1194 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware 1194 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1195 support for I2C. 1195 support for I2C.
1196 1196
1197 There are several other quantities that must also be 1197 There are several other quantities that must also be
1198 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C. 1198 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
1199 1199
1200 In both cases you will need to define CFG_I2C_SPEED 1200 In both cases you will need to define CFG_I2C_SPEED
1201 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus 1201 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
1202 to run and CFG_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie 1202 to run and CFG_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
1203 the cpu's i2c node address). 1203 the cpu's i2c node address).
1204 1204
1205 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx (cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) 1205 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx (cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c)
1206 sets the cpu up as a master node and so its address should 1206 sets the cpu up as a master node and so its address should
1207 therefore be cleared to 0 (See, eg, MPC823e User's Manual 1207 therefore be cleared to 0 (See, eg, MPC823e User's Manual
1208 p.16-473). So, set CFG_I2C_SLAVE to 0. 1208 p.16-473). So, set CFG_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
1209 1209
1210 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 1210 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
1211 1211
1212 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C) 1212 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1213 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are 1213 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1214 from include/configs/lwmon.h): 1214 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
1215 1215
1216 I2C_INIT 1216 I2C_INIT
1217 1217
1218 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C 1218 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
1219 controller or configure ports. 1219 controller or configure ports.
1220 1220
1221 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) 1221 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
1222 1222
1223 I2C_PORT 1223 I2C_PORT
1224 1224
1225 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code 1225 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1226 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values 1226 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1227 are 0..3 for ports A..D. 1227 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
1228 1228
1229 I2C_ACTIVE 1229 I2C_ACTIVE
1230 1230
1231 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active 1231 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1232 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this 1232 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1233 define can be null. 1233 define can be null.
1234 1234
1235 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) 1235 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1236 1236
1237 I2C_TRISTATE 1237 I2C_TRISTATE
1238 1238
1239 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated 1239 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1240 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this 1240 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1241 define can be null. 1241 define can be null.
1242 1242
1243 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) 1243 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1244 1244
1245 I2C_READ 1245 I2C_READ
1246 1246
1247 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high, 1247 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1248 FALSE if it is low. 1248 FALSE if it is low.
1249 1249
1250 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) 1250 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1251 1251
1252 I2C_SDA(bit) 1252 I2C_SDA(bit)
1253 1253
1254 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it 1254 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1255 is FALSE, it clears it (low). 1255 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1256 1256
1257 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ 1257 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
1258 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ 1258 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
1259 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA 1259 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
1260 1260
1261 I2C_SCL(bit) 1261 I2C_SCL(bit)
1262 1262
1263 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it 1263 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1264 is FALSE, it clears it (low). 1264 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1265 1265
1266 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ 1266 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
1267 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ 1267 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
1268 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL 1268 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
1269 1269
1270 I2C_DELAY 1270 I2C_DELAY
1271 1271
1272 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this 1272 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1273 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus 1273 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
1274 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something 1274 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
1275 like: 1275 like:
1276 1276
1277 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) 1277 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
1278 1278
1279 CFG_I2C_INIT_BOARD 1279 CFG_I2C_INIT_BOARD
1280 1280
1281 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 1281 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1282 chips might think that the current transfer is still 1282 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1283 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access 1283 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1284 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the 1284 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1285 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin 1285 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1286 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a 1286 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1287 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c 1287 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1288 is run early in the boot sequence. 1288 is run early in the boot sequence.
1289 1289
1290 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 1290 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1291 1291
1292 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags 1292 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1293 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment 1293 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1294 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) 1294 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1295 1295
1296 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI 1296 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1297 1297
1298 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with 1298 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1299 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and 1299 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1300 D/As on the SACSng board) 1300 D/As on the SACSng board)
1301 1301
1302 CONFIG_SPI_X 1302 CONFIG_SPI_X
1303 1303
1304 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. 1304 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
1305 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) 1305 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
1306 1306
1307 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI 1307 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1308 1308
1309 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than 1309 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1310 using hardware support. This is a general purpose 1310 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1311 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins 1311 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1312 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is 1312 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1313 defined, the board configuration must define several 1313 defined, the board configuration must define several
1314 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For 1314 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1315 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. 1315 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
1316 1316
1317 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT 1317 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
1318 1318
1319 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. 1319 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
1320 1320
1321 CONFIG_FPGA 1321 CONFIG_FPGA
1322 1322
1323 Used to specify the types of FPGA devices. For example, 1323 Used to specify the types of FPGA devices. For example,
1324 #define CONFIG_FPGA CFG_XILINX_VIRTEX2 1324 #define CONFIG_FPGA CFG_XILINX_VIRTEX2
1325 1325
1326 CFG_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK 1326 CFG_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
1327 1327
1328 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. 1328 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
1329 1329
1330 CFG_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY 1330 CFG_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
1331 1331
1332 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy 1332 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1333 status by the configuration function. This option 1333 status by the configuration function. This option
1334 will require a board or device specific function to 1334 will require a board or device specific function to
1335 be written. 1335 be written.
1336 1336
1337 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY 1337 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1338 1338
1339 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA 1339 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1340 configuration driver. 1340 configuration driver.
1341 1341
1342 CFG_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC 1342 CFG_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
1343 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration 1343 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1344 1344
1345 CFG_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR 1345 CFG_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
1346 1346
1347 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile 1347 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1348 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II 1348 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1349 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which 1349 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1350 indicated a CRC error). 1350 indicated a CRC error).
1351 1351
1352 CFG_FPGA_WAIT_INIT 1352 CFG_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
1353 1353
1354 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert 1354 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
1355 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II 1355 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
1356 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 1356 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
1357 mS. 1357 mS.
1358 1358
1359 CFG_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY 1359 CFG_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
1360 1360
1361 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during 1361 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
1362 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 mS. 1362 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 mS.
1363 1363
1364 CFG_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG 1364 CFG_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
1365 1365
1366 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is 1366 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
1367 200 mS. 1367 200 mS.
1368 1368
1369 - Configuration Management: 1369 - Configuration Management:
1370 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING 1370 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
1371 1371
1372 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot 1372 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
1373 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) 1373 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
1374 1374
1375 - Vendor Parameter Protection: 1375 - Vendor Parameter Protection:
1376 1376
1377 U-Boot considers the values of the environment 1377 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
1378 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and 1378 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
1379 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that 1379 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
1380 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and 1380 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
1381 protects these variables from casual modification by 1381 protects these variables from casual modification by
1382 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, 1382 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
1383 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can 1383 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
1384 change this behviour: 1384 change this behviour:
1385 1385
1386 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config 1386 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
1387 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is 1387 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
1388 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete 1388 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
1389 these parameters. 1389 these parameters.
1390 1390
1391 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR 1391 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
1392 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default 1392 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
1393 ethernet address is installed in the environment, 1393 ethernet address is installed in the environment,
1394 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The 1394 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
1395 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains 1395 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
1396 read-only.] 1396 read-only.]
1397 1397
1398 - Protected RAM: 1398 - Protected RAM:
1399 CONFIG_PRAM 1399 CONFIG_PRAM
1400 1400
1401 Define this variable to enable the reservation of 1401 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
1402 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten 1402 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
1403 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of 1403 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
1404 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite 1404 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
1405 this default value by defining an environment 1405 this default value by defining an environment
1406 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to 1406 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
1407 reserve. Note that the board info structure will 1407 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
1408 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is 1408 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
1409 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will 1409 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
1410 automatically be defined to hold the amount of 1410 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
1411 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot 1411 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
1412 argument to Linux, for instance like that: 1412 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
1413 1413
1414 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} 1414 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
1415 saveenv 1415 saveenv
1416 1416
1417 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, 1417 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
1418 either, which results in a memory region that will 1418 either, which results in a memory region that will
1419 not be affected by reboots. 1419 not be affected by reboots.
1420 1420
1421 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic 1421 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
1422 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that 1422 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
1423 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the 1423 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
1424 following board configurations are known to be 1424 following board configurations are known to be
1425 "pRAM-clean": 1425 "pRAM-clean":
1426 1426
1427 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, 1427 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
1428 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC, 1428 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
1429 PCU_E, FLAGADM, TQM8260 1429 PCU_E, FLAGADM, TQM8260
1430 1430
1431 - Error Recovery: 1431 - Error Recovery:
1432 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG 1432 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
1433 1433
1434 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a 1434 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
1435 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. 1435 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
1436 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded 1436 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
1437 system where you want to system to reboot 1437 system where you want to system to reboot
1438 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be 1438 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
1439 useful during development since you can try to debug 1439 useful during development since you can try to debug
1440 the conditions that lead to the situation. 1440 the conditions that lead to the situation.
1441 1441
1442 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT 1442 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
1443 1443
1444 This variable defines the number of retries for 1444 This variable defines the number of retries for
1445 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP 1445 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
1446 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a 1446 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
1447 default value of 5 is used. 1447 default value of 5 is used.
1448 1448
1449 - Command Interpreter: 1449 - Command Interpreter:
1450 CFG_AUTO_COMPLETE 1450 CFG_AUTO_COMPLETE
1451 1451
1452 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. 1452 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
1453 1453
1454 CFG_HUSH_PARSER 1454 CFG_HUSH_PARSER
1455 1455
1456 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from 1456 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
1457 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling 1457 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
1458 powerful command line syntax like 1458 powerful command line syntax like
1459 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' 1459 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
1460 constructs ("shell scripts"). 1460 constructs ("shell scripts").
1461 1461
1462 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour 1462 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
1463 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. 1463 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
1464 1464
1465 1465
1466 CFG_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 1466 CFG_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
1467 1467
1468 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is 1468 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
1469 printed when the command interpreter needs more input 1469 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
1470 to complete a command. Usually "> ". 1470 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
1471 1471
1472 Note: 1472 Note:
1473 1473
1474 In the current implementation, the local variables 1474 In the current implementation, the local variables
1475 space and global environment variables space are 1475 space and global environment variables space are
1476 separated. Local variables are those you define by 1476 separated. Local variables are those you define by
1477 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local 1477 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
1478 variable later on, you have write `$name' or 1478 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
1479 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable 1479 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
1480 directly type `$name' at the command prompt. 1480 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
1481 1481
1482 Global environment variables are those you use 1482 Global environment variables are those you use
1483 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored 1483 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
1484 in such a variable, you need to use the run command, 1484 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
1485 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. 1485 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
1486 1486
1487 To store commands and special characters in a 1487 To store commands and special characters in a
1488 variable, please use double quotation marks 1488 variable, please use double quotation marks
1489 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead 1489 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
1490 of the backslashes before semicolons and special 1490 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
1491 symbols. 1491 symbols.
1492 1492
1493 - Commandline Editing and History: 1493 - Commandline Editing and History:
1494 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 1494 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
1495 1495
1496 Enable editiong and History functions for interactive 1496 Enable editiong and History functions for interactive
1497 commandline input operations 1497 commandline input operations
1498 1498
1499 - Default Environment: 1499 - Default Environment:
1500 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS 1500 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
1501 1501
1502 Define this to contain any number of null terminated 1502 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
1503 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of 1503 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
1504 the default environment compiled into the boot image. 1504 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
1505 1505
1506 For example, place something like this in your 1506 For example, place something like this in your
1507 board's config file: 1507 board's config file:
1508 1508
1509 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ 1509 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
1510 "myvar1=value1\0" \ 1510 "myvar1=value1\0" \
1511 "myvar2=value2\0" 1511 "myvar2=value2\0"
1512 1512
1513 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the 1513 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
1514 internal format how the environment is stored by the 1514 internal format how the environment is stored by the
1515 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported 1515 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
1516 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format 1516 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
1517 will change soon, there is no guarantee either. 1517 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
1518 You better know what you are doing here. 1518 You better know what you are doing here.
1519 1519
1520 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is 1520 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
1521 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset 1521 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
1522 the environment like the autoscript function or the 1522 the environment like the autoscript function or the
1523 boot command first. 1523 boot command first.
1524 1524
1525 - DataFlash Support: 1525 - DataFlash Support:
1526 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH 1526 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
1527 1527
1528 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and 1528 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
1529 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard 1529 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
1530 commands cp, md... 1530 commands cp, md...
1531 1531
1532 - SystemACE Support: 1532 - SystemACE Support:
1533 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 1533 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
1534 1534
1535 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE 1535 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
1536 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address 1536 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
1537 of the chip must alsh be defined in the 1537 of the chip must alsh be defined in the
1538 CFG_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: 1538 CFG_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
1539 1539
1540 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 1540 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
1541 #define CFG_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 1541 #define CFG_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
1542 1542
1543 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type 1543 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
1544 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. 1544 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
1545 1545
1546 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: 1546 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
1547 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT 1547 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
1548 1548
1549 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp 1549 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
1550 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. 1550 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
1551 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port 1551 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
1552 number generator is used. 1552 number generator is used.
1553 1553
1554 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply 1554 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
1555 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't 1555 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
1556 defined, the normal port 69 is used. 1556 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
1557 1557
1558 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to 1558 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
1559 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured 1559 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
1560 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of 1560 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
1561 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing 1561 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
1562 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. 1562 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
1563 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, 1563 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
1564 but sometimes that is not allowed. 1564 but sometimes that is not allowed.
1565 1565
1566 - Show boot progress: 1566 - Show boot progress:
1567 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS 1567 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
1568 1568
1569 Defining this option allows to add some board- 1569 Defining this option allows to add some board-
1570 specific code (calling a user-provided function 1570 specific code (calling a user-provided function
1571 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show 1571 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
1572 the system's boot progress on some display (for 1572 the system's boot progress on some display (for
1573 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, 1573 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
1574 the following checkpoints are implemented: 1574 the following checkpoints are implemented:
1575 1575
1576 Arg Where When 1576 Arg Where When
1577 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image 1577 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
1578 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number 1578 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
1579 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number 1579 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
1580 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum 1580 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
1581 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum 1581 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
1582 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum 1582 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
1583 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum 1583 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
1584 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture 1584 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
1585 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 1585 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
1586 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi, standalone) 1586 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi, standalone)
1587 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 1587 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
1588 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error 1588 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
1589 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type 1589 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
1590 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK 1590 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
1591 -8 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi, standalone) 1591 -8 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi, standalone)
1592 8 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 1592 8 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
1593 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) 1593 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
1594 9 common/cmd_bootm.c Start initial ramdisk verification 1594 9 common/cmd_bootm.c Start initial ramdisk verification
1595 -10 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number 1595 -10 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
1596 -11 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum 1596 -11 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
1597 10 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk header is OK 1597 10 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk header is OK
1598 -12 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum 1598 -12 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
1599 11 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum 1599 11 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
1600 12 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading 1600 12 common/cmd_bootm.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
1601 -13 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux Ramdisk) 1601 -13 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux Ramdisk)
1602 13 common/cmd_bootm.c Start multifile image verification 1602 13 common/cmd_bootm.c Start multifile image verification
1603 14 common/cmd_bootm.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. 1603 14 common/cmd_bootm.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
1604 15 common/cmd_bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS 1604 15 common/cmd_bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
1605 1605
1606 -30 lib_ppc/board.c Fatal error, hang the system 1606 -30 lib_ppc/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
1607 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() 1607 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
1608 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() 1608 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
1609 1609
1610 -1 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command 1610 -1 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
1611 -1 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device 1611 -1 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
1612 -1 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 1612 -1 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
1613 -1 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device 1613 -1 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
1614 -1 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number 1614 -1 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
1615 1615
1616 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command 1616 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
1617 -1 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device 1617 -1 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
1618 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown boot device 1618 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown boot device
1619 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table 1619 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
1620 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type 1620 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
1621 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Read Error on boot device 1621 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Read Error on boot device
1622 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number 1622 -1 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
1623 1623
1624 -1 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command 1624 -1 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
1625 -1 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device 1625 -1 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
1626 -1 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 1626 -1 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
1627 -1 common/cmd_nand.c Read Error on boot device 1627 -1 common/cmd_nand.c Read Error on boot device
1628 -1 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number 1628 -1 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
1629 1629
1630 -1 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default 1630 -1 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
1631 1631
1632 1632
1633 Modem Support: 1633 Modem Support:
1634 -------------- 1634 --------------
1635 1635
1636 [so far only for SMDK2400 and TRAB boards] 1636 [so far only for SMDK2400 and TRAB boards]
1637 1637
1638 - Modem support endable: 1638 - Modem support endable:
1639 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT 1639 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
1640 1640
1641 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: 1641 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
1642 CONFIG_HWFLOW 1642 CONFIG_HWFLOW
1643 1643
1644 - Modem debug support: 1644 - Modem debug support:
1645 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG 1645 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
1646 1646
1647 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) 1647 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
1648 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. 1648 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
1649 1649
1650 - Interrupt support (PPC): 1650 - Interrupt support (PPC):
1651 1651
1652 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() 1652 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
1653 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() 1653 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
1654 for cpu specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() 1654 for cpu specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
1655 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If 1655 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
1656 cpu resets decrementer automatically after interrupt 1656 cpu resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
1657 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. 1657 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
1658 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for cpu 1658 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for cpu
1659 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led 1659 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
1660 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from 1660 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
1661 general timer_interrupt(). 1661 general timer_interrupt().
1662 1662
1663 - General: 1663 - General:
1664 1664
1665 In the target system modem support is enabled when a 1665 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
1666 specific key (key combination) is pressed during 1666 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
1667 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally 1667 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
1668 (autoboot). The key_pressed() fuction is called from 1668 (autoboot). The key_pressed() fuction is called from
1669 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy 1669 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
1670 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem 1670 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
1671 initialization. 1671 initialization.
1672 1672
1673 If there are no modem init strings in the 1673 If there are no modem init strings in the
1674 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the 1674 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
1675 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be 1675 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
1676 supressed, though. 1676 supressed, though.
1677 1677
1678 See also: doc/README.Modem 1678 See also: doc/README.Modem
1679 1679
1680 1680
1681 Configuration Settings: 1681 Configuration Settings:
1682 ----------------------- 1682 -----------------------
1683 1683
1684 - CFG_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; 1684 - CFG_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
1685 undefine this when you're short of memory. 1685 undefine this when you're short of memory.
1686 1686
1687 - CFG_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to 1687 - CFG_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
1688 prompt for user input. 1688 prompt for user input.
1689 1689
1690 - CFG_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console 1690 - CFG_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
1691 1691
1692 - CFG_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output 1692 - CFG_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
1693 1693
1694 - CFG_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands 1694 - CFG_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
1695 1695
1696 - CFG_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to 1696 - CFG_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
1697 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is 1697 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
1698 booted 1698 booted
1699 1699
1700 - CFG_BAUDRATE_TABLE: 1700 - CFG_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
1701 List of legal baudrate settings for this board. 1701 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
1702 1702
1703 - CFG_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET 1703 - CFG_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
1704 Suppress display of console information at boot. 1704 Suppress display of console information at boot.
1705 1705
1706 - CFG_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 1706 - CFG_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
1707 If the board specific function 1707 If the board specific function
1708 extern int overwrite_console (void); 1708 extern int overwrite_console (void);
1709 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the 1709 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
1710 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. 1710 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
1711 1711
1712 - CFG_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE 1712 - CFG_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
1713 Enable the call to overwrite_console(). 1713 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
1714 1714
1715 - CFG_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE 1715 - CFG_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
1716 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. 1716 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
1717 1717
1718 - CFG_MEMTEST_START, CFG_MEMTEST_END: 1718 - CFG_MEMTEST_START, CFG_MEMTEST_END:
1719 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the 1719 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
1720 simple memory test. 1720 simple memory test.
1721 1721
1722 - CFG_ALT_MEMTEST: 1722 - CFG_ALT_MEMTEST:
1723 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. 1723 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
1724 1724
1725 - CFG_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: 1725 - CFG_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
1726 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test 1726 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
1727 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable 1727 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
1728 1728
1729 - CFG_TFTP_LOADADDR: 1729 - CFG_TFTP_LOADADDR:
1730 Default load address for network file downloads 1730 Default load address for network file downloads
1731 1731
1732 - CFG_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: 1732 - CFG_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
1733 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download 1733 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
1734 1734
1735 - CFG_SDRAM_BASE: 1735 - CFG_SDRAM_BASE:
1736 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. 1736 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
1737 1737
1738 - CFG_MBIO_BASE: 1738 - CFG_MBIO_BASE:
1739 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a 1739 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
1740 Cogent motherboard) 1740 Cogent motherboard)
1741 1741
1742 - CFG_FLASH_BASE: 1742 - CFG_FLASH_BASE:
1743 Physical start address of Flash memory. 1743 Physical start address of Flash memory.
1744 1744
1745 - CFG_MONITOR_BASE: 1745 - CFG_MONITOR_BASE:
1746 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by 1746 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
1747 make config files to be same as the text base address 1747 make config files to be same as the text base address
1748 (TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as 1748 (TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
1749 CFG_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. 1749 CFG_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
1750 1750
1751 - CFG_MONITOR_LEN: 1751 - CFG_MONITOR_LEN:
1752 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to 1752 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
1753 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is 1753 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
1754 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate 1754 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
1755 flash sector. 1755 flash sector.
1756 1756
1757 - CFG_MALLOC_LEN: 1757 - CFG_MALLOC_LEN:
1758 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. 1758 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
1759 1759
1760 - CFG_BOOTM_LEN: 1760 - CFG_BOOTM_LEN:
1761 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an 1761 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
1762 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, 1762 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
1763 you can define CFG_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file 1763 you can define CFG_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
1764 to adjust this setting to your needs. 1764 to adjust this setting to your needs.
1765 1765
1766 - CFG_BOOTMAPSZ: 1766 - CFG_BOOTMAPSZ:
1767 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of 1767 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
1768 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by 1768 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
1769 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, eventually 1769 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, eventually
1770 initrd image) must be put below this limit. 1770 initrd image) must be put below this limit.
1771 1771
1772 - CFG_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: 1772 - CFG_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
1773 Max number of Flash memory banks 1773 Max number of Flash memory banks
1774 1774
1775 - CFG_MAX_FLASH_SECT: 1775 - CFG_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
1776 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip 1776 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
1777 1777
1778 - CFG_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: 1778 - CFG_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
1779 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) 1779 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
1780 1780
1781 - CFG_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: 1781 - CFG_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
1782 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) 1782 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
1783 1783
1784 - CFG_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT 1784 - CFG_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
1785 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) 1785 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
1786 1786
1787 - CFG_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT 1787 - CFG_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
1788 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) 1788 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
1789 1789
1790 - CFG_FLASH_PROTECTION 1790 - CFG_FLASH_PROTECTION
1791 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used 1791 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
1792 instead of U-Boot software protection. 1792 instead of U-Boot software protection.
1793 1793
1794 - CFG_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: 1794 - CFG_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
1795 1795
1796 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; 1796 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
1797 without this option such a download has to be 1797 without this option such a download has to be
1798 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) 1798 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
1799 copy from RAM to flash. 1799 copy from RAM to flash.
1800 1800
1801 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since 1801 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
1802 you can check if the download worked before you erase 1802 you can check if the download worked before you erase
1803 the flash, but in some situations (when sytem RAM is 1803 the flash, but in some situations (when sytem RAM is
1804 too limited to allow for a tempory copy of the 1804 too limited to allow for a tempory copy of the
1805 downloaded image) this option may be very useful. 1805 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
1806 1806
1807 - CFG_FLASH_CFI: 1807 - CFG_FLASH_CFI:
1808 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the 1808 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
1809 common flash structure for storing flash geometry. 1809 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
1810 1810
1811 - CFG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER 1811 - CFG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
1812 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver 1812 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
1813 in the drivers directory 1813 in the drivers directory
1814 1814
1815 - CFG_FLASH_QUIET_TEST 1815 - CFG_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
1816 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't 1816 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
1817 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This 1817 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
1818 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only 1818 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
1819 optionally available. 1819 optionally available.
1820 1820
1821 - CFG_RX_ETH_BUFFER: 1821 - CFG_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
1822 Defines the number of ethernet receive buffers. On some 1822 Defines the number of ethernet receive buffers. On some
1823 ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value 1823 ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
1824 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all 1824 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
1825 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface 1825 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
1826 on high ethernet traffic. 1826 on high ethernet traffic.
1827 Defaults to 4 if not defined. 1827 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
1828 1828
1829 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management 1829 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
1830 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the 1830 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
1831 following configurations: 1831 following configurations:
1832 1832
1833 - CFG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: 1833 - CFG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
1834 1834
1835 Define this if the environment is in flash memory. 1835 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
1836 1836
1837 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is 1837 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
1838 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This 1838 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
1839 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot 1839 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
1840 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller 1840 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
1841 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a 1841 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
1842 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In 1842 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
1843 such a case you would place the environment in one of the 1843 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
1844 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With 1844 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
1845 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the 1845 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
1846 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap 1846 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
1847 between U-Boot and the environment. 1847 between U-Boot and the environment.
1848 1848
1849 - CFG_ENV_OFFSET: 1849 - CFG_ENV_OFFSET:
1850 1850
1851 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the 1851 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
1852 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot 1852 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
1853 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset 1853 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
1854 for this sector is given here. 1854 for this sector is given here.
1855 1855
1856 CFG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CFG_FLASH_BASE. 1856 CFG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CFG_FLASH_BASE.
1857 1857
1858 - CFG_ENV_ADDR: 1858 - CFG_ENV_ADDR:
1859 1859
1860 This is just another way to specify the start address of 1860 This is just another way to specify the start address of
1861 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of 1861 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
1862 CFG_ENV_OFFSET). 1862 CFG_ENV_OFFSET).
1863 1863
1864 - CFG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 1864 - CFG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
1865 1865
1866 Size of the sector containing the environment. 1866 Size of the sector containing the environment.
1867 1867
1868 1868
1869 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. 1869 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
1870 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for 1870 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
1871 the environment. 1871 the environment.
1872 1872
1873 - CFG_ENV_SIZE: 1873 - CFG_ENV_SIZE:
1874 1874
1875 If you use this in combination with CFG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH 1875 If you use this in combination with CFG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
1876 and CFG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part 1876 and CFG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
1877 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves 1877 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
1878 memory for the RAM copy of the environment. 1878 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
1879 1879
1880 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this 1880 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
1881 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, 1881 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
1882 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used 1882 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
1883 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is 1883 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
1884 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: 1884 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
1885 updating the environment in flash makes it always 1885 updating the environment in flash makes it always
1886 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes 1886 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
1887 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in 1887 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
1888 RAM, your target system will be dead. 1888 RAM, your target system will be dead.
1889 1889
1890 - CFG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND 1890 - CFG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
1891 CFG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND 1891 CFG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
1892 1892
1893 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold 1893 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
1894 a redundand copy of the environment data, so that there is 1894 a redundand copy of the environment data, so that there is
1895 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during 1895 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
1896 a "saveenv" operation. 1896 a "saveenv" operation.
1897 1897
1898 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the 1898 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
1899 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* 1899 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
1900 accordingly! 1900 accordingly!
1901 1901
1902 1902
1903 - CFG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: 1903 - CFG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
1904 1904
1905 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device 1905 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
1906 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the 1906 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
1907 environment. 1907 environment.
1908 1908
1909 - CFG_ENV_ADDR: 1909 - CFG_ENV_ADDR:
1910 - CFG_ENV_SIZE: 1910 - CFG_ENV_SIZE:
1911 1911
1912 These two #defines are used to determin the memory area you 1912 These two #defines are used to determin the memory area you
1913 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory 1913 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
1914 can just be read and written to, without any special 1914 can just be read and written to, without any special
1915 provision. 1915 provision.
1916 1916
1917 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early 1917 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
1918 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the 1918 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
1919 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mappend your NVRAM area then, or 1919 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mappend your NVRAM area then, or
1920 U-Boot will hang. 1920 U-Boot will hang.
1921 1921
1922 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the 1922 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
1923 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to 1923 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
1924 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" 1924 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
1925 to save the current settings. 1925 to save the current settings.
1926 1926
1927 1927
1928 - CFG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: 1928 - CFG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
1929 1929
1930 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access 1930 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
1931 device and a driver for it. 1931 device and a driver for it.
1932 1932
1933 - CFG_ENV_OFFSET: 1933 - CFG_ENV_OFFSET:
1934 - CFG_ENV_SIZE: 1934 - CFG_ENV_SIZE:
1935 1935
1936 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 1936 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
1937 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. 1937 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
1938 1938
1939 - CFG_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: 1939 - CFG_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
1940 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. 1940 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
1941 The default address is zero. 1941 The default address is zero.
1942 1942
1943 - CFG_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: 1943 - CFG_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
1944 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a 1944 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
1945 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example 1945 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
1946 would require six bits. 1946 would require six bits.
1947 1947
1948 - CFG_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: 1948 - CFG_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
1949 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between 1949 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
1950 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. 1950 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
1951 1951
1952 - CFG_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: 1952 - CFG_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
1953 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note 1953 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
1954 that this is NOT the chip address length! 1954 that this is NOT the chip address length!
1955 1955
1956 - CFG_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: 1956 - CFG_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
1957 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones 1957 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
1958 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of 1958 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
1959 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit 1959 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
1960 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 1960 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
1961 byte chips. 1961 byte chips.
1962 1962
1963 Note that we consider the length of the address field to 1963 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
1964 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden 1964 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
1965 in the chip address. 1965 in the chip address.
1966 1966
1967 - CFG_EEPROM_SIZE: 1967 - CFG_EEPROM_SIZE:
1968 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. 1968 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
1969 1969
1970 1970
1971 - CFG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: 1971 - CFG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
1972 1972
1973 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you 1973 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
1974 want to use for the environment. 1974 want to use for the environment.
1975 1975
1976 - CFG_ENV_OFFSET: 1976 - CFG_ENV_OFFSET:
1977 - CFG_ENV_ADDR: 1977 - CFG_ENV_ADDR:
1978 - CFG_ENV_SIZE: 1978 - CFG_ENV_SIZE:
1979 1979
1980 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the 1980 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
1981 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed 1981 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
1982 at the specified address. 1982 at the specified address.
1983 1983
1984 - CFG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: 1984 - CFG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
1985 1985
1986 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use 1986 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
1987 for the environment. 1987 for the environment.
1988 1988
1989 - CFG_ENV_OFFSET: 1989 - CFG_ENV_OFFSET:
1990 - CFG_ENV_SIZE: 1990 - CFG_ENV_SIZE:
1991 1991
1992 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 1992 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
1993 area within the first NAND device. 1993 area within the first NAND device.
1994 1994
1995 - CFG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND 1995 - CFG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND
1996 1996
1997 This setting describes a second storage area of CFG_ENV_SIZE 1997 This setting describes a second storage area of CFG_ENV_SIZE
1998 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, 1998 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data,
1999 so that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a 1999 so that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a
2000 power failure during a "saveenv" operation. 2000 power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
2001 2001
2002 Note: CFG_ENV_OFFSET and CFG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be aligned 2002 Note: CFG_ENV_OFFSET and CFG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be aligned
2003 to a block boundary, and CFG_ENV_SIZE must be a multiple of 2003 to a block boundary, and CFG_ENV_SIZE must be a multiple of
2004 the NAND devices block size. 2004 the NAND devices block size.
2005 2005
2006 - CFG_SPI_INIT_OFFSET 2006 - CFG_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
2007 2007
2008 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The 2008 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
2009 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment 2009 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
2010 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte 2010 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
2011 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization 2011 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
2012 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems 2012 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
2013 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the 2013 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
2014 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. 2014 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
2015 2015
2016 Please note that the environment is read-only as long as the monitor 2016 Please note that the environment is read-only as long as the monitor
2017 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been 2017 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
2018 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_r() 2018 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_r()
2019 until then to read environment variables. 2019 until then to read environment variables.
2020 2020
2021 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor 2021 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2022 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working 2022 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2023 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is 2023 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
2024 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the 2024 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
2025 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't 2025 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
2026 have any device yet where we could complain.] 2026 have any device yet where we could complain.]
2027 2027
2028 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if 2028 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
2029 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you 2029 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
2030 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. 2030 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
2031 2031
2032 - CFG_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: 2032 - CFG_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
2033 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. 2033 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
2034 2034
2035 Note: If this option is active, then CFG_FAULT_MII_ADDR 2035 Note: If this option is active, then CFG_FAULT_MII_ADDR
2036 also needs to be defined. 2036 also needs to be defined.
2037 2037
2038 - CFG_FAULT_MII_ADDR: 2038 - CFG_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
2039 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. 2039 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
2040 2040
2041 - CFG_64BIT_VSPRINTF: 2041 - CFG_64BIT_VSPRINTF:
2042 Makes vsprintf (and all *printf functions) support printing 2042 Makes vsprintf (and all *printf functions) support printing
2043 of 64bit values by using the L quantifier 2043 of 64bit values by using the L quantifier
2044 2044
2045 - CFG_64BIT_STRTOUL: 2045 - CFG_64BIT_STRTOUL:
2046 Adds simple_strtoull that returns a 64bit value 2046 Adds simple_strtoull that returns a 64bit value
2047 2047
2048 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: 2048 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
2049 --------------------------------------------------- 2049 ---------------------------------------------------
2050 2050
2051 - CFG_CACHELINE_SIZE: 2051 - CFG_CACHELINE_SIZE:
2052 Cache Line Size of the CPU. 2052 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
2053 2053
2054 - CFG_DEFAULT_IMMR: 2054 - CFG_DEFAULT_IMMR:
2055 Default address of the IMMR after system reset. 2055 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
2056 2056
2057 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, 2057 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
2058 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of 2058 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
2059 the IMMR register after a reset. 2059 the IMMR register after a reset.
2060 2060
2061 - Floppy Disk Support: 2061 - Floppy Disk Support:
2062 CFG_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER 2062 CFG_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
2063 2063
2064 the default drive number (default value 0) 2064 the default drive number (default value 0)
2065 2065
2066 CFG_ISA_IO_STRIDE 2066 CFG_ISA_IO_STRIDE
2067 2067
2068 defines the spacing between fdc chipset registers 2068 defines the spacing between fdc chipset registers
2069 (default value 1) 2069 (default value 1)
2070 2070
2071 CFG_ISA_IO_OFFSET 2071 CFG_ISA_IO_OFFSET
2072 2072
2073 defines the offset of register from address. It 2073 defines the offset of register from address. It
2074 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to 2074 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
2075 the fdc chipset. (default value 0) 2075 the fdc chipset. (default value 0)
2076 2076
2077 If CFG_ISA_IO_STRIDE CFG_ISA_IO_OFFSET and 2077 If CFG_ISA_IO_STRIDE CFG_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
2078 CFG_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their 2078 CFG_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
2079 default value. 2079 default value.
2080 2080
2081 if CFG_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function 2081 if CFG_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
2082 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC 2082 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
2083 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board 2083 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
2084 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant 2084 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
2085 initializations. 2085 initializations.
2086 2086
2087 - CFG_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. 2087 - CFG_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
2088 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're 2088 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
2089 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] 2089 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
2090 2090
2091 - CFG_INIT_RAM_ADDR: 2091 - CFG_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
2092 2092
2093 Start address of memory area that can be used for 2093 Start address of memory area that can be used for
2094 initial data and stack; please note that this must be 2094 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
2095 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special 2095 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
2096 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which 2096 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
2097 will become available only after programming the 2097 will become available only after programming the
2098 memory controller and running certain initialization 2098 memory controller and running certain initialization
2099 sequences. 2099 sequences.
2100 2100
2101 U-Boot uses the following memory types: 2101 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
2102 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) 2102 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
2103 - MPC824X: data cache 2103 - MPC824X: data cache
2104 - PPC4xx: data cache 2104 - PPC4xx: data cache
2105 2105
2106 - CFG_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: 2106 - CFG_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
2107 2107
2108 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory 2108 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
2109 area defined by CFG_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually 2109 area defined by CFG_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
2110 CFG_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial 2110 CFG_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
2111 data is located at the end of the available space 2111 data is located at the end of the available space
2112 (sometimes written as (CFG_INIT_RAM_END - 2112 (sometimes written as (CFG_INIT_RAM_END -
2113 CFG_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just 2113 CFG_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
2114 below that area (growing from (CFG_INIT_RAM_ADDR + 2114 below that area (growing from (CFG_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
2115 CFG_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. 2115 CFG_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
2116 2116
2117 Note: 2117 Note:
2118 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data 2118 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
2119 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for 2119 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
2120 CFG_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must 2120 CFG_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
2121 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between 2121 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
2122 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. 2122 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
2123 2123
2124 - CFG_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) 2124 - CFG_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
2125 2125
2126 - CFG_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) 2126 - CFG_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
2127 2127
2128 - CFG_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) 2128 - CFG_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
2129 2129
2130 - CFG_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) 2130 - CFG_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
2131 2131
2132 - CFG_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) 2132 - CFG_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
2133 2133
2134 - CFG_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) 2134 - CFG_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
2135 2135
2136 - CFG_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: 2136 - CFG_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
2137 SDRAM timing 2137 SDRAM timing
2138 2138
2139 - CFG_MAMR_PTA: 2139 - CFG_MAMR_PTA:
2140 periodic timer for refresh 2140 periodic timer for refresh
2141 2141
2142 - CFG_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) 2142 - CFG_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
2143 2143
2144 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CFG_REMAP_OR_AM, 2144 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CFG_REMAP_OR_AM,
2145 CFG_PRELIM_OR_AM, CFG_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CFG_OR0_REMAP, 2145 CFG_PRELIM_OR_AM, CFG_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CFG_OR0_REMAP,
2146 CFG_OR0_PRELIM, CFG_BR0_PRELIM, CFG_OR1_REMAP, CFG_OR1_PRELIM, 2146 CFG_OR0_PRELIM, CFG_BR0_PRELIM, CFG_OR1_REMAP, CFG_OR1_PRELIM,
2147 CFG_BR1_PRELIM: 2147 CFG_BR1_PRELIM:
2148 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) 2148 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
2149 2149
2150 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, 2150 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
2151 CFG_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CFG_OR2_PRELIM, CFG_BR2_PRELIM, 2151 CFG_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CFG_OR2_PRELIM, CFG_BR2_PRELIM,
2152 CFG_OR3_PRELIM, CFG_BR3_PRELIM: 2152 CFG_OR3_PRELIM, CFG_BR3_PRELIM:
2153 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) 2153 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
2154 2154
2155 - CFG_MAMR_PTA, CFG_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CFG_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CFG_MPTPR_2BK_8K, 2155 - CFG_MAMR_PTA, CFG_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CFG_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CFG_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
2156 CFG_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CFG_MAMR_8COL, CFG_MAMR_9COL: 2156 CFG_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CFG_MAMR_8COL, CFG_MAMR_9COL:
2157 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer 2157 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
2158 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) 2158 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
2159 2159
2160 - CFG_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CFG_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 2160 - CFG_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CFG_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
2161 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 2161 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
2162 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] 2162 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
2163 2163
2164 - CFG_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CFG_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 2164 - CFG_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CFG_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
2165 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 2165 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
2166 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] 2166 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
2167 2167
2168 - CFG_USE_OSCCLK: 2168 - CFG_USE_OSCCLK:
2169 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, 2169 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
2170 wrong setting might damage your board. Read 2170 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
2171 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! 2171 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
2172 2172
2173 - CFG_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) 2173 - CFG_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
2174 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post 2174 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
2175 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides 2175 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
2176 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. 2176 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
2177 cpm_8260.h. 2177 cpm_8260.h.
2178 2178
2179 - CFG_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CFG_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CFG_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 2179 - CFG_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CFG_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CFG_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
2180 CFG_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CFG_PCIMSK0_MASK, CFG_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, 2180 CFG_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CFG_PCIMSK0_MASK, CFG_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
2181 CFG_PCIMSK1_MASK, CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, 2181 CFG_PCIMSK1_MASK, CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
2182 CFG_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CFG_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 2182 CFG_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CFG_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
2183 CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, 2183 CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
2184 CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CFG_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CFG_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, 2184 CFG_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CFG_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CFG_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
2185 CFG_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CFG_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CFG_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, 2185 CFG_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CFG_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CFG_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
2186 CFG_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) 2186 CFG_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
2187 Overrides the default PCI memory map in cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. 2187 Overrides the default PCI memory map in cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
2188 2188
2189 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] 2189 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
2190 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. 2190 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
2191 2191
2192 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY 2192 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
2193 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds 2193 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
2194 to the given FEC; i. e. 2194 to the given FEC; i. e.
2195 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 2195 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
2196 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 2196 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
2197 2197
2198 When set to -1, means to probe for first available. 2198 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
2199 2199
2200 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR 2200 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
2201 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). 2201 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
2202 (so program the FEC to ignore it). 2202 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
2203 2203
2204 - CONFIG_RMII 2204 - CONFIG_RMII
2205 Enable RMII mode for all FECs. 2205 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
2206 Note that this is a global option, we can't 2206 Note that this is a global option, we can't
2207 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. 2207 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
2208 2208
2209 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY 2209 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
2210 Add a verify option to the crc32 command. 2210 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
2211 The syntax is: 2211 The syntax is:
2212 2212
2213 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> 2213 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
2214 2214
2215 Where address/count indicate a memory area 2215 Where address/count indicate a memory area
2216 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the 2216 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
2217 area should have. 2217 area should have.
2218 2218
2219 - CONFIG_LOOPW 2219 - CONFIG_LOOPW
2220 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if 2220 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
2221 the memory commands are activated globally (CFG_CMD_MEM). 2221 the memory commands are activated globally (CFG_CMD_MEM).
2222 2222
2223 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC 2223 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
2224 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic 2224 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
2225 "md/mw" commands. 2225 "md/mw" commands.
2226 Examples: 2226 Examples:
2227 2227
2228 => mdc.b 10 4 500 2228 => mdc.b 10 4 500
2229 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. 2229 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
2230 2230
2231 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 2231 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
2232 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. 2232 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
2233 2233
2234 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated 2234 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
2235 globally (CFG_CMD_MEM). 2235 globally (CFG_CMD_MEM).
2236 2236
2237 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 2237 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
2238 - CONFIG_SKIP_RELOCATE_UBOOT 2238 - CONFIG_SKIP_RELOCATE_UBOOT
2239 2239
2240 [ARM only] If these variables are defined, then 2240 [ARM only] If these variables are defined, then
2241 certain low level initializations (like setting up 2241 certain low level initializations (like setting up
2242 the memory controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does 2242 the memory controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does
2243 not relocate itself into RAM. 2243 not relocate itself into RAM.
2244 Normally these variables MUST NOT be defined. The 2244 Normally these variables MUST NOT be defined. The
2245 only exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by 2245 only exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by
2246 some other boot loader or by a debugger which 2246 some other boot loader or by a debugger which
2247 performs these intializations itself. 2247 performs these intializations itself.
2248 2248
2249 2249
2250 Building the Software: 2250 Building the Software:
2251 ====================== 2251 ======================
2252 2252
2253 Building U-Boot has been tested in native PPC environments (on a 2253 Building U-Boot has been tested in native PPC environments (on a
2254 PowerBook G3 running LinuxPPC 2000) and in cross environments 2254 PowerBook G3 running LinuxPPC 2000) and in cross environments
2255 (running RedHat 6.x and 7.x Linux on x86, Solaris 2.6 on a SPARC, and 2255 (running RedHat 6.x and 7.x Linux on x86, Solaris 2.6 on a SPARC, and
2256 NetBSD 1.5 on x86). 2256 NetBSD 1.5 on x86).
2257 2257
2258 If you are not using a native PPC environment, it is assumed that you 2258 If you are not using a native PPC environment, it is assumed that you
2259 have the GNU cross compiling tools available in your path and named 2259 have the GNU cross compiling tools available in your path and named
2260 with a prefix of "powerpc-linux-". If this is not the case, (e.g. if 2260 with a prefix of "powerpc-linux-". If this is not the case, (e.g. if
2261 you are using Monta Vista's Hard Hat Linux CDK 1.2) you must change 2261 you are using Monta Vista's Hard Hat Linux CDK 1.2) you must change
2262 the definition of CROSS_COMPILE in Makefile. For HHL on a 4xx CPU, 2262 the definition of CROSS_COMPILE in Makefile. For HHL on a 4xx CPU,
2263 change it to: 2263 change it to:
2264 2264
2265 CROSS_COMPILE = ppc_4xx- 2265 CROSS_COMPILE = ppc_4xx-
2266 2266
2267 2267
2268 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the 2268 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
2269 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This 2269 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
2270 is done by typing: 2270 is done by typing:
2271 2271
2272 make NAME_config 2272 make NAME_config
2273 2273
2274 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing 2274 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing
2275 configurations; the following names are supported: 2275 configurations; the following names are supported:
2276 2276
2277 ADCIOP_config FPS860L_config omap730p2_config 2277 ADCIOP_config FPS860L_config omap730p2_config
2278 ADS860_config GEN860T_config pcu_e_config 2278 ADS860_config GEN860T_config pcu_e_config
2279 Alaska8220_config 2279 Alaska8220_config
2280 AR405_config GENIETV_config PIP405_config 2280 AR405_config GENIETV_config PIP405_config
2281 at91rm9200dk_config GTH_config QS823_config 2281 at91rm9200dk_config GTH_config QS823_config
2282 CANBT_config hermes_config QS850_config 2282 CANBT_config hermes_config QS850_config
2283 cmi_mpc5xx_config hymod_config QS860T_config 2283 cmi_mpc5xx_config hymod_config QS860T_config
2284 cogent_common_config IP860_config RPXlite_config 2284 cogent_common_config IP860_config RPXlite_config
2285 cogent_mpc8260_config IVML24_config RPXlite_DW_config 2285 cogent_mpc8260_config IVML24_config RPXlite_DW_config
2286 cogent_mpc8xx_config IVMS8_config RPXsuper_config 2286 cogent_mpc8xx_config IVMS8_config RPXsuper_config
2287 CPCI405_config JSE_config rsdproto_config 2287 CPCI405_config JSE_config rsdproto_config
2288 CPCIISER4_config LANTEC_config Sandpoint8240_config 2288 CPCIISER4_config LANTEC_config Sandpoint8240_config
2289 csb272_config lwmon_config sbc8260_config 2289 csb272_config lwmon_config sbc8260_config
2290 CU824_config MBX860T_config sbc8560_33_config 2290 CU824_config MBX860T_config sbc8560_33_config
2291 DUET_ADS_config MBX_config sbc8560_66_config 2291 DUET_ADS_config MBX_config sbc8560_66_config
2292 EBONY_config MPC8260ADS_config SM850_config 2292 EBONY_config MPC8260ADS_config SM850_config
2293 ELPT860_config MPC8540ADS_config SPD823TS_config 2293 ELPT860_config MPC8540ADS_config SPD823TS_config
2294 ESTEEM192E_config MPC8540EVAL_config stxgp3_config 2294 ESTEEM192E_config MPC8540EVAL_config stxgp3_config
2295 ETX094_config MPC8560ADS_config SXNI855T_config 2295 ETX094_config MPC8560ADS_config SXNI855T_config
2296 FADS823_config NETVIA_config TQM823L_config 2296 FADS823_config NETVIA_config TQM823L_config
2297 FADS850SAR_config omap1510inn_config TQM850L_config 2297 FADS850SAR_config omap1510inn_config TQM850L_config
2298 FADS860T_config omap1610h2_config TQM855L_config 2298 FADS860T_config omap1610h2_config TQM855L_config
2299 FPS850L_config omap1610inn_config TQM860L_config 2299 FPS850L_config omap1610inn_config TQM860L_config
2300 omap5912osk_config walnut_config 2300 omap5912osk_config walnut_config
2301 omap2420h4_config Yukon8220_config 2301 omap2420h4_config Yukon8220_config
2302 ZPC1900_config 2302 ZPC1900_config
2303 2303
2304 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if 2304 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
2305 additional information is available from the board vendor; for 2305 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
2306 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) 2306 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
2307 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" 2307 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
2308 when chosing the configuration, i. e. 2308 when chosing the configuration, i. e.
2309 2309
2310 make TQM823L_config 2310 make TQM823L_config
2311 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support 2311 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
2312 2312
2313 make TQM823L_LCD_config 2313 make TQM823L_LCD_config
2314 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD 2314 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
2315 2315
2316 etc. 2316 etc.
2317 2317
2318 2318
2319 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot 2319 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
2320 images ready for download to / installation on your system: 2320 images ready for download to / installation on your system:
2321 2321
2322 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image 2322 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
2323 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format 2323 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
2324 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format 2324 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
2325 2325
2326 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
2327 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
2328 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
2326 2329
2330 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
2331
2332 make O=/tmp/build distclean
2333 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
2334 make O=/tmp/build all
2335
2336 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
2337
2338 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
2339 make distclean
2340 make NAME_config
2341 make all
2342
2343 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
2344 variable.
2345
2346
2327 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so 2347 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
2328 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of 2348 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
2329 native "make". 2349 native "make".
2330 2350
2331 2351
2332 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need 2352 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
2333 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these 2353 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
2334 steps: 2354 steps:
2335 2355
2336 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel 2356 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
2337 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing 2357 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing
2338 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places 2358 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places
2339 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please 2359 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please
2340 keep this order. 2360 keep this order.
2341 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any 2361 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
2342 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least 2362 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
2343 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". 2363 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
2344 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for 2364 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
2345 your board 2365 your board
2346 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new 2366 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
2347 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. 2367 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
2348 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. 2368 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
2349 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file 2369 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
2350 to be installed on your target system. 2370 to be installed on your target system.
2351 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. 2371 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
2352 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] 2372 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
2353 2373
2354 2374
2355 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: 2375 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
2356 ============================================================== 2376 ==============================================================
2357 2377
2358 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board 2378 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
2359 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to 2379 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
2360 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes 2380 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
2361 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest 2381 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
2362 official or latest in CVS) version of U-Boot sources. 2382 official or latest in CVS) version of U-Boot sources.
2363 2383
2364 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- 2384 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
2365 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of 2385 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
2366 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, 2386 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
2367 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot 2387 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
2368 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can 2388 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
2369 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' 2389 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
2370 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the cross tools from 2390 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the cross tools from
2371 MontaVista's Hard Hat Linux you can type 2391 MontaVista's Hard Hat Linux you can type
2372 2392
2373 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 2393 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
2374 2394
2375 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type 2395 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
2376 2396
2377 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL 2397 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
2398
2399 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build U-Boot
2400 in the source directory. This location can be changed by setting the
2401 BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target built, the MAKEALL
2402 script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and <target>.MAKEALL) in the
2403 <source dir>/LOG directory. This default location can be changed by
2404 setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment variable. For example:
2405
2406 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
2407 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
2408 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
2409
2410 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, log
2411 files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean during
2412 the whole build process.
2413
2378 2414
2379 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. 2415 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
2380 2416
2381 2417
2382 Monitor Commands - Overview: 2418 Monitor Commands - Overview:
2383 ============================ 2419 ============================
2384 2420
2385 go - start application at address 'addr' 2421 go - start application at address 'addr'
2386 run - run commands in an environment variable 2422 run - run commands in an environment variable
2387 bootm - boot application image from memory 2423 bootm - boot application image from memory
2388 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol 2424 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
2389 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol 2425 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
2390 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" 2426 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
2391 (and eventually "gatewayip") 2427 (and eventually "gatewayip")
2392 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol 2428 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
2393 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' 2429 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
2394 loads - load S-Record file over serial line 2430 loads - load S-Record file over serial line
2395 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) 2431 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
2396 md - memory display 2432 md - memory display
2397 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) 2433 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
2398 nm - memory modify (constant address) 2434 nm - memory modify (constant address)
2399 mw - memory write (fill) 2435 mw - memory write (fill)
2400 cp - memory copy 2436 cp - memory copy
2401 cmp - memory compare 2437 cmp - memory compare
2402 crc32 - checksum calculation 2438 crc32 - checksum calculation
2403 imd - i2c memory display 2439 imd - i2c memory display
2404 imm - i2c memory modify (auto-incrementing) 2440 imm - i2c memory modify (auto-incrementing)
2405 inm - i2c memory modify (constant address) 2441 inm - i2c memory modify (constant address)
2406 imw - i2c memory write (fill) 2442 imw - i2c memory write (fill)
2407 icrc32 - i2c checksum calculation 2443 icrc32 - i2c checksum calculation
2408 iprobe - probe to discover valid I2C chip addresses 2444 iprobe - probe to discover valid I2C chip addresses
2409 iloop - infinite loop on address range 2445 iloop - infinite loop on address range
2410 isdram - print SDRAM configuration information 2446 isdram - print SDRAM configuration information
2411 sspi - SPI utility commands 2447 sspi - SPI utility commands
2412 base - print or set address offset 2448 base - print or set address offset
2413 printenv- print environment variables 2449 printenv- print environment variables
2414 setenv - set environment variables 2450 setenv - set environment variables
2415 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage 2451 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
2416 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection 2452 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
2417 erase - erase FLASH memory 2453 erase - erase FLASH memory
2418 flinfo - print FLASH memory information 2454 flinfo - print FLASH memory information
2419 bdinfo - print Board Info structure 2455 bdinfo - print Board Info structure
2420 iminfo - print header information for application image 2456 iminfo - print header information for application image
2421 coninfo - print console devices and informations 2457 coninfo - print console devices and informations
2422 ide - IDE sub-system 2458 ide - IDE sub-system
2423 loop - infinite loop on address range 2459 loop - infinite loop on address range
2424 loopw - infinite write loop on address range 2460 loopw - infinite write loop on address range
2425 mtest - simple RAM test 2461 mtest - simple RAM test
2426 icache - enable or disable instruction cache 2462 icache - enable or disable instruction cache
2427 dcache - enable or disable data cache 2463 dcache - enable or disable data cache
2428 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU 2464 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
2429 echo - echo args to console 2465 echo - echo args to console
2430 version - print monitor version 2466 version - print monitor version
2431 help - print online help 2467 help - print online help
2432 ? - alias for 'help' 2468 ? - alias for 'help'
2433 2469
2434 2470
2435 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: 2471 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
2436 ======================================== 2472 ========================================
2437 2473
2438 TODO. 2474 TODO.
2439 2475
2440 For now: just type "help <command>". 2476 For now: just type "help <command>".
2441 2477
2442 2478
2443 Environment Variables: 2479 Environment Variables:
2444 ====================== 2480 ======================
2445 2481
2446 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which 2482 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
2447 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. 2483 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
2448 2484
2449 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using 2485 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
2450 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" 2486 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
2451 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the 2487 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
2452 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are 2488 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
2453 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the 2489 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
2454 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. 2490 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
2455 2491
2456 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables: 2492 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables:
2457 2493
2458 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE 2494 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
2459 2495
2460 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 2496 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
2461 2497
2462 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 2498 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
2463 2499
2464 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image 2500 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
2465 2501
2466 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP 2502 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
2467 2503
2468 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), 2504 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
2469 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the 2505 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
2470 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to 2506 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
2471 load any image using TFTP 2507 load any image using TFTP
2472 2508
2473 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", 2509 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
2474 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will 2510 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
2475 be automatically started (by internally calling 2511 be automatically started (by internally calling
2476 "bootm") 2512 "bootm")
2477 2513
2478 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 2514 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
2479 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 2515 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
2480 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 2516 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
2481 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 2517 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
2482 data. 2518 data.
2483 2519
2484 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 2520 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2485 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast 2521 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
2486 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in 2522 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
2487 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective 2523 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
2488 it must be saved and board must be reset. 2524 it must be saved and board must be reset.
2489 2525
2490 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: 2526 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
2491 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be 2527 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
2492 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this 2528 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
2493 is usually what you want since it allows for 2529 is usually what you want since it allows for
2494 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to 2530 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
2495 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the 2531 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
2496 CFG_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment 2532 CFG_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
2497 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". 2533 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
2498 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper 2534 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
2499 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it 2535 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
2500 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). 2536 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
2501 2537
2502 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB 2538 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
2503 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, 2539 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
2504 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of 2540 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
2505 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make 2541 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
2506 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first 2542 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
2507 12 MB as well - this can be done with 2543 12 MB as well - this can be done with
2508 2544
2509 setenv initrd_high 00c00000 2545 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
2510 2546
2511 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an 2547 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
2512 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal 2548 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
2513 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash 2549 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
2514 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the 2550 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
2515 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the 2551 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
2516 boot time on your system, but requires that this 2552 boot time on your system, but requires that this
2517 feature is supported by your Linux kernel. 2553 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
2518 2554
2519 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command 2555 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
2520 2556
2521 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", 2557 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
2522 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" 2558 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
2523 2559
2524 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 2560 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
2525 2561
2526 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command 2562 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
2527 2563
2528 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 2564 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
2529 2565
2530 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 2566 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
2531 2567
2532 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 2568 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
2533 2569
2534 ethprime - When CONFIG_NET_MULTI is enabled controls which 2570 ethprime - When CONFIG_NET_MULTI is enabled controls which
2535 interface is used first. 2571 interface is used first.
2536 2572
2537 ethact - When CONFIG_NET_MULTI is enabled controls which 2573 ethact - When CONFIG_NET_MULTI is enabled controls which
2538 interface is currently active. For example you 2574 interface is currently active. For example you
2539 can do the following 2575 can do the following
2540 2576
2541 => setenv ethact FEC ETHERNET 2577 => setenv ethact FEC ETHERNET
2542 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC ETHERNET 2578 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC ETHERNET
2543 => setenv ethact SCC ETHERNET 2579 => setenv ethact SCC ETHERNET
2544 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC ETHERNET 2580 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC ETHERNET
2545 2581
2546 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will 2582 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
2547 either succeed or fail without retrying. 2583 either succeed or fail without retrying.
2548 When set to "once" the network operation will 2584 When set to "once" the network operation will
2549 fail when all the available network interfaces 2585 fail when all the available network interfaces
2550 are tried once without success. 2586 are tried once without success.
2551 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation 2587 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
2552 themselves. 2588 themselves.
2553 2589
2554 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's 2590 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
2555 UDP source port. 2591 UDP source port.
2556 2592
2557 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP 2593 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
2558 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. 2594 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
2559 2595
2560 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over 2596 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
2561 ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q 2597 ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
2562 VLAN tagged frames. 2598 VLAN tagged frames.
2563 2599
2564 The following environment variables may be used and automatically 2600 The following environment variables may be used and automatically
2565 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), 2601 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
2566 depending the information provided by your boot server: 2602 depending the information provided by your boot server:
2567 2603
2568 bootfile - see above 2604 bootfile - see above
2569 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server 2605 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
2570 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server 2606 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
2571 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use 2607 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
2572 hostname - Target hostname 2608 hostname - Target hostname
2573 ipaddr - see above 2609 ipaddr - see above
2574 netmask - Subnet Mask 2610 netmask - Subnet Mask
2575 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server 2611 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
2576 serverip - see above 2612 serverip - see above
2577 2613
2578 2614
2579 There are two special Environment Variables: 2615 There are two special Environment Variables:
2580 2616
2581 serial# - contains hardware identification information such 2617 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
2582 as type string and/or serial number 2618 as type string and/or serial number
2583 ethaddr - Ethernet address 2619 ethaddr - Ethernet address
2584 2620
2585 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of 2621 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
2586 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables 2622 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
2587 once they have been set once. 2623 once they have been set once.
2588 2624
2589 2625
2590 Further special Environment Variables: 2626 Further special Environment Variables:
2591 2627
2592 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed 2628 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
2593 with the "version" command. This variable is 2629 with the "version" command. This variable is
2594 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 2630 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
2595 2631
2596 2632
2597 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take 2633 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
2598 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). 2634 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
2599 2635
2600 2636
2601 Command Line Parsing: 2637 Command Line Parsing:
2602 ===================== 2638 =====================
2603 2639
2604 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: 2640 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
2605 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: 2641 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
2606 2642
2607 Old, simple command line parser: 2643 Old, simple command line parser:
2608 -------------------------------- 2644 --------------------------------
2609 2645
2610 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) 2646 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
2611 - several commands on one line, separated by ';' 2647 - several commands on one line, separated by ';'
2612 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax 2648 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
2613 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', 2649 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
2614 for example: 2650 for example:
2615 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} 2651 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
2616 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: 2652 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
2617 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' 2653 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
2618 2654
2619 Hush shell: 2655 Hush shell:
2620 ----------- 2656 -----------
2621 2657
2622 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like 2658 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
2623 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, 2659 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
2624 until...do...done, ... 2660 until...do...done, ...
2625 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv 2661 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
2626 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax 2662 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
2627 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" 2663 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
2628 command 2664 command
2629 2665
2630 General rules: 2666 General rules:
2631 -------------- 2667 --------------
2632 2668
2633 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" 2669 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
2634 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and 2670 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
2635 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be 2671 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
2636 executed anyway. 2672 executed anyway.
2637 2673
2638 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. 2674 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
2639 calling run with a list af variables as arguments), any failing 2675 calling run with a list af variables as arguments), any failing
2640 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining 2676 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
2641 variables are not executed. 2677 variables are not executed.
2642 2678
2643 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: 2679 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
2644 ======================================= 2680 =======================================
2645 2681
2646 Some boards come with redundant ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports 2682 Some boards come with redundant ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
2647 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a 2683 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
2648 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: 2684 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
2649 2685
2650 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding 2686 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
2651 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), 2687 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
2652 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... 2688 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
2653 2689
2654 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance 2690 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
2655 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- 2691 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
2656 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment 2692 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
2657 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: 2693 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
2658 2694
2659 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the 2695 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
2660 environment, the SROM's address is used. 2696 environment, the SROM's address is used.
2661 2697
2662 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the 2698 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
2663 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is 2699 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
2664 used. 2700 used.
2665 2701
2666 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and 2702 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
2667 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. 2703 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
2668 2704
2669 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the 2705 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
2670 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a 2706 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
2671 warning is printed. 2707 warning is printed.
2672 2708
2673 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error 2709 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
2674 is raised. 2710 is raised.
2675 2711
2676 2712
2677 Image Formats: 2713 Image Formats:
2678 ============== 2714 ==============
2679 2715
2680 The "boot" commands of this monitor operate on "image" files which 2716 The "boot" commands of this monitor operate on "image" files which
2681 can be basicly anything, preceeded by a special header; see the 2717 can be basicly anything, preceeded by a special header; see the
2682 definitions in include/image.h for details; basicly, the header 2718 definitions in include/image.h for details; basicly, the header
2683 defines the following image properties: 2719 defines the following image properties:
2684 2720
2685 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 2721 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
2686 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, 2722 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
2687 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, ARTOS; 2723 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, ARTOS;
2688 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, ARTOS, LynxOS). 2724 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, ARTOS, LynxOS).
2689 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86, 2725 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
2690 IA64, MIPS, NIOS, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; 2726 IA64, MIPS, NIOS, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
2691 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NIOS, PowerPC). 2727 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NIOS, PowerPC).
2692 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) 2728 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
2693 * Load Address 2729 * Load Address
2694 * Entry Point 2730 * Entry Point
2695 * Image Name 2731 * Image Name
2696 * Image Timestamp 2732 * Image Timestamp
2697 2733
2698 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header 2734 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
2699 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by 2735 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
2700 CRC32 checksums. 2736 CRC32 checksums.
2701 2737
2702 2738
2703 Linux Support: 2739 Linux Support:
2704 ============== 2740 ==============
2705 2741
2706 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application 2742 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
2707 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of 2743 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
2708 U-Boot. 2744 U-Boot.
2709 2745
2710 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some 2746 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
2711 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any 2747 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
2712 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; 2748 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
2713 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation 2749 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
2714 serves several purposes: 2750 serves several purposes:
2715 2751
2716 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone 2752 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
2717 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the 2753 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
2718 Flash memory footprint) 2754 Flash memory footprint)
2719 2755
2720 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because 2756 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
2721 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot 2757 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
2722 2758
2723 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" 2759 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
2724 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can 2760 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
2725 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't 2761 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
2726 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just 2762 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
2727 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the 2763 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
2728 software is easier now. 2764 software is easier now.
2729 2765
2730 2766
2731 Linux HOWTO: 2767 Linux HOWTO:
2732 ============ 2768 ============
2733 2769
2734 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: 2770 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
2735 --------------------------------------- 2771 ---------------------------------------
2736 2772
2737 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to 2773 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
2738 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware 2774 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
2739 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to 2775 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
2740 Linux :-). 2776 Linux :-).
2741 2777
2742 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/ppc/mbxboot). 2778 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/ppc/mbxboot).
2743 2779
2744 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance 2780 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
2745 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board 2781 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
2746 Information structure as we define in include/u-boot.h, and make 2782 Information structure as we define in include/u-boot.h, and make
2747 sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value as your 2783 sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value as your
2748 U-Boot configuration in CFG_IMMR. 2784 U-Boot configuration in CFG_IMMR.
2749 2785
2750 2786
2751 Configuring the Linux kernel: 2787 Configuring the Linux kernel:
2752 ----------------------------- 2788 -----------------------------
2753 2789
2754 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root 2790 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
2755 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. 2791 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
2756 2792
2757 2793
2758 Building a Linux Image: 2794 Building a Linux Image:
2759 ----------------------- 2795 -----------------------
2760 2796
2761 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are 2797 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
2762 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target 2798 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
2763 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by 2799 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
2764 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, 2800 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
2765 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a 2801 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
2766 100% compatible format. 2802 100% compatible format.
2767 2803
2768 Example: 2804 Example:
2769 2805
2770 make TQM850L_config 2806 make TQM850L_config
2771 make oldconfig 2807 make oldconfig
2772 make dep 2808 make dep
2773 make uImage 2809 make uImage
2774 2810
2775 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to 2811 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
2776 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, 2812 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
2777 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: 2813 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
2778 2814
2779 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): 2815 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
2780 2816
2781 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: 2817 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
2782 2818
2783 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ 2819 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
2784 -R .note -R .comment \ 2820 -R .note -R .comment \
2785 -S vmlinux linux.bin 2821 -S vmlinux linux.bin
2786 2822
2787 * compress the binary image: 2823 * compress the binary image:
2788 2824
2789 gzip -9 linux.bin 2825 gzip -9 linux.bin
2790 2826
2791 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: 2827 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
2792 2828
2793 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ 2829 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
2794 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ 2830 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
2795 -d linux.bin.gz uImage 2831 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
2796 2832
2797 2833
2798 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use 2834 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
2799 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or 2835 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
2800 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 2836 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
2801 byte header containing information about target architecture, 2837 byte header containing information about target architecture,
2802 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time 2838 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
2803 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. 2839 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
2804 2840
2805 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and 2841 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
2806 print the header information, or to build new images. 2842 print the header information, or to build new images.
2807 2843
2808 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information 2844 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
2809 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes 2845 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
2810 checksum verification: 2846 checksum verification:
2811 2847
2812 tools/mkimage -l image 2848 tools/mkimage -l image
2813 -l ==> list image header information 2849 -l ==> list image header information
2814 2850
2815 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image 2851 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
2816 from a "data file" which is used as image payload: 2852 from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
2817 2853
2818 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ 2854 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
2819 -n name -d data_file image 2855 -n name -d data_file image
2820 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' 2856 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
2821 -O ==> set operating system to 'os' 2857 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
2822 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 2858 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
2823 -C ==> set compression type 'comp' 2859 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
2824 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) 2860 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
2825 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) 2861 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
2826 -n ==> set image name to 'name' 2862 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
2827 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' 2863 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
2828 2864
2829 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load 2865 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
2830 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the 2866 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
2831 kernel version: 2867 kernel version:
2832 2868
2833 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, 2869 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
2834 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. 2870 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
2835 2871
2836 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: 2872 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
2837 2873
2838 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 2874 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
2839 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ 2875 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
2840 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/ppc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ 2876 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/ppc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
2841 > examples/uImage.TQM850L 2877 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
2842 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 2878 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
2843 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 2879 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
2844 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 2880 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
2845 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 2881 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
2846 Load Address: 0x00000000 2882 Load Address: 0x00000000
2847 Entry Point: 0x00000000 2883 Entry Point: 0x00000000
2848 2884
2849 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): 2885 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
2850 2886
2851 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L 2887 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
2852 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 2888 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
2853 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 2889 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
2854 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 2890 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
2855 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 2891 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
2856 Load Address: 0x00000000 2892 Load Address: 0x00000000
2857 Entry Point: 0x00000000 2893 Entry Point: 0x00000000
2858 2894
2859 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade 2895 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
2860 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this 2896 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
2861 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not 2897 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
2862 need to be uncompressed: 2898 need to be uncompressed:
2863 2899
2864 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/ppc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz 2900 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/ppc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
2865 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 2901 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
2866 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ 2902 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
2867 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/ppc/coffboot/vmlinux \ 2903 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/ppc/coffboot/vmlinux \
2868 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed 2904 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
2869 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 2905 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
2870 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 2906 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
2871 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) 2907 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
2872 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB 2908 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
2873 Load Address: 0x00000000 2909 Load Address: 0x00000000
2874 Entry Point: 0x00000000 2910 Entry Point: 0x00000000
2875 2911
2876 2912
2877 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file 2913 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
2878 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: 2914 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
2879 2915
2880 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ 2916 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
2881 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ 2917 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
2882 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd 2918 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
2883 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 2919 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
2884 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 2920 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
2885 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 2921 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
2886 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB 2922 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
2887 Load Address: 0x00000000 2923 Load Address: 0x00000000
2888 Entry Point: 0x00000000 2924 Entry Point: 0x00000000
2889 2925
2890 2926
2891 Installing a Linux Image: 2927 Installing a Linux Image:
2892 ------------------------- 2928 -------------------------
2893 2929
2894 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, 2930 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
2895 you must convert the image to S-Record format: 2931 you must convert the image to S-Record format:
2896 2932
2897 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec 2933 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
2898 2934
2899 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot 2935 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
2900 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to 2936 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
2901 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to 2937 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
2902 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' 2938 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
2903 command. 2939 command.
2904 2940
2905 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the 2941 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
2906 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): 2942 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
2907 2943
2908 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF 2944 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
2909 2945
2910 .......... done 2946 .......... done
2911 Erased 8 sectors 2947 Erased 8 sectors
2912 2948
2913 => loads 40100000 2949 => loads 40100000
2914 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 2950 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
2915 ~>examples/image.srec 2951 ~>examples/image.srec
2916 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... 2952 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
2917 ... 2953 ...
2918 15989 15990 15991 15992 2954 15989 15990 15991 15992
2919 [file transfer complete] 2955 [file transfer complete]
2920 [connected] 2956 [connected]
2921 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 2957 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
2922 2958
2923 2959
2924 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; 2960 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
2925 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data 2961 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
2926 corruption happened: 2962 corruption happened:
2927 2963
2928 => imi 40100000 2964 => imi 40100000
2929 2965
2930 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 2966 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
2931 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 2967 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
2932 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 2968 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
2933 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 2969 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
2934 Load Address: 00000000 2970 Load Address: 00000000
2935 Entry Point: 0000000c 2971 Entry Point: 0000000c
2936 Verifying Checksum ... OK 2972 Verifying Checksum ... OK
2937 2973
2938 2974
2939 Boot Linux: 2975 Boot Linux:
2940 ----------- 2976 -----------
2941 2977
2942 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in 2978 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
2943 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents 2979 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
2944 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as 2980 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
2945 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the 2981 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
2946 "printenv" and "setenv" commands: 2982 "printenv" and "setenv" commands:
2947 2983
2948 2984
2949 => printenv bootargs 2985 => printenv bootargs
2950 bootargs=root=/dev/ram 2986 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
2951 2987
2952 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 2988 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
2953 2989
2954 => printenv bootargs 2990 => printenv bootargs
2955 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 2991 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
2956 2992
2957 => bootm 40020000 2993 => bootm 40020000
2958 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... 2994 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
2959 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L 2995 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
2960 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 2996 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
2961 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB 2997 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
2962 Load Address: 00000000 2998 Load Address: 00000000
2963 Entry Point: 0000000c 2999 Entry Point: 0000000c
2964 Verifying Checksum ... OK 3000 Verifying Checksum ... OK
2965 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 3001 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
2966 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 3002 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
2967 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 3003 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
2968 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 3004 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
2969 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 3005 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
2970 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] 3006 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
2971 ... 3007 ...
2972 3008
2973 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial ram disk, you pass 3009 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial ram disk, you pass
2974 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT 3010 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
2975 format!) to the "bootm" command: 3011 format!) to the "bootm" command:
2976 3012
2977 => imi 40100000 40200000 3013 => imi 40100000 40200000
2978 3014
2979 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 3015 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
2980 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 3016 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
2981 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 3017 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
2982 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 3018 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
2983 Load Address: 00000000 3019 Load Address: 00000000
2984 Entry Point: 0000000c 3020 Entry Point: 0000000c
2985 Verifying Checksum ... OK 3021 Verifying Checksum ... OK
2986 3022
2987 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... 3023 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
2988 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 3024 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
2989 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 3025 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
2990 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 3026 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
2991 Load Address: 00000000 3027 Load Address: 00000000
2992 Entry Point: 00000000 3028 Entry Point: 00000000
2993 Verifying Checksum ... OK 3029 Verifying Checksum ... OK
2994 3030
2995 => bootm 40100000 40200000 3031 => bootm 40100000 40200000
2996 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... 3032 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
2997 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 3033 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
2998 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 3034 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
2999 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 3035 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
3000 Load Address: 00000000 3036 Load Address: 00000000
3001 Entry Point: 0000000c 3037 Entry Point: 0000000c
3002 Verifying Checksum ... OK 3038 Verifying Checksum ... OK
3003 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 3039 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
3004 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... 3040 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
3005 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 3041 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
3006 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 3042 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
3007 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 3043 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
3008 Load Address: 00000000 3044 Load Address: 00000000
3009 Entry Point: 00000000 3045 Entry Point: 00000000
3010 Verifying Checksum ... OK 3046 Verifying Checksum ... OK
3011 Loading Ramdisk ... OK 3047 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
3012 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 3048 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
3013 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram 3049 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
3014 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 3050 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
3015 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 3051 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
3016 ... 3052 ...
3017 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 3053 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
3018 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). 3054 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
3019 3055
3020 bash# 3056 bash#
3021 3057
3022 More About U-Boot Image Types: 3058 More About U-Boot Image Types:
3023 ------------------------------ 3059 ------------------------------
3024 3060
3025 U-Boot supports the following image types: 3061 U-Boot supports the following image types:
3026 3062
3027 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 3063 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
3028 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 3064 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
3029 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 3065 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
3030 the Standalone Program. 3066 the Standalone Program.
3031 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 3067 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
3032 will take over control completely. Usually these programs 3068 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
3033 will install their own set of exception handlers, device 3069 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
3034 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 3070 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
3035 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 3071 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
3036 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 3072 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
3037 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 3073 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
3038 being started. 3074 being started.
3039 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 3075 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
3040 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 3076 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
3041 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 3077 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
3042 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 3078 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
3043 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 3079 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
3044 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 3080 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
3045 3081
3046 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 3082 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
3047 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 3083 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
3048 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 3084 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
3049 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 3085 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
3050 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 3086 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
3051 a multiple of 4 bytes). 3087 a multiple of 4 bytes).
3052 3088
3053 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 3089 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
3054 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 3090 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
3055 flash memory. 3091 flash memory.
3056 3092
3057 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 3093 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
3058 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 3094 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
3059 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 3095 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
3060 as command interpreter. 3096 as command interpreter.
3061 3097
3062 3098
3063 Standalone HOWTO: 3099 Standalone HOWTO:
3064 ================= 3100 =================
3065 3101
3066 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and 3102 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
3067 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of 3103 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
3068 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. 3104 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
3069 3105
3070 Two simple examples are included with the sources: 3106 Two simple examples are included with the sources:
3071 3107
3072 "Hello World" Demo: 3108 "Hello World" Demo:
3073 ------------------- 3109 -------------------
3074 3110
3075 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo 3111 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
3076 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. 3112 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
3077 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it 3113 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
3078 like that: 3114 like that:
3079 3115
3080 => loads 3116 => loads
3081 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 3117 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
3082 ~>examples/hello_world.srec 3118 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
3083 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 3119 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
3084 [file transfer complete] 3120 [file transfer complete]
3085 [connected] 3121 [connected]
3086 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 3122 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
3087 3123
3088 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. 3124 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
3089 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 3125 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
3090 Hello World 3126 Hello World
3091 argc = 7 3127 argc = 7
3092 argv[0] = "40004" 3128 argv[0] = "40004"
3093 argv[1] = "Hello" 3129 argv[1] = "Hello"
3094 argv[2] = "World!" 3130 argv[2] = "World!"
3095 argv[3] = "This" 3131 argv[3] = "This"
3096 argv[4] = "is" 3132 argv[4] = "is"
3097 argv[5] = "a" 3133 argv[5] = "a"
3098 argv[6] = "test." 3134 argv[6] = "test."
3099 argv[7] = "<NULL>" 3135 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
3100 Hit any key to exit ... 3136 Hit any key to exit ...
3101 3137
3102 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 3138 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
3103 3139
3104 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt 3140 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
3105 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. 3141 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
3106 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. 3142 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
3107 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' 3143 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
3108 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be 3144 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
3109 controlled by the following keys: 3145 controlled by the following keys:
3110 3146
3111 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers 3147 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
3112 b - enable interrupts and start timer 3148 b - enable interrupts and start timer
3113 e - stop timer and disable interrupts 3149 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
3114 q - quit application 3150 q - quit application
3115 3151
3116 => loads 3152 => loads
3117 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 3153 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
3118 ~>examples/timer.srec 3154 ~>examples/timer.srec
3119 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 3155 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
3120 [file transfer complete] 3156 [file transfer complete]
3121 [connected] 3157 [connected]
3122 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 3158 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
3123 3159
3124 => go 40004 3160 => go 40004
3125 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 3161 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
3126 TIMERS=0xfff00980 3162 TIMERS=0xfff00980
3127 Using timer 1 3163 Using timer 1
3128 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 3164 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
3129 3165
3130 Hit 'b': 3166 Hit 'b':
3131 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us 3167 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
3132 Enabling timer 3168 Enabling timer
3133 Hit '?': 3169 Hit '?':
3134 [q, b, e, ?] ........ 3170 [q, b, e, ?] ........
3135 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 3171 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
3136 Hit '?': 3172 Hit '?':
3137 [q, b, e, ?] . 3173 [q, b, e, ?] .
3138 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 3174 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
3139 Hit '?': 3175 Hit '?':
3140 [q, b, e, ?] . 3176 [q, b, e, ?] .
3141 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 3177 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
3142 Hit '?': 3178 Hit '?':
3143 [q, b, e, ?] . 3179 [q, b, e, ?] .
3144 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 3180 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
3145 Hit 'e': 3181 Hit 'e':
3146 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer 3182 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
3147 Hit 'q': 3183 Hit 'q':
3148 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 3184 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
3149 3185
3150 3186
3151 Minicom warning: 3187 Minicom warning:
3152 ================ 3188 ================
3153 3189
3154 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the 3190 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
3155 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) 3191 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
3156 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under 3192 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
3157 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and 3193 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
3158 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and 3194 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
3159 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). 3195 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
3160 3196
3161 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this 3197 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
3162 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: 3198 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
3163 3199
3164 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi 3200 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
3165 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N 3201 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
3166 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N 3202 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
3167 3203
3168 3204
3169 NetBSD Notes: 3205 NetBSD Notes:
3170 ============= 3206 =============
3171 3207
3172 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host 3208 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
3173 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). 3209 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
3174 3210
3175 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on 3211 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
3176 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also 3212 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
3177 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). 3213 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
3178 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; 3214 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
3179 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is 3215 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
3180 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: 3216 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
3181 3217
3182 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include 3218 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
3183 # mkdir powerpc 3219 # mkdir powerpc
3184 # ln -s powerpc machine 3220 # ln -s powerpc machine
3185 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h 3221 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
3186 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST 3222 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
3187 3223
3188 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native 3224 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
3189 and U-Boot include files. 3225 and U-Boot include files.
3190 3226
3191 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a 3227 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
3192 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel 3228 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
3193 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source 3229 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
3194 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the 3230 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
3195 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz 3231 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
3196 3232
3197 3233
3198 Implementation Internals: 3234 Implementation Internals:
3199 ========================= 3235 =========================
3200 3236
3201 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every 3237 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
3202 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the 3238 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
3203 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom 3239 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
3204 hardware. 3240 hardware.
3205 3241
3206 3242
3207 Initial Stack, Global Data: 3243 Initial Stack, Global Data:
3208 --------------------------- 3244 ---------------------------
3209 3245
3210 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot 3246 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
3211 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to 3247 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
3212 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). 3248 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
3213 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS 3249 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
3214 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working 3250 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
3215 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation 3251 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
3216 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU 3252 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
3217 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and 3253 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
3218 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be 3254 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
3219 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. 3255 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
3220 3256
3221 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the 3257 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
3222 u-boot-users mailing list: 3258 u-boot-users mailing list:
3223 3259
3224 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? 3260 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
3225 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> 3261 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
3226 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) 3262 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
3227 ... 3263 ...
3228 3264
3229 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it 3265 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
3230 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not 3266 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
3231 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness 3267 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
3232 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of 3268 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
3233 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's 3269 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
3234 beyond the scope of this list to expain the details, but you 3270 beyond the scope of this list to expain the details, but you
3235 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and 3271 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
3236 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. 3272 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
3237 3273
3238 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It 3274 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
3239 is another option for the system designer to use as an 3275 is another option for the system designer to use as an
3240 initial stack/ram area prior to SDRAM being available. Either 3276 initial stack/ram area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
3241 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your 3277 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
3242 board designers haven't used it for something that would 3278 board designers haven't used it for something that would
3243 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not 3279 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
3244 used. 3280 used.
3245 3281
3246 CFG_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere 3282 CFG_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
3247 with your processor/board/system design. The default value 3283 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
3248 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in 3284 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
3249 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger 3285 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
3250 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set 3286 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
3251 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources 3287 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
3252 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in 3288 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
3253 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when 3289 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
3254 you get the config right. 3290 you get the config right.
3255 3291
3256 -Chris Hallinan 3292 -Chris Hallinan
3257 DS4.COM, Inc. 3293 DS4.COM, Inc.
3258 3294
3259 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C 3295 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
3260 code for the initialization procedures: 3296 code for the initialization procedures:
3261 3297
3262 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt 3298 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
3263 to write it. 3299 to write it.
3264 3300
3265 * Do not use any unitialized global data (or implicitely initialized 3301 * Do not use any unitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
3266 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- 3302 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
3267 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). 3303 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
3268 3304
3269 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like 3305 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
3270 that. 3306 that.
3271 3307
3272 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use 3308 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
3273 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it 3309 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
3274 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly 3310 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
3275 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all 3311 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
3276 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ 3312 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
3277 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of 3313 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
3278 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we 3314 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
3279 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we 3315 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
3280 reserve for this purpose. 3316 reserve for this purpose.
3281 3317
3282 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the 3318 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
3283 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by 3319 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
3284 GCC's implementation. 3320 GCC's implementation.
3285 3321
3286 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: 3322 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
3287 R1: stack pointer 3323 R1: stack pointer
3288 R2: TOC pointer 3324 R2: TOC pointer
3289 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values 3325 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
3290 R5-R10: parameter passing 3326 R5-R10: parameter passing
3291 R13: small data area pointer 3327 R13: small data area pointer
3292 R30: GOT pointer 3328 R30: GOT pointer
3293 R31: frame pointer 3329 R31: frame pointer
3294 3330
3295 (U-Boot also uses R14 as internal GOT pointer.) 3331 (U-Boot also uses R14 as internal GOT pointer.)
3296 3332
3297 ==> U-Boot will use R29 to hold a pointer to the global data 3333 ==> U-Boot will use R29 to hold a pointer to the global data
3298 3334
3299 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the 3335 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
3300 address of the global data structure is known at compile time), 3336 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
3301 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat 3337 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
3302 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on 3338 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
3303 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, 3339 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
3304 624 text + 127 data). 3340 624 text + 127 data).
3305 3341
3306 On ARM, the following registers are used: 3342 On ARM, the following registers are used:
3307 3343
3308 R0: function argument word/integer result 3344 R0: function argument word/integer result
3309 R1-R3: function argument word 3345 R1-R3: function argument word
3310 R9: GOT pointer 3346 R9: GOT pointer
3311 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled) 3347 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
3312 R11: argument (frame) pointer 3348 R11: argument (frame) pointer
3313 R12: temporary workspace 3349 R12: temporary workspace
3314 R13: stack pointer 3350 R13: stack pointer
3315 R14: link register 3351 R14: link register
3316 R15: program counter 3352 R15: program counter
3317 3353
3318 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data 3354 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
3319 3355
3320 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, 3356 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
3321 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. 3357 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
3322 3358
3323 Memory Management: 3359 Memory Management:
3324 ------------------ 3360 ------------------
3325 3361
3326 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the 3362 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
3327 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. 3363 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
3328 3364
3329 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory 3365 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
3330 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each 3366 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
3331 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several 3367 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
3332 physical memory banks. 3368 physical memory banks.
3333 3369
3334 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on 3370 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
3335 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After 3371 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
3336 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself 3372 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
3337 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some 3373 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
3338 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CFG_MALLOC_LEN 3374 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CFG_MALLOC_LEN
3339 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board 3375 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
3340 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). 3376 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
3341 3377
3342 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB 3378 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
3343 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). 3379 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
3344 3380
3345 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like 3381 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
3346 this: 3382 this:
3347 3383
3348 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code 3384 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
3349 : 3385 :
3350 0x0000 1FFF 3386 0x0000 1FFF
3351 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use 3387 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
3352 : 3388 :
3353 : 3389 :
3354 3390
3355 : 3391 :
3356 : 3392 :
3357 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) 3393 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
3358 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data 3394 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
3359 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena 3395 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
3360 : 3396 :
3361 0x00FD FFFF 3397 0x00FD FFFF
3362 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code 3398 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
3363 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer 3399 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
3364 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) 3400 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
3365 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] 3401 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
3366 3402
3367 3403
3368 System Initialization: 3404 System Initialization:
3369 ---------------------- 3405 ----------------------
3370 3406
3371 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point 3407 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
3372 (on most PowerPC systens at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset 3408 (on most PowerPC systens at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
3373 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. 3409 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
3374 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. 3410 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
3375 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) 3411 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
3376 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs 3412 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
3377 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked 3413 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
3378 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, 3414 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
3379 the caches and the SIU. 3415 the caches and the SIU.
3380 3416
3381 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a 3417 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
3382 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries 3418 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
3383 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash 3419 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
3384 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is 3420 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
3385 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a 3421 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
3386 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM 3422 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
3387 banks. 3423 banks.
3388 3424
3389 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of 3425 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
3390 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first 3426 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
3391 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address 3427 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
3392 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create 3428 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
3393 contiguous memory starting from 0. 3429 contiguous memory starting from 0.
3394 3430
3395 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area 3431 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
3396 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board 3432 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
3397 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM 3433 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
3398 pages, and the final stack is set up. 3434 pages, and the final stack is set up.
3399 3435
3400 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; 3436 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
3401 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are 3437 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
3402 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a 3438 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
3403 new address in RAM. 3439 new address in RAM.
3404 3440
3405 3441
3406 U-Boot Porting Guide: 3442 U-Boot Porting Guide:
3407 ---------------------- 3443 ----------------------
3408 3444
3409 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing 3445 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
3410 list, October 2002] 3446 list, October 2002]
3411 3447
3412 3448
3413 int main (int argc, char *argv[]) 3449 int main (int argc, char *argv[])
3414 { 3450 {
3415 sighandler_t no_more_time; 3451 sighandler_t no_more_time;
3416 3452
3417 signal (SIGALRM, no_more_time); 3453 signal (SIGALRM, no_more_time);
3418 alarm (PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); 3454 alarm (PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
3419 3455
3420 if (available_money > available_manpower) { 3456 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
3421 pay consultant to port U-Boot; 3457 pay consultant to port U-Boot;
3422 return 0; 3458 return 0;
3423 } 3459 }
3424 3460
3425 Download latest U-Boot source; 3461 Download latest U-Boot source;
3426 3462
3427 Subscribe to u-boot-users mailing list; 3463 Subscribe to u-boot-users mailing list;
3428 3464
3429 if (clueless) { 3465 if (clueless) {
3430 email ("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); 3466 email ("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
3431 } 3467 }
3432 3468
3433 while (learning) { 3469 while (learning) {
3434 Read the README file in the top level directory; 3470 Read the README file in the top level directory;
3435 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual ; 3471 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual ;
3436 Read the source, Luke; 3472 Read the source, Luke;
3437 } 3473 }
3438 3474
3439 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) { 3475 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) {
3440 Buy a BDI2000; 3476 Buy a BDI2000;
3441 } else { 3477 } else {
3442 Add a lot of aggravation and time; 3478 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
3443 } 3479 }
3444 3480
3445 Create your own board support subdirectory; 3481 Create your own board support subdirectory;
3446 3482
3447 Create your own board config file; 3483 Create your own board config file;
3448 3484
3449 while (!running) { 3485 while (!running) {
3450 do { 3486 do {
3451 Add / modify source code; 3487 Add / modify source code;
3452 } until (compiles); 3488 } until (compiles);
3453 Debug; 3489 Debug;
3454 if (clueless) 3490 if (clueless)
3455 email ("Hi, I am having problems..."); 3491 email ("Hi, I am having problems...");
3456 } 3492 }
3457 Send patch file to Wolfgang; 3493 Send patch file to Wolfgang;
3458 3494
3459 return 0; 3495 return 0;
3460 } 3496 }
3461 3497
3462 void no_more_time (int sig) 3498 void no_more_time (int sig)
3463 { 3499 {
3464 hire_a_guru(); 3500 hire_a_guru();
3465 } 3501 }
3466 3502
3467 3503
3468 Coding Standards: 3504 Coding Standards:
3469 ----------------- 3505 -----------------
3470 3506
3471 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel 3507 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
3472 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script 3508 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
3473 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. In sources 3509 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. In sources
3474 originating from U-Boot a style corresponding to "Lindent -pcs" (adding 3510 originating from U-Boot a style corresponding to "Lindent -pcs" (adding
3475 spaces before parameters to function calls) is actually used. 3511 spaces before parameters to function calls) is actually used.
3476 3512
3477 Source files originating from a different project (for example the 3513 Source files originating from a different project (for example the
3478 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not 3514 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
3479 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those 3515 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
3480 sources. 3516 sources.
3481 3517
3482 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in 3518 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
3483 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) 3519 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
3484 in your code. 3520 in your code.
3485 3521
3486 Please also stick to the following formatting rules: 3522 Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
3487 - remove any trailing white space 3523 - remove any trailing white space
3488 - use TAB characters for indentation, not spaces 3524 - use TAB characters for indentation, not spaces
3489 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds 3525 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
3490 - do not add more than 2 empty lines to source files 3526 - do not add more than 2 empty lines to source files
3491 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files 3527 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files
3492 3528
3493 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned 3529 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
3494 with a request to reformat the changes. 3530 with a request to reformat the changes.
3495 3531
3496 3532
3497 Submitting Patches: 3533 Submitting Patches:
3498 ------------------- 3534 -------------------
3499 3535
3500 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to 3536 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
3501 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules 3537 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
3502 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. 3538 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
3503 3539
3504 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot-users mailing list. 3540 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot-users mailing list.
3505 3541
3506 When you send a patch, please include the following information with 3542 When you send a patch, please include the following information with
3507 it: 3543 it:
3508 3544
3509 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes 3545 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
3510 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the 3546 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
3511 patch actually fixes something. 3547 patch actually fixes something.
3512 3548
3513 * For new features: a description of the feature and your 3549 * For new features: a description of the feature and your
3514 implementation. 3550 implementation.
3515 3551
3516 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) 3552 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
3517 3553
3518 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file 3554 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
3519 3555
3520 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this 3556 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
3521 board to the MAKEALL script, too. 3557 board to the MAKEALL script, too.
3522 3558
3523 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to 3559 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
3524 document these in the README file. 3560 document these in the README file.
3525 3561
3526 * The patch itself. If you are accessing the CVS repository use "cvs 3562 * The patch itself. If you are accessing the CVS repository use "cvs
3527 update; cvs diff -puRN"; else, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your 3563 update; cvs diff -puRN"; else, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your
3528 version of diff does not support these options, then get the latest 3564 version of diff does not support these options, then get the latest
3529 version of GNU diff. 3565 version of GNU diff.
3530 3566
3531 The current directory when running this command shall be the top 3567 The current directory when running this command shall be the top
3532 level directory of the U-Boot source tree, or it's parent directory 3568 level directory of the U-Boot source tree, or it's parent directory
3533 (i. e. please make sure that your patch includes sufficient 3569 (i. e. please make sure that your patch includes sufficient
3534 directory information for the affected files). 3570 directory information for the affected files).
3535 3571
3536 We accept patches as plain text, MIME attachments or as uuencoded 3572 We accept patches as plain text, MIME attachments or as uuencoded
3537 gzipped text. 3573 gzipped text.
3538 3574
3539 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several 3575 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
3540 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. 3576 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
3541 3577
3542 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be 3578 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
3543 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. 3579 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
3544 3580
3545 3581
3546 Notes: 3582 Notes:
3547 3583
3548 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched 3584 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
3549 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported 3585 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
3550 for any of the boards. 3586 for any of the boards.
3551 3587
3552 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch 3588 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
3553 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be 3589 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
3554 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. 3590 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
3555 3591
3556 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not 3592 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
3557 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! 3593 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
3558 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only 3594 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
3559 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature 3595 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
3560 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your 3596 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
3561 modification. 3597 modification.
3562 3598
3563 * Remember that there is a size limit of 40 kB per message on the 3599 * Remember that there is a size limit of 40 kB per message on the
3564 u-boot-users mailing list. Compression may help. 3600 u-boot-users mailing list. Compression may help.
3565 3601